JP6552703B2 - Game machine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine (generally referred to as "pachinko machine") and a drum-type gaming machine (generally referred to as "pachislot machine").

  A pachinko machine as a gaming machine can receive a game medium in a game area, a game area where a game medium is driven by a player's operation, a plurality of obstacle nails implanted in the game area, and the game area Have a receiving port (for example, a general winning opening, a variable winning opening, a starting opening, a variable starting opening, a prize winning opening, a large winning opening, etc.) It is possible to give a player a bonus (for example, payout of gaming media, occurrence of an advantageous gaming state in which the player is advantageous, and the like), and the player can be entertained.

  In this type of gaming machine, a variable receiving port is provided as a receiving port that can receive game media according to a game state that changes as a game medium is driven into the game area. As the variable receiving port, a case member having a receiving port capable of receiving game media, a door member slidably supported forward and backward at the upper portion of the case member, and a case member mounted in the case member There has been proposed a solenoid comprising a solenoid having a plunger which advances and retracts in response, and a link member which transmits the advancing and retracting of the plunger of the solenoid to slide the door member (for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2).

However, in the variable receiving port as in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, there becomes a gaming machine without a strange comparatively shines problem.

Further, we appeal for Yu technique's there is a risk that degraded.

  Therefore, in view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can enhance appeal to a player.

Mean 1: In the gaming machine,
“A game area where game media is driven by the player's operation,
A receiving port which is made capable of receiving gaming media driven into the gaming area and which grants a privilege by receiving the gaming media;
A fixed shelf that is disposed on the upstream side in the game area from the receiving port, extends to the left and right, and has an upper surface that is inclined so that one of the left and right ends is lower.
The fixed shelf extends vertically with an interval through which the game medium can pass between the fixed shelf and the fixed shelf, on the outer side in the left and right direction, with respect to the laterally lower ends of the upper surface. A standing wall portion on which the game medium rolling on the upper surface of the can be contacted,
According to the gaming state that is changed when a game medium is driven into the game area, the game area protrudes into the game area at a position below the fixed shelf, extends left and right, and is fixed to the standing wall and the fixed area. A movable shelf capable of guiding game media distributed between the shelf and the shelf in a direction away from the upright wall and in the direction of the inlet;
Equipped with
When the movable shelf protrudes into the game area, only the game medium rolled on the upper surface of the movable shelf to be appeared can be received by the receiving port, and the upper surface of the movable shelf that has appeared is rolled As a flow channel that moves and is guided in the direction of the receiving port but is not received by the receiving port, it has a flow channel that leads to an out port that will be discharged out of the gaming machine. It is characterized by being.

  Thus, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can enhance the appealing power to the player.

It is a perspective view which shows the state which open | released the main body frame with respect to the outer frame of the pachinko machine which concerns on embodiment, and opened the door frame with respect to the main body frame. It is a front view of a pachinko machine. It is a right side view of a pachinko machine. It is a top view of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the back of the outer frame which comprises a pachinko machine, a main body frame, a game board, and a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of the outer frame, main body frame, game board, and door frame which comprise a pachinko machine. It is a front perspective view of an outer frame. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of an outer frame. It is a front view of an outer frame. It is a back perspective view of an outer frame. It is a right view of an outer frame. It is a perspective view for demonstrating the removal | desorption structure of the upper shaft support bracket of a main body frame, and the upper support bracket of an outer frame. (A) is the disassembled perspective view which shows the attachment state of the lock member provided in the back surface of the upper support metal fitting of an outer frame, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the figure of (A) from the downward direction. It is a reverse view of the upper support metal fitting part for demonstrating the relationship between a pivot pin and a locking member. It is a back view of the upper support metal fitting part for demonstrating the effect | action of a locking member. It is a front view of a door frame. It is a rear view of a door frame. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame from the right front. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame from the left front. It is the perspective view seen from the right rear of the door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the door frame from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the door frame from the back. (A) is a front perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame, and (B) is a rear perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the door frame base unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which disassembled the door frame base unit and was seen from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame base substrate cover and wiring holding member in a door frame base unit from back. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the mode of the wiring which electrically connects a door frame and a main body frame. (A) is a front perspective view of the right side decoration unit in a door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the right side decoration unit in a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the right side decoration unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the right side decoration unit and was seen from the back. (A) is a front perspective view of the left side decoration unit in a door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the left side decoration unit in a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the left side decoration unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the left side decoration unit and was seen from the back. It is sectional drawing of a left side decoration unit. It is explanatory drawing which shows the light emission aspect of a left side decoration unit with a photograph. It is a front perspective view of the upper decoration unit in a door frame. It is a back perspective view of the upper decoration unit in a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the upper decoration unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the upper decoration unit and was seen from the back. It is a front perspective view of the dish unit in a door frame. It is a rear perspective view of a plate unit in a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the dish unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the dish unit and was seen from the back. It is sectional drawing cut | disconnected in the site | part of the ball rental unit of the tray unit in a door frame. (A) is a front perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the operation unit and was seen from the upper right front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the operation unit and was seen from the lower right front. It is sectional drawing of an operation unit. It is sectional drawing shown in the state which pressed the press operation part in the operation unit. (A) is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the handle apparatus in a door frame and was seen from the front, (B) was the disassembled perspective view which disassembled the handle apparatus and was seen from the back. (A) It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the foul cover unit in a door frame and was seen from the front, (B) was the disassembled perspective view which disassembled the foul cover unit and was seen from the back. It is a front view shown in the state where a front cover of a foul cover unit was removed. (A) is a front perspective view of the ball feeding unit in the door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the ball feeding unit. It is a rear view of a ball feeding unit. (A) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the front, and (B) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the rear after removing the rear case. (A) is a top view of the tamper-proof member in the ball feeding unit, (B) is a front view of the tamper-proof member, (C) is a perspective view of the tamper-proof member viewed from the front, (D) These are explanatory drawings which show the effect | action of a fraud prevention member. It is sectional drawing which cuts and shows a door frame in the up-down direction approximate center. It is a front view which shows arrangement | positioning of LED for the light emission decoration in a door frame. It is a front view which shows the system of LED for light emission decoration in a door frame. It is a front view of a main body frame. It is a rear view of a main body frame. It is a front perspective view of a main body frame. It is a back perspective view of a body frame. It is a left side view of a main part frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the main body frame and was seen from the front. It is the perspective view which disassembled the main body frame and was looked after. It is a front perspective view of the main body frame base in a main body frame. It is a back perspective view of the main body frame base in a main body frame. It is a front perspective view of the hitting ball launcher in the main body frame. It is a back perspective view of the hitting ball launcher in the main body frame. It is a front perspective view of the award ball unit in a main body frame. It is a rear perspective view of the prize ball unit in a main body frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the prize ball unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the prize ball unit and was seen afterwards. It is a disassembled perspective view which disassembles and shows the relationship between the prize ball tank and a tank rail unit in a prize ball unit from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the prize ball apparatus in a prize ball unit, and was seen afterwards. It is a rear view which shows the relationship between the delivery path, the delivery motor, and the delivery rotary body in a winning ball apparatus. It is sectional drawing which shows the distribution | circulation passage of the ball | bowl in a prize ball unit. It is a front perspective view of the ball exit opening and closing unit in the main body frame. It is a back perspective view of the ball exit opening and closing unit in the main body frame. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the ball | bowl exit opening / closing unit in a main body frame, and the foul cover unit in a door frame. It is a front perspective view of the board | substrate unit in a main body frame. It is a back surface perspective view of the board | substrate unit in a main body frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the board | substrate unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the board | substrate unit and was seen from the back. It is a perspective view explaining the effect | action of the standing wall part of the power supply board | substrate box in a board | substrate unit. (A) is a cross-sectional view of the terminal board box in the board unit, and (B) is an exploded perspective view of the terminal board box in the board unit as viewed from the front. (A) is a front view of a firing power supply substrate box, (B) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line A-A shown in (A). (A) is a front perspective view of the back cover in the main body frame, and (B) is a rear perspective view of the back cover in the main body frame. It is sectional drawing which expands and shows the site | part of the fastening mechanism in a back cover. It is the disassembled perspective view which disassembled the fastening mechanism in the back cover, and was seen from the back side. (A) is a left side view of the lock device in the main body frame, and (B) is a perspective view of the lock device in the main body frame as viewed from the front. (A) is a rear perspective view of the locking device, and (B) is a rear perspective view showing a sliding door for a glass door and a sliding rod for a main body frame that are slidably provided inside a U-shaped base of the locking device. It is a figure, (C) is a front perspective view of (B). It is the disassembled perspective view which looked after disassembling the locking device. It is an explanatory view showing operation of a sliding door for glass doors and a sliding door for body frames in a lock device. It is explanatory drawing which shows operation | movement of the fraud prevention member in a locking device. It is a front view of the game board in the pachinko machine of this embodiment. It is a front view which expands and shows the principal part of a game board. It is the perspective view which looked at the prize opening unit in a game board from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the prize opening unit from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the winning opening unit for every main structure, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the winning opening unit for every main structure, and was seen afterwards. It is the perspective view which looked at the attacker unit of a prize opening unit from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the attacker unit from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the attacker unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the attacker unit and was seen afterwards. It is the perspective view which looked at the variable start port unit of a prize opening unit from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the variable start opening unit from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the variable start port unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the variable start port unit and was seen from the back. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which the starting port door member of the variable starting port unit retracted from the upper side. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which the start port door member of the variable start port unit advanced from the upper side. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the accessory unit of the prize opening unit from the front, (b) is the perspective view which looked at the accessory unit from the back. (A) is a front view of an accessory unit, (b) is AA sectional drawing in (a). It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the accessory prize winning unit of the accessory unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the accessory prize winning unit and was seen afterwards. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the V winning opening unit of the accessory unit, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the V winning opening unit and was seen afterwards. (A) is explanatory drawing which shows the state which the receiving part of the rotary body of the V winning opening unit faced the receiving side from the front side, (b) is the state which the receiving part of the rotary body faced the V winning opening side It is an explanatory view shown from the front side. It is explanatory drawing which shows the flow of the right game ball in a game board. (A) is explanatory drawing which shows the flow of the game ball in the state which the start port door member retracted in the variable start port unit from the front side, (b) is the game ball in the state where the start port door member has advanced It is explanatory drawing which shows a flow from the front side. (A) is explanatory drawing which shows the flow of the game ball in the state which the starting opening door member retracted in the variable starting opening unit from the left front, (b) is a gaming ball in the state where the starting opening door member was advanced It is explanatory drawing which shows a flow from left front, and (c) is explanatory drawing which shows the flow of the game ball in the state in which the starting opening door member is back from a left front. (A) is explanatory drawing which shows the flow of the game ball when a prize winning port can be received in the bonus unit from the front side, and (b) is a V winning slot in which the receiving part of the rotating body in the V winning slot unit. It is an explanatory view showing the flow of the game ball when it faces the side from the front side. It is a block diagram which shows roughly the control structure of a pachinko machine.

[1. Overall structure of pachinko machine]
DESCRIPTION OF EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the invention will be described with reference to the drawings. First, the entire pachinko machine according to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 7. 1 to 7, a pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment has an outer frame 2 installed in an island facility (not shown) of a game hall, and is pivotally supported by the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable. A game board 4 having a box-shaped main body frame 3, a game area 1100 in which a game ball T (see FIGS. 138, 229, etc.) as a game medium is mounted and fixed to the main body frame 3 from the front side, and a main body A door frame 5 that is pivotally supported to be openable and closable with respect to the main body frame 3 so as to close the front surface of the frame 3 and the game board 4 from the player side is provided. The door frame 5 of the pachinko machine 1 stores a game window 101 formed so that the game area 1100 of the game board 4 can be viewed from the player side, and a game ball T disposed below the game window 101. And a handle device 500 operated by the player to drive the game ball T stored in the upper plate 301 into the game area 1100 of the game board 5. .

  As shown in the figure, the pachinko machine 1 of the present example is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape in which the outer frame 2, the main body frame 3, and the door frame 5 extend in the vertical direction when viewed from the front. The horizontal width of the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 are slightly shorter than the outer frame 2 in the vertical width dimension. A decorative cover 23 is attached to the front surface of the outer frame 2 at a position below the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5, and the front surface of the outer frame 2 is completely closed by the door frame 5 and the decorative cover 23. It has become so. Further, the outer frame 2, the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 are arranged such that the upper ends thereof are substantially aligned, and the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 are rotatable at a position on the left front side of the outer frame 2. It is supported, and the right end of the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 is moved forward with respect to the outer frame 2 so as to be in an open state.

  In front view, the pachinko machine 1 is such that the game area 1100 in which the game ball T is struck through the substantially circular game window 101 is desired and projects forward to the lower side of the game window 101. Two upper plates 301 and lower plates 302 are arranged vertically. Further, in the front lower right corner of the door frame 5, a handle device 500 for the player to operate is disposed, and in a state where the gaming ball T is stored in the upper tray 301, the player handles the handle device 500. When the player rotates the player, the game balls T in the upper plate 301 are driven into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 with a hitting strength according to the rotation angle, and a player can play a game.

  Although the details will be described later, the game window 101 of the door frame 5 is closed by a transparent glass unit 590, and the player can visually recognize the inside of the game area 1100. It is possible not to touch the game ball T or the obstacle nail G (see FIG. 98) in the game area 1100, various winning openings, features or the like by inserting a hand or the like. Further, on the rear side of the main body frame 3, various control boards are provided, and a cover body 1250 that closes the back of the game board 4 is provided.

[1-1. Outer frame]
The outer frame 2 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the outer frame 2 in the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment includes upper and lower upper and lower frame plates 10 and 11 that extend in the horizontal direction, and left and right sides that extend in the vertical (vertical) direction. Frame plates 12 and 13, and four connecting members 14 that connect the end portions of the respective frame plates 10, 11, 12, and 13, and each of the frame plates 10, 11, 12, 13 is connected by the connecting member 14. They are assembled in a vertically long rectangular shape (square shape) by connecting them. The upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 in the outer frame 2 of the present example are formed of a solid material (for example, wood, plywood, etc.) having a predetermined thickness, There is provided an engagement notch 15 which penetrates and is recessed to the left and right direction center side. A mounting step 10a that is recessed from the other general surface is formed on the upper surface and the front surface of the left end portion of the upper frame plate 10, and an upper support fitting 20 to be described later is attached to the mounting step 10a. It is supposed to be.

  On the other hand, the side frame plates 12 and 13 are light-weight metal molds (for example, aluminum alloy) having a constant cross-sectional shape, the outer side surface is substantially flat, and the inner side surface protrudes inward at the rear end. A protrusion 16 having a cavity penetrating in the vertical direction (extruding direction) is provided to enhance strength and rigidity (see FIGS. 9 and 108). In addition, a plurality of grooves extending in the vertical direction are formed on the outer side surface and the inner side surface of the side frame plates 12 and 13, and when installing the pachinko machine 1 in the island facility of the game hall, etc. The pachinko machine 1 can be easily held as a finger hook, and the design of the appearance can be enhanced. For convenience, there is also a drawing in which a plurality of grooves formed on the side surfaces of the side frame plates 12 and 13 are omitted.

  The connection member 14 in the outer frame 2 of this example is formed by bending and plastically deforming a metal plate having a predetermined thickness by press molding or the like, and is fixed to the upper frame plate 10 or the lower frame plate 11 to be in the left-right direction. The plate-like horizontal piece 17 extending to the side, the plate-like vertical piece 18 extending from the outer end of the horizontal piece 17 to one side in the vertical direction and fixed to the side frame plates 12 and 13, and the vertical piece 18 are opposite to each other It has a plate-like engagement piece 19 which can be inserted into and engaged with the engagement cutout portion 15 of the upper frame plate 10 or the lower frame plate 11 extending in the direction. In this example, the connecting member 14 that connects the upper frame plate 10 and the left side frame plate 12 and the connecting member 14 that connects the upper frame plate 10 and the right side frame plate 13 are asymmetrical to each other. The vertical piece 18 is divided into front and rear parts. On the other hand, the connecting member 14 connecting the lower frame plate 11 and the left side frame plate 12 and the connecting member 14 connecting the lower frame plate 11 and the right side frame plate 13 are respectively formed in symmetrical shapes. Has been.

  In the connecting member 14, the upper surface and the lower surface of the horizontal piece 17 are in contact with the lower surface and the upper surface of the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, and the engagement piece 19 is an engagement notch between the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11. In a state of being inserted and engaged in the portion 15, a predetermined screw passes through the horizontal piece 17 and the engagement piece 19 and is screwed into the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, so that the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame It is fixed to the plate 11. Further, the connecting member 14 fixed to the upper frame plate 10 penetrates the side frames 12 and 13 with a predetermined screw in a state where the vertical piece 18 is in contact with the upper side inner side surfaces of the side frames 12 and 13. Is screwed into the vertical piece 18 so that the upper frame plate 10 and the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be connected. The rear vertical piece 18 of the connecting member 14 fixed to the upper frame plate 10 is fixed to the side frame plates 12 and 13 while being inserted into the protruding portions 16 of the side frame plates 12 and 13. It is like that. Further, the connecting member 14 fixed to the lower frame plate 11 penetrates the side frame bodies 12 and 13 with a predetermined screw in a state in which the vertical piece 18 is in contact with the lower side inner side surfaces of the side frame bodies 12 and 13. Is screwed into the vertical piece 18 so that the lower frame plate 11 and the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be connected to each other, and the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 are connected by the four connecting members 14. , And the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be assembled in a frame shape.

  The outer frame 2 of this example is disposed to face the upper support fitting 20 fixed to the upper surface of the left end of the upper frame plate 10 and the upper support fitting 20 and fixed at a predetermined position inside the lower side frame 12 of the left side. Fixed on the front surface of the reinforcing bracket 22 and the reinforcing bracket 22 disposed so as to support the lower surface of the lower supporting bracket 21 and fixed so as to connect the left and right side frame plates 12 and 13. The decorative cover 23 is provided. The upper support fitting 20 and the lower support fitting 21 are for pivotally supporting the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 so as to be able to open and close.

  First, the upper support fitting 20 includes a plate-like fixed piece 20a fixed to the upper frame plate 10, a support protruding piece 20b protruding forward from the front end of the fixed piece 20a to the front end of the upper frame plate 10, and a support protrusion. Support rod hole 20c notched to be bent from the right end near the front end in the piece 20b toward the center of the tip, and the left side frame hanging down from the left end of the fixed piece 20 and the support protrusion 20b A plate-shaped hanging fixing piece 20d (see FIG. 14A) that contacts the outer side surface of the plate 12, and a hanging wall 20e that continues to the hanging fixing piece 20d and hangs along the outer edge of the support protruding piece 20b (see FIG. 14). 14) and a stop drooping portion 20f (see FIG. 15) that is continuous with the drooping wall 20e and is inclined inward at the entrance end of the supporting saddle hole 20c. A pivot pin 633 (see FIG. 63) of an upper pivot support 630 of the main body frame 3 described later is detachably engaged with the support hook 20c of the upper support fitting 20. Further, the upper support bracket 20 can connect the upper frame plate 10 and the left side frame plate 12 by a fixing piece 20a and a hanging fixing piece 20d.

  The upper support fitting 20 has the strength of the support protrusion 20b enhanced by the depending wall 20e depending from the outer edge of the support protrusion 20b, and the details will be described later, but when viewed from the front, the support protrusion 20b The lock member 27 arranged on the back surface of the player can be concealed so that it cannot be seen from the player side, and the appearance can be improved. Further, the support hole 20c formed in the support projecting piece 20b is bent in a square shape so as to be inclined from the side of the opposite side (right side) where the hanging wall 20e is not formed toward the center of the tip. In addition, the width dimension of the inclined hole portion of the support weir 20c is slightly larger than the diameter of the pivot pin 633.

  On the other hand, the lower support fitting 21 includes a horizontal fixing piece 21a mounted on and fixed to the reinforcing metal fitting 22, and a vertical fixing piece rising upward from the left end of the horizontal fixing piece 21a and fixed to the inner side surface of the left side frame plate 12. 21b, a plate-like support projection 21c projecting forward from the front end of the horizontal fixing piece 21a beyond the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, and a pin shape projecting upward from near the front end of the support projection 21c. Support projections 21d. A main body frame support formed on a main body frame support bracket 644 (see FIG. 66 and the like) of the main body frame 3 described later is inserted into the support projection 21 d of the lower support fitting 21. After inserting the support projection 21 d of the support fitting 21 into the support hole of the main body frame support bracket 644 in the main body frame 3, the support pin 633 of the upper support bracket 630 of the main body frame 3 is locked to the support hook hole 20 c Thus, the main body frame 3 can be pivotally supported in an openable and closable manner.

  Further, in the outer frame 2 of the present embodiment, as shown in the drawing, two closing plates 24 and 25 arranged at a predetermined distance apart in the vertical direction are attached and fixed inside the side frame plate 13 on the right side. The closing plates 24 and 25 are formed in a substantially L shape in a plan view, and the closing plate 25 disposed on the lower side has a rectangular opening 25a penetrating in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 9). The closing plates 24 and 25 are hook portions 1054 and 1065 (see FIG. 93) of the locking device 1000 that are attached along the open side of the main body frame 3 when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2. As described in detail later, by inserting a key into the cylinder lock 1010 of the lock device 1000 and rotating it to one side, the engagement between the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the closing plates 24 and 25 is released. The main body frame 3 can be opened relative to the outer frame 2.

  Furthermore, the outer frame 2 of this example further includes a guide plate 26 fixed to the upper surface of the right end of the reinforcing metal fitting 22. This guide plate 26 is used to smoothly guide the main body frame 3 when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, and is mounted and fixed in a replaceable manner.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 14 and the like, the outer frame 2 of the present example further includes a lock member 27 supported on the back surface of the support projecting piece 20b in the upper support metal fitting 20, and the support projecting piece 20b is supported by a rivet 28. On the other hand, it is pivotally supported. The lock member 27 is made of synthetic resin, and has a stopper portion 27a that protrudes forward from a position that is pivotally supported by the rivet 28, and is shorter than the stopper portion 27a rightward from the position that is pivotally supported by the rivet 28. The operating portion 27b which protrudes, the elastic piece 27c which protrudes from the opposite side to the position supported by the rivet 28 with respect to the operating portion 27b, and the front end of the stopper portion 27a An arcuate tip surface 27d. As shown in the figure, the lock member 27 is formed in a substantially L shape by the stopper portion 27a and the operation portion 27b. Further, the elastic portion 27c of the lock member 27 is formed to be narrower than the stopper portion 27a and the operation portion 27b, and is formed so as to extend forward as it is separated from the stopper portion 27a to the left.

  As shown in FIGS. 14B and 15, the lock member 27 is configured such that the tip contact portion of the elastic piece 27 c is the hanging wall when supported by the support protrusion piece 20 b of the upper support fitting 20 (normal state). 20e is in contact with the inner surface of the stopper 20a, and the stopper 27a closes the inclined hole of the supporting hole 20c. The tip of the stopper 27a is inclined to the inclined hole of the supporting hole 20c. The head space portion of the body frame 3 is not closed, and a space in which the pivot pin 633 of the upper shaft support fitting 630 of the main body frame 3 can be inserted is formed at the head space portion of the support hook 20c. .

  The support mechanism of the pivot pin 633 using the upper support fitting 20 and the lock member 27 in this example is such that the pivot pin 633 is inserted into the tip space portion of the inclined hole portion of the support hole 20c so that the stopper portion 27a In the state where the front end side is opposed to the stop drooping portion 20f of the inlet end (in this state, there is a slight gap between the front end side of the stopper portion 27a and the stop drooping portion 20f and the state is in contact) In the usual pivotally supported state, the support pin 633 positioned in the end space portion of the inclined hole of the support hole 20c formed by bending and the end surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a The center is in a state of being offset in an oblique direction and facing each other. And, in this normal support state, the support pin 633 supporting the heavy main body frame 3 is in a state of being in contact with the front end portion of the support hook hole 20 c. Since almost no load is applied to the distal end surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a, the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27 is not loaded. Since the distal end surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a is provided with an arc-shaped distal end surface 27d, when the operation portion 27b is turned to turn the lock member 27, the lock member 27 can be smoothly turned. It has become. Further, in the drawing, the arc center of the tip end surface 27d is taken as the center of the rivet 28 (the rotation center of the lock member 27).

  Therefore, when the acting force F is applied in the direction in which the pivotal support pin 633 is pulled out along the inclination of the inclined hole of the support weir 20c and abuts on the circular arc tip surface 27d, the operative force F is supported A component force F1 (a normal direction of the arc of the end surface 27d) acting on the contact portion between the pin 633 and the arc-shaped end surface 27d, and one side of an inclined hole of the pivot pin 633 and the support hook 20c When divided into the component force F2 acting on the contact part with the inner surface, the direction of the component force F1 faces the center of the rivet 28 (the rotation center of the lock member 27). The moment to turn the tip in a direction (clockwise direction in the figure) in which the tip end separates from the support projecting piece 20b does not work, and the pivot pin 633 is the tip of the stopper 27a of the lock member 27 and the inclined hole of the support hook 20c. Maintain the state of being pinched between the inner surface of one side. To. Therefore, the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27 is not always loaded even in a normal shaft support state or in a state where the acting force of the shaft support pin 633 is applied to the lock member 27, and is an elastic formed integrally with synthetic resin. It is possible to prevent plastic deformation due to creep of the piece 27c and to prevent the pivot pin 633 from coming off from the support hole 20c over a long period of time. Even if an excessive force is applied and the distal end portion of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 is rotated in a direction away from the support projecting piece 20b (clockwise in the figure), one side of the distal end portion of the stopper portion 27a. Does not rotate in a direction in which it comes into contact with the stop drooping portion 20f and disengages any further, so that the lock member 27 does not protrude beyond the support protruding piece 20b.

  In addition, even if the shape of the tip end surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a is not arc-shaped, the position where the rotational moment is not generated by the action of the component force F1 described above or the tip of the lock member 27 faces the outside of the support protruding piece 20b. By positioning the rotation center of the lock member 27 (the axis fixed by the rivet 28) at a position where a rotational moment to rotate is generated, no load is applied to the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27 at all times. Since the tip end side of the stopper portion 27a just contacts the stop hanging portion 20f even when the member 27 rotates, the applicant of the present invention has a point that the lock member 27 does not protrude outside the support projecting piece 20b. I have confirmed.

  The operation of the lock member 27 of this embodiment will be specifically described with reference to FIG. As a premise that the main body frame 3 is pivotally supported on the outer frame 2 so as to be freely opened and closed, a lower support bracket is mounted on a main body frame pivot support hole (not shown) formed in a main body frame pivot support bracket 644 (see FIG. 63). It is necessary that 21 support protrusions 21d be inserted. Under such a premise, as shown in FIG. 16A, the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 of the main body frame 3 is pressed into contact with the side surface of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27. As shown in FIG. 16B, the lock member 27 rotates counterclockwise while deforming the elastic piece 27c, so that the shaft support pin 633 can be inserted into the support rod hole 20c. Then, when the pivotal support pin 633 reaches the head space portion of the inclined hole portion of the support wedging hole 20c, as shown in FIG. 16 (C), the pivotal support pin 633 does not abut the tip side surface of the stopper portion 27a. Therefore, the lock member 27 is urged by the elastic force of the elastic piece 27c to rotate clockwise, and the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 returns to the normal state again to close the inlet portion of the support weir 20c. The tip end portion of the stopper portion 27a faces the pivoting pin 633 so that the pivoting pin 633 does not fall out of the support hook 20c.

  This state is maintained even when the main body frame 3 is completely closed or during the normal opening / closing operation of the main body frame 3 as shown in FIG. Then, in order to remove the pivot pin 633 from the support hook 20c, as shown in FIG. 16E, a finger is inserted into the back surface of the support projection 20b to turn the operation portion 27b of the lock member 27 counterclockwise. By the rotation, the lock member 27 is rotated against the elastic force of the elastic piece 27c, and the tip end portion of the stopper portion 27a is in a state of being retracted from the support wedge hole 20c. It can be taken out from the hole 20c. Thereafter, the main frame 3 is lifted by lifting the main frame support hole formed in the main frame support bracket 644 and the support projection 21 d of the lower support bracket 21 to thereby release the main frame 3 into the outer frame 2. It can be removed from.

  As described above, in the outer frame 2 of this example, the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 constituting the outline of the outer frame 2 are made of wood, and the side frame plates 12 and 13 are made of a lightweight metal ( For example, when the pachinko machine 1 is installed in an island facility lined up in a game hall, it is necessary to perform an operation of fixing it at a predetermined angle with respect to the vertical plane of the island. Although such work is carried out by nailing the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 and the island, the nail can be made easy to strike, and the pachinko machine 1 can be easily installed in the existing island facility. It can be installed. Further, since the side frame plates 12 and 13 are formed of a lightweight metal (for example, aluminum alloy) as an extrusion-shaped material, it becomes possible to form a thinner wall while maintaining the strength as compared with the conventional wooden outer frame, The left and right widths when viewed from the front of the peripheral wall portion 605 (see FIG. 63, etc.) of the main body frame 3 adjacent to the inside of the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be widened, and the game board 4 has a large horizontal dimension. Can be attached to the main unit frame 3, and at the same time, the game area 1100 of the game board 4 can be formed large.

  Further, the upper frame plate 10, the lower frame plate 11, and the side frame plates 12, 13 constituting the outline of the outer frame 2 are connected by a connecting member 14, and the connecting member 14 is connected to the side frame plates 12, 13. Since it is fixed in close contact with the inner surface and fixed in a state in which the connecting member 14 and the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 are engaged, the assembly strength of the outer frame 2 can be increased. It can be made into a rectangular frame. Further, after the upper frame plate 10, the lower frame plate 11, and the side frame plates 12 and 13 are connected by the connecting member 14, when the upper support fitting 20 is attached at a predetermined position, as shown in FIG. Since there is no member projecting outward from the outer surface (peripheral surface) of the frame plate 10, 11, 12, 13, when installing the pachinko machine 1 in the island facility of the game hall not shown, adjacent devices (for example, It can be attached closely with the adjacent ball lending machine).

[1-2. Overall configuration of the door frame]
Next, the door frame 5 provided openably and closably on the front side of the main body frame 3 described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 17 to 23. As illustrated, the door frame 5 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment is a door frame having a game window 101 whose outer shape is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape and whose inner peripheral shape is a slightly elongated circular shape (elliptical shape). The base unit 100, the right side decoration unit 200 attached to the right outer periphery of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100, and the left side of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100 facing the right side decoration unit 200. The left side decoration unit 240 attached to the outer periphery, and the upper decoration unit 280 attached to the upper outer periphery of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100 are provided.

  Further, the door frame 5 passes through the tray unit 300, the tray unit 300 attached to the lower part of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100, the operation unit 400 attached to the upper center of the dish unit 300, and the door. A handle device 500 that is attached to the lower right corner of the frame base unit 100 and performs a driving operation of the game ball T, and is disposed on the rear side of the tray unit 300 with the door frame base unit 100 interposed therebetween. A foul cover unit 540 attached to the rear surface, a ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 on the right side of the foul cover unit 540, and a game window 101 closed on the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 And a glass unit 590 to be mounted.

1-2A. Door frame base unit]
Subsequently, the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 24 to 28. As shown in the figure, the door frame base unit 100 of the present example is a door having a gaming window 101 whose outer shape is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape and penetrated in the front-rear direction and whose inner periphery is formed in a substantially elliptical shape having a vertically long shape. A frame base body 110, a pair of side speakers 130 disposed on the left and right sides of the lower end of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base body 110, and a speaker for fixing the side speakers 130 to the door frame base body 110 A bracket 132 and a handle bracket 140 for supporting the handle device 500 attached to the lower right corner when viewed from the front on the front surface of the door frame base main body 110 are provided.

  The door frame base unit 100 covers the side surface of the side speaker 130 and the front side of the wiring (not shown) connected to the right side decoration unit 200 and the like on the outside of the side speaker 130 on the right side in front view. A cover member 134 attached to the front surface of the door frame base main body 110 is further provided. The cover member 134 can guide the wiring along the outer periphery of the speaker mounting portion 111 and can hold the wiring so that the wiring does not get in the way when the side speaker 130 is attached or removed. It has become.

  In addition, the door frame base unit 100 covers the lower portion of the game window 101 with a metal frame-shaped reinforcing unit 150 fixed to the rear side of the door frame base main body 110 and the rear surface of the door frame base main body 110. A security cover 180 to be attached, a glass unit locking member 190 rotatably attached to a predetermined position on the outer periphery of the gaming window 101 on the rear surface of the door frame base main body 110, and a left side (open side) from the center in the left-right direction in a rear view. ) And a launch cover 191 attached to the rear face of the door frame base body 110 along the lower end of the gaming window 101, and a rotational position of the handle device 500 attached to the rear face of the door frame base body 110 below the launch cover 191. A handle device relay substrate 192 relaying connection between the detection sensor 512 and the main control substrate 1113 and a rear side of the handle device relay substrate 192 are covered. The door frame is disposed on the opposite side of the middle device relay board cover 193 and the launch cover 191 and the handle device relay board 192 with the center in the left-right direction (right side of the left-right center (back side) in the rear view). A door frame base substrate 194 attached to the rear surface of the base body 110, a door frame base substrate cover 195 covering the rear side of the door frame base substrate 194, and a pivotally supported on the rear surface of the door frame base substrate cover 195. A wiring holding member 197 holding a part of a wiring cord 196 (see FIG. 28) for connecting the door frame 5 side and the main body frame 3 side is provided.

  The door frame base unit 100 of the present example has an overall rigidity increased by fixing a reinforcing unit 150 in which metal sheet metal is assembled with rivets or the like to the rear side of a rectangular door frame base body 110 made of synthetic resin. In addition, it has a strength capable of sufficiently supporting the decorative units 200, 240, 280, the dish unit 300, and the like.

  The door frame base substrate 194 in the door frame base unit 100 is connected to the side speakers 130 and the upper speakers 222 and 262 of the left and right side decoration units 200 and 240, and a peripheral control board provided on the game board 4 described later. 1, and an amplification circuit that amplifies an acoustic signal sent from the peripheral control board 1116 and outputs the amplified signal to each speaker 130. In this example, the decoration units 200, 240, 280, the dish unit 300, the decoration substrates 430, 432 provided in the operation unit 400, the dial drive motor 414 provided in the operation unit 400, the sensors 432a, 432b, 432c, the handle device relay board 192, the ball rental unit 360 of the dish unit 300, etc., the wiring cord 196 connecting the payout control board 1101, the peripheral control board 1116, etc. The details are described later, but are held by the wire holding member 197 and extended backward, and the main side relay terminal board 880 of the main body frame 3 and the peripheral side relay terminal board are described later. It is to be connected to 882 (see FIGS. 1 and 28).

  The door frame base main body 110 in the door frame base unit 100 of the present example is formed of a synthetic resin in a vertically elongated frame shape as shown in FIG. 25 and FIG. 26 etc. The game window 101 having a substantially elliptical shape is formed to be offset upward as a whole. As shown in the figure, the gaming window 101 is formed in a smooth curved shape in which the left and right side and upper inner peripheral edges are continuous, whereas the lower inner peripheral edge is formed in a straight line extending to the left and right. ing. In addition, a rectangular notch 101a through which the first ball outlet 544a of the foul cover unit 540 can be inserted on the shaft support side (left side in a front view) is provided on the inner peripheral edge of the lower side of the gaming window 101 in the door frame base body 110. Is formed. The door frame base body 110 has an upper side formed by the game window 101 and widths on the left and right sides of an upper reinforcing sheet metal 151, a pivot supporting side reinforcing sheet metal 152, and an open side reinforcing sheet metal 153 of a reinforcing unit 150 described later. The gaming window 101 is formed as large as possible with respect to the size of the door frame base body 110 in a front view. Accordingly, a wider range of the game board 4 arranged on the rear side of the door frame 5 can be viewed from the player side, and a game area 1100 wider than the conventional pachinko machine can be easily formed. It is like that.

  In addition to the gaming window 101, the door frame base body 110 is disposed on both the left and right outer sides of the lower side of the gaming window 101, and attaches and fixes the ball feeding unit 580 and the speaker mounting portion 111 for mounting and fixing the side speaker 130. And a ball feeding unit mounting recess 112 (see FIG. 26) and a game ball T penetrating in the front-rear direction at a predetermined position of the ball feeding unit mounting recess 112 and stored in the upper plate 301 of the tray unit 300. And a handle for attaching the handle bracket 140 so that the right (open side) end of the front surface of the ball feed opening 113 for feeding to the front side and bulging forward disposed in the lower right corner in front view is inclined. A wiring passage port 115 which penetrates in the longitudinal direction at a predetermined position of the mounting portion 114 and the handle mounting portion 114 and through which the wiring from the handle device 500 can pass; Cylinder lock 1010 upper by being formed shorter extended cylindrical shape toward forward below the dollar mounting portion 114 is provided with an insertion possible Joana 116.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 26, the door frame base main body 110 includes a relay board mounting portion 117 for mounting the handle device relay board 192 on the lower side of the ball feed unit mounting recess 112, and a door frame base main body in the rear view. A board mounting part 118 for mounting the door frame base board 194 disposed on the lower right side (axis support side), and an arrangement closer to the center than the speaker mounting part 111 on the left side (open side) in the rear view of the lower end of the gaming window 101 The security cover mounting portion 119 for protruding backward and mounting the mounting elastic piece 185 of the security cover 180 and the door frame base body 110 are recessed to the front side substantially along the inner periphery of the gaming window 101 on the rear side. The glass unit support stepped portion 110a which can be in contact with the front outer peripheral edge of the front face of the game window Further comprises a, and two of the locking member mounting portion 110b for supporting the.

  Furthermore, on the rear side of the door frame base main body 110, there is provided a door frame protrusion 110c that protrudes backward from the lower side by a predetermined amount. This door frame protrusion 110c is an engagement groove 603 of the main frame 3 described later. It is designed to be inserted inside. As a result, the door frame 5 can be positioned and locked to the main body frame 3, and an incorrect tool such as a piano wire can be inserted into the pachinko machine 1 from the gap between the lower side of the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3. Even so, the door frame protrusion 110c engaged with the engagement groove 603 can prevent the tool from entering, and the security function of the pachinko machine 1 is enhanced. Further, on the rear side of the door frame base main body 110, there is provided a positioning projection 110d which protrudes rearward from a position slightly lower than the lock hole 116 in rear view and is fitted with the fitting groove 612 of the main body frame 3. The positioning projection 110d is fitted into the fitting groove 612 so that the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 are positioned at correct positions.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 25, the door frame base main body 110 is provided at its front surface with a plurality of mounting bosses 110e projecting forward for fixing the decoration units 200, 240, 280, the plate unit 300, etc. In addition, a large number of mounting holes for mounting the handle bracket 140 and the like are formed at appropriate positions. Further, the door frame base body 110 has mounting portions 110g for mounting the speaker brackets 132 for mounting the side speakers 130 and mounting holes 110h (see FIG. 18 and the like) for mounting the side speaker covers 338 at appropriate positions. It is formed.

  In addition, the door frame base main body 110 includes a lower dish ball supply port 310g and a foul cover unit 540 in the dish unit base 310 of the dish unit 300, which will be described later, between the ball feeding unit mounting recess 112 and the substrate mounting part 118. A rectangular ball passage opening 110f penetrating in the front-rear direction is provided at a position corresponding to the two-ball outlet 544b.

  Furthermore, the door frame base main body 110 is formed on the front side above the left and right speaker mounting portions 111 and includes a shallow dish-shaped crime prevention recess 120 that is recessed substantially backward in a triangular shape. A security member 121 formed in a shallow box shape is inserted into the security recess 120 from the front side. The security member 121 is formed in a shallow box shape whose front side is opened by bending a metal plate. Thereby, in order to perform an illegal act with respect to the inside of the pachinko machine 1, for example, it is made of a metal that can be drilled with a thin drill or the like from the joint portion between the side decoration units 200, 240 and the dish unit 300. It can be blocked by the crime prevention member 121 and can prevent an illegal act.

  The pair of side speakers 130 in the door frame base unit 100 is not shown in detail, but the intersection of the central axes is a predetermined distance from the center of the game area 1100 to the front in front view (for example, 0.2 m to 1). .5 m), the sound is delivered most efficiently to the player seated in front of the pachinko machine 1. In addition, the side speaker 130 mainly outputs middle and high range sounds, and is disposed at a position as far away from the pachinko machine 1 as possible in the left-right direction. By outputting different related sounds from the side speaker 130, it is possible to output a sound with a high stereo feeling.

  The outer periphery of these side speakers 130 is sandwiched between a substantially annular speaker bracket 132 disposed on the front side and a speaker mounting portion 111 of the door frame base body 110 disposed on the rear side, so that the door frame It can be attached to the base body 110. The speaker bracket 132 is attached to the attachment portion 110g of the door frame base main body 110 from the front side by a predetermined screw.

  In addition, the door frame base substrate cover 195 in the door frame base unit 100 is formed in a thin box shape whose front side is opened as shown in FIG. 25 to FIG. 27 and the like. It has a step 195a recessed forward at a position slightly lower than the center of the. A wiring holding member 197 is rotatably attached to the step portion 195a of the door frame base substrate cover 195.

  On the other hand, the wiring holding member 197 in the door frame base unit 100 is formed in a plate shape extending in the horizontal direction and having an I-shaped cross section as shown in FIGS. It is formed of a relatively hard synthetic resin. Further, as shown, the wiring holding member 197 is provided with a plurality of holding holes 197a (three each in the upper and lower sides in this example) at predetermined intervals along the longitudinal direction at the upper and lower ends. The wire holding member 197 has the end portion on which the door frame 5 is pivotally supported by the main body frame 3 in the assembled state of the door frame 5 in the vertical direction at the step portion 195 a on the rear surface of the door frame base substrate cover 195. Although the detailed illustration is omitted, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 rotates to the door frame base substrate cover 195 side, so that the wiring holding member 197 is rotated. The door frame base substrate cover 195 can be accommodated in the stepped portion 195a.

  This wiring holding member 197 has a predetermined bundling in a holding hole 197a which is paired up and down with the wiring cord 196 for electrically connecting the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 along the rear surface side. The wiring cord 196 can be held by inserting the band 198 and tightening the wiring cord 196 together with the wiring holding member 197 by the binding band 198 (see FIGS. 1 and 28).

  When the wiring holding member 197 of this example is rotated in the direction to close the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 extends from the free end side of the wiring cord 196 to the main body frame 3 It will be pushed forward by the part and will turn in the direction approaching the door frame base substrate cover 195 side. Thereby, as the door frame 5 is closed, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 approaches the door frame base substrate cover 195, and the wiring cord 196 extending from the free end of the wiring holding member 197 to the main body frame 3 side is free. The bend becomes large (sharp) near the edge. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the wiring cord 196 is folded in two laterally on the free end side of the wiring holding member 197.

  On the other hand, when the door frame 5 closed with respect to the main body frame 3 is opened, since the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 are relatively distant from each other, wiring is performed by the wiring cord 196 connected to the main body frame 3 side. The free end side of the holding member 197 is pulled backward, and the wiring holding member 197 rotates smoothly so that the free end side moves in the direction of moving away from the door frame base substrate cover 195 (the direction of the main body frame 3). Thereby, the wiring cord 196 folded at the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 is expanded so as to extend straight, and the door frame 5 can be opened without being blocked by the wiring cord 196.

  As described above, according to this example, the end of the wiring frame holding member 197 on the same side as the side on which the door frame 5 is pivotally supported, the door frame base substrate cover 195 is moved so that the free end side moves to the main body frame 3 side. The main frame 3 is pivotally supported on the rear surface and held so that a part of the wiring cord 196 electrically connecting the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 does not move in the vertical direction. When opening and closing the door frame 5, the wiring cord 196 can be folded or unfolded in the lateral direction on the free end side of the wiring holding member 197, and the wiring cord 196 is caught when the door frame 5 is opened and closed. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of malfunctions (such as disconnection of the wiring cord 196, disconnection of the connection connector, etc.) due to pinching.

  Further, according to this example, since the wiring holding member 197 is formed of a relatively hard and highly rigid synthetic resin, even when a force acts through the wiring cord 196 when the door frame 5 is opened and closed, It is possible to prevent the vertical movement of the wiring cord 196, and to securely fold the wiring cord 196 in the lateral direction to prevent the occurrence of a failure.

  Further, as described above, when the door frame 5 is opened and closed with respect to the main body frame 3, a bridge is hung between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 by the wiring holding member 197. Since a part is bridged by the wire holding member 197, it is possible to prevent the wire 196 from hanging down even if the door frame 5 is opened and closed. Or the door frame 5 cannot be closed, and the main control board 1113, the peripheral control board 1116, the payout control board 1101, and the like as the main body-side electrical equipment, and the door side can be prevented. Decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322, 430, 432, speakers 130, 222, 262, and a rental unit 360 as electrical devices Handle device 500, etc., capital can provide pachinko machine 1 capable of malfunction in the wiring 196 to be connected to reduce the occurrence as much as possible.

  Further, a part of the wiring 196 is held by the rotatable wiring holding member 197, and even when the wiring 196 is forcibly pulled when the door frame 5 is opened, the wiring holding member 197 rotates. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the wiring 196 from being pulled, and to prevent a problem that the wiring 196 is pulled and disconnected or the connection connector is disconnected. it can. In addition, a part of the wiring 196 is held by the wiring holding member 197, and the wiring 196 is only partially bent as the wiring holding member 197 rotates, so that the conventional one (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-213675). ), The wiring 196 does not slide, and it is possible to prevent the wiring 196 from being rubbed and causing problems such as leakage or disconnection.

  Further, in the wiring holding member 197, the binding band 198 is inserted into the penetrating holding holes 197a arranged at predetermined intervals in the longitudinal direction, and the wiring 196 is held by the binding band 198. The holding band 197 can prevent the holding band 197 from moving (sliding) in the longitudinal direction of the wiring holding member 197 by the holding hole 197a, and surely prevent the wiring 196 from falling off together with the binding band 198 from the wiring holding member 197 can do.

  Further, even if the position where the wire 196 extends from the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 is arranged at a position separated from the side supporting the door frame 5, as described above, the wire 196 can be Since it is possible to satisfactorily prevent the wiring 196 from drooping when the door frame 5 is opened and closed by guiding, the main body frame 3 having increased strength and rigidity on the side of the door frame 5 that is pivotally supported. And the door frame 5, and the pachinko machine 1 with high security against fraudulent acts can be obtained.

  Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided with protrusions protruding at least from the both ends in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction to the side along which the wiring 196 is located, the wiring is formed by the pair of protrusions and the plate surface of the wiring holding member 197. 196 can be surrounded, and the wiring 196 can be easily held along the wiring holding member 197. Further, since the wire holding member 197 is provided with a protrusion, the bending rigidity of the plate-like wire holding member 197 can be enhanced, and the wire holding member 197 is prevented from being bent when the door frame 5 is opened and closed. The door frame 5 can be opened and closed in a good condition.

  In addition, the length from the base end to the tip end of the wiring holding member 197 is substantially the same as the distance from the axis of the door frame 5 to the base of the base end, and the main body frame 3 extends in the wiring 196. The predetermined position is a position closer to the axial center side of the door frame 5 than the tip of the wiring holding member 197 in a state where the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, and the axial center of the door frame 5 and the wiring holding member Since a pantograph-like link is formed by the axis of 197, the tip of the wiring holding member 197, and the position where the wiring 196 extends in the main body frame 3, wiring when opening and closing the door frame 5 The movement of the holding member 197, the wiring 196, etc. can be made smooth, the opening / closing operation can be facilitated, and an unreasonable force acting on the wiring 196, etc. can be reduced to cause problems such as disconnection. Can be prevented. Further, a pantograph-like link is formed, and when the door frame 5 is closed, a portion of the wiring 196 that extends from the front end of the wiring holding member 197 is folded back on the front end side along the wiring holding member 197. Therefore, when the door frame 5 is closed, the wiring 196 can be folded and gathered compactly, and the space related to the wiring holding member 197 and the wiring 196 can be reduced.

  Further, the door frame base substrate cover 195 of the door frame 5 pivotally supporting the wiring holding member 197 is recessed so as to open toward the main body frame 3 with the door frame 5 closed with respect to the main body frame 3, A step portion 195 a capable of storing the wire holding member 197 is provided, and when the door frame 5 is closed to the main body frame 3, the step provided with the wire holding member 197 on the door frame base substrate cover 195 Since it is stored in the portion 195a, the protrusion of the wiring holding member 197 from the door frame 5 side to the main body frame 3 side can be almost eliminated, and the door frame 5 can be easily closed. The wirings 196 can be gathered in a compact manner, and the wiring 196 can be prevented from being caught by other members, thereby preventing a problem from occurring.

  Further, the wiring 196 is held along the surface of the wiring holding member 197 facing the main body frame 3 side with the door frame 5 closed with respect to the main body frame 3. When the door frame 5 is closed, the wiring holding member 197 can be brought as close as possible to the door frame 5 side (door frame base substrate cover 195 side). The protrusion of the holding member 197 can be reduced, the door frame 5 can be easily closed, and the space related to the wiring holding member 197 and the wiring 196 can be made as small as possible.

  Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided on the side of the door frame 5 that moves (opens and closes), the wiring holding member 197 can be easily rotated by an inertial force or an impact force that opens and closes the door frame 5. It is possible to reliably achieve the above effects. Moreover, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided in the door frame 5 and it is not necessary to secure a space for providing the wiring holding member 197 in the main body frame 3, a space for relatively holding the game board 4 in the main body frame 3. The pachinko machine 1 which can hold the game board 4 having a larger game area 1100 by enlarging the game area 1 and can attract the player's interest strongly by having the large game board 4 is provided. it can.

  Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 25 and FIG. 26 etc., the handlebar bracket 140 in the door frame base unit 100 extends from the rear end of the cylindrical portion 141 extending in the longitudinal direction to the shaft of the cylindrical portion 141 from the rear end. A plurality of (three in this example) ridges protruding in the right-angled direction outward with respect to the annular flange portion 142 and the cylindrical portion 141 protruding in the circumferential direction of the cylindrical portion 141 143, and a plurality of reinforcing ribs 144 that connect the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 141 and the front surface of the flange portion 142 with respect to the circumferential direction of the cylindrical portion 141. The handle bracket 140 is attached to the handle attachment portion 114 with a predetermined screw in a state where the rear surface of the flange portion 142 is in contact with the front surface of the handle attachment portion 114 in the door frame base main body 110. Although not shown in the drawings, the axis of the cylindrical portion 141 is substantially coincident with the wiring passage opening 115 in a state of being attached to the handle attachment portion 114.

  The handle bracket 140 is provided with one protrusion 143 on the upper side and two protrusions 143 on the lower side in the cylindrical portion 141, and these protrusions 143 are formed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical portion of the handle base 502 in the handle device 500. It is arranged and formed in the position corresponding to the three groove parts 502a. The cylindrical portion of the handle device 500 can be inserted into the cylindrical portion 141 only when the three protrusions 143 of the handle bracket 140 and the three groove portions 502a of the handle device 500 coincide with each other. There is. Therefore, the handle base 502 of the handle device 500 inserted and supported by the handle bracket 140 is supported so as to be incapable of relative rotation with respect to the handle bracket 140.

  The handle bracket 140 is attached to the handle attachment portion 114 that is inclined obliquely so that the shaft of the cylinder portion 141 extends toward the right side (open side) toward the front in a front view. The axis of the handle device 500 supported by the handle bracket 140 in the state is similarly inclined.

  Subsequently, as shown mainly in FIGS. 25 and 26, the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame base unit 100 includes an upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 attached along the back surface of the upper side of the door frame base main body 110; A pivot support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 mounted along the back surface of the support side portion 110 of the support side, an open side reinforcement sheet metal 153 mounted along the back side of the open side end portion of the door frame base main body 110, and the door frame base main body 110 The lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 is attached along the lower side back surface of the game window 101, and they are mutually tightened with a screw or a rivet to form a square shape.

  As shown in FIG. 25, this reinforcing unit 150 has an upper shaft support portion 156 having a shaft pin 155 slidably provided in the upper and lower direction on the upper surface and at the upper and lower end portions of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 And a lower support portion 158 having an axial pin 157 (see FIG. 18). The upper and lower shaft pins 155 and 157 are pivotally supported by the upper shaft bracket 630 and the lower shaft bracket 640 formed on the upper and lower sides of the body frame 3, so that the door frame 5 is attached to the body frame 3. So that it can be freely opened and closed.

  In addition, the lower reinforcing metal plate 154 of the reinforcing unit 150 has a predetermined width and is formed to have a length substantially the same as the horizontal width dimension of the door frame base main body 110, and the lower long side end edge of both long side edges thereof. A lower bent protrusion piece 159 bent toward the front (see FIG. 25), and an upper bent protrusion piece 160 bent forward toward the front right side (open side) of the upper long edge. And a vertically bent projecting piece 161 which is bent backward at a central portion of the upper long side edge and extended in the vertical direction. The strength of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 is increased by the lower bent protrusion piece 159, the upper bent protrusion piece 160, and the like. Further, the vertical bent projecting piece 161 of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 is formed so as to be engaged and locked with a locking piece 592b formed at the lower end of a unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590 described later. When the unit 590 is fixed to the back side of the door frame 5, the vertical bent protruding piece 161 is locked to the locking piece 592 b of the unit frame 592 in the glass unit 590, so that the lower end of the glass unit 590 is moved in the horizontal direction and It is possible to regulate moving backward. The lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 has a notch 162 substantially corresponding to the notch 101a of the door frame base body 110.

  In addition, the open side reinforcing sheet metal 153 of the reinforcing unit 150 is provided with an open side outward bending projection 163 bent toward the rear on both sides of the long side between the upper side reinforcing sheet metal 151 and the lower side reinforcing sheet metal 154; As shown in the figure, the open side inner bent projecting piece 164 is formed so as to extend rearward longer than the open side outer bent projecting piece 163. ing. In addition, a hook cover 165 that comes into contact with a door frame hook portion 1041 of the lock device 1000 to be described later is provided at the lower rear side of the open-side reinforcing sheet metal 153. Further, the axially supporting reinforcing metal plate 152 is provided with a U-shaped axially supporting U-shaped projecting piece 166 which extends rearward at the outer end of the long side and opens at the outside of the axially supporting side (see FIG. See 108). Further, the upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 is provided with bent protrusions 167 bent rearward on both sides of the long side.

  The axially supporting reinforcing metal plate 152 of the reinforcing unit 150 is mounted and supported only at two upper and lower points of the upper and lower shaft supporting portions 156 and 158 with respect to the main body frame 3. If an incorrect tool such as a screwdriver or a crowbar is inserted between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3, the axially supporting reinforcing sheet metal 152 is deformed, and the gap between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 is enlarged. Although there is a possibility that it becomes easy to carry out an action, the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 of this example is provided with the shaft support side U-shaped projecting piece 166, so the strength of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is further enhanced. The support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is difficult to bend. Further, the shaft-supporting side U-shaped projecting piece 166 of the shaft-supporting side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is configured such that a front end piece 952b of a side security plate 950 in the main body frame 3 to be described later is inserted into the U-shape (see FIG. 108), the insertion of the tool can be prevented, and only the pivot-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 can be prevented from bending, so that the crime prevention function of the pachinko machine 1 can be enhanced.

  Next, the security cover 180 of the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 25 and 26. This crime prevention cover 180 is provided with a crime prevention function that covers the lower back surface of the glass unit 590 and prevents the intrusion of unauthorized tools into the game board 4. Are formed in a flat plate shape so as to cover the lower portion of the glass unit 590 disposed between the reinforcing metal plates 152 and 153, and the upper side thereof is formed in an arc shape substantially along the lower arc surface of the inner rail 1112 of the game board 4 A formed contact recess 181 and a post-crime prevention protrusion 182 protruding rearward along the upper end of the contact recess 181 are provided. In addition, the left and right ends of the crime prevention cover 180 are respectively provided with crime prevention rear end protrusions 183 that protrude rearward along the shape of the ends. In addition, the rear side crime prevention end protrusion 183 on the right side (axial support side) in the rear view is configured to extend rearward longer than the opposite (open side) crime prevention rear end protrusion 183. On the other hand, on the front surface of the crime prevention cover 180, the crime prevention projection piece 184 that protrudes along the lower shape of the unit frame 592 in the glass unit 590 with the crime prevention cover 180 attached, and the left and right sides outside the projection piece 184 before the crime prevention And a U-shaped attachment elastic piece 185 projecting forward at the lower end of the connector.

  The crime prevention cover 180 mounts the mounting elastic piece 185 on the right side (open side) in a front view to the crime prevention cover mounting portion 119 of the door frame base unit 100, and the mounting elastic piece 185 on the opposite side (axial support side) By being attached to the crime prevention cover attaching portion 364 of the unit 300, the door frame 5 can be detachably attached to the back side of the door frame 5. When the crime prevention cover 180 is attached to the door frame 5, although the detailed illustration is omitted, the front crime prevention piece 184 is fitted to the lower outer periphery of the unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590, The rear surface of the lower end portion of the unit frame 592 is in contact with the vertical bent protruding piece 161. Further, when the door frame 5 is closed, the post-crime protruding protrusion 182 protruding rearward is inserted into the lower surface of the inner rail 1112 fixed to the game board 4 and the half on the open side is front. The component 1110 is inserted into the rail security groove 1118 of the inner rail 1112. As a result, even if an unauthorized tool enters the game area 1100 of the game board 4, the intrusion can be prevented by the post-crime projecting piece 182 inserted below the inner rail 1112. .

  In addition, since the crime prevention cover 180 can cover the front lower portion of the guiding passage of the hitting ball formed by the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 in the state where the door frame 5 is closed by the back surface thereof. In addition, it is possible to prevent the hitting ball that flies or reversely feeds the guide passage portion from colliding with the glass plate 594.

  Accordingly, in this example, the crime prevention cover 180 covers the rear lower outer periphery of the glass unit 590 (the gaming window 101) in the door frame 5, so that the gaming window 101, the glass unit 590 and the like from the front side of the door frame 5 Even if a highly flexible tool is inserted between the pachinko machine 1 (in the game area 1100) and a fraudulent act is attempted, the crime prevention cover 180 can prevent the tool from entering, Thus, the pachinko machine 1 with higher safety can be provided.

  Subsequently, the four glass unit locking members 190 in the door frame base unit 100 are fitted with the fitting portions 190 a rotatably fitted to the locking member mounting portions 110 b protruding rearward from the door frame base main body 110. And a locking piece 190b extending in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the fitting portion 190a and locking the locking projection 451f of the glass unit 590. The glass unit locking member 190 fixes a screw for securing the locking member to the tip of the locking member mounting portion 110b in a state where the locking member mounting portion 110b of the door frame base main body 110 passes through the fitting portion 190a. By doing so, it is pivotally supported with respect to the locking member attaching part 110b.

  The locking piece 190b of the glass unit locking member 190 has a protrusion protruding rearward on the rear side, although the detailed illustration is omitted, and this protrusion rotates when the glass unit 590 is attached or detached. It is a finger hook when operating.

  Further, the launch cover 191 in the door frame base unit 100 is fixed to the rear side of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 in the reinforcing unit 150. Further, the handle device relay board cover 193 and the door frame base board cover 195 are fixed at predetermined positions on the rear side of the door frame base 110, respectively. In addition, when the launch cover 191, the handle device relay board cover 193, and the ball feed unit 580 are attached to the door frame unit base 100, the rear surfaces thereof are substantially in the same plane. It is possible to cover the front surface of the hitting and launching apparatus 650 attached to the main body frame 3.

[1-2B. Right side decoration unit]
Subsequently, the right side decoration unit 200 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 29 to FIG. The right side decoration unit 200 of the door frame 5 in the present embodiment decorates the right half of the front outer periphery of the gaming window 101 excluding the lower part in front view, as shown in the figure, and the inside is the gaming window 101. While being formed in circular arc shape along, the outer side is formed linearly along the outer periphery of the door frame base unit 100. The right side decoration unit 200 includes a side lens 210 that forms the outer surface of the right side decoration unit 200 and has a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, a side inner lens 212 disposed on the rear side of the side lens 210, The right side upper decoration substrate 214 is disposed on the upper side from the approximate center in the vertical direction on the rear side of the side inner lens 212 and has a plurality of LEDs 214a (full color LEDs) and 214b (white LEDs) mounted on the surface; The lower side of the right side lower decorative substrate 216 disposed on the lower surface of the lens 212 from the approximate center of the vertical direction and on the surface of which the plurality of LEDs 216a (full color LEDs) and 216b (white LEDs) are mounted Right-handed rhinoceros attached to the side inner lens 212 so as to cover the right side upper decoration substrate 214 An upper decorative board cover 218, and a right side lower decorative board cover 220 that covers the rear side of the right side lower decorative board 216 and is attached to the side lens 210 and the side decorative frame 202 so as to sandwich the right side lower decorative board 216. ing.

  Further, the right side decoration unit 200 is disposed at a predetermined interval in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101 while being disposed at a front surface of the side lens 210 and in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, while being attached to the upper right corner of the side lens 210. A plurality of side flash lenses 204 extending radially from the center, a side upper inner lens 206 disposed between the upper left portion of the side inner lens 212 and the side lens 210, and the side upper inner lens 206 as a side inner lens. An inner lens bracket 208 to be attached to 212 and an upper right speaker 222 to be attached to the side upper inner lens 206 are provided.

  In the right side decoration unit 200, a side outer cover 202, a side flash lens 204, a side upper inner lens 205, an inner lens bracket 208, a side lens 210, and a side inner lens 212 are formed of a translucent member. The side outer cover 202, the side upper inner lens 205, the inner lens bracket 208, the side lens 210, and the side inner lens 212 are substantially colorless and transparent, and the side flash lens 204 is colored and transparent (red in this example).

  Although not shown in detail, a plurality of small-diameter lenses are formed on the surfaces of the side inner lens 212 and the side upper inner lens 206 so that light can be irregularly refracted. Therefore, the LEDs 214a, 214b mounted on the surface (front surface) of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 disposed on the rear side of the side lens 210, the side inner lens 212, and the side upper inner lens 206, 216a, 216b, etc. cannot be clearly seen from the player side. The front surfaces of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 are white, and the right side decorative unit 200 is efficiently decorated with light by the light from the mounted LEDs 214a, 214b, 216a, 216b, and the like. The decorative boards 214 and 216 are not conspicuous when the LEDs 214a, 214b, 216a and 216b are not lit. The right side upper decorative board 214 and the right side lower decorative board 216 are connected to the peripheral control board 1116, and each LED 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a is driven by a drive signal (light emission drive signal) from the peripheral control board 1116. , 216b can appropriately emit light so that the right side decoration unit 200 can be illuminated.

  The side lens 210 in the right side decoration unit 200 of this example has a right end and an upper end formed in a straight line along the outer periphery of the door frame base body 110 in a front view, and a left end at the gaming window 101 as shown in the figure. Is formed in a curved shape along the outer periphery on the right side of. The side lens 210 includes a peripheral lens portion 210a composed of a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, a plurality of peripheral lens portions 210a divided into a plurality in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, and a plurality extending substantially concentrically with the gaming window 101. And a radiation lens unit 210b having a prism surface of As shown in the figure, the plurality of radiating lens portions 210b in the side lens 210 are formed so as to extend on the radiation centered on the lower central portion of the game window 101 when viewed from the front, and from the front surface of the peripheral lens portion 210a. The side flash lens 204 is inserted into the recess.

  Further, the side lens 210 includes, on the right side surface, a side diffusing lens portion 210c that extends in the front-rear direction and is arranged in the vertical direction. By the side diffusion lens portion 210c, light from the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 can be diffused widely in the right direction and the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 1. Although detailed illustration is omitted, a plurality of through holes are formed in the side lens 210 corresponding to the lower side of the upper right speaker, and the sound from the upper right speaker is favorably transmitted to the player side. It can be transmitted.

  The side inner lens 212 is substantially colorless and transparent and is inserted and fitted from the rear side into the inside of the side lens 210, and as shown in the drawing, the portion of the side lens 210 corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210a is formed in a wrinkled shape The portion corresponding to the radiation lens portion 210b is formed in a flat surface. Further, although not shown in detail, in the side inner lens 212, a plurality of small diameter lenses are formed in a forwardly protruding peak portion in a wrinkled portion corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210a of the side lens 210. The side inner lens 212 can diffuse and refract light by a wrinkle-shaped portion and a plurality of small-diameter lenses. It is now possible to make it appear strange and unclear with a sense of perspective.

  The right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 of the right side decorative unit 200 have a plurality of high-brightness color LEDs mounted on the surface, and are disposed at positions corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210a of the side lens 210. The LEDs 214a and 216a have relatively wide illumination angles (for example, 60.degree. To 180.degree.), And the LEDs 214b and 216b disposed at positions corresponding to the radiation lens portion 210b of the side lens 210 are relatively illuminated. Those having a narrow angle (for example, 15 ° to 60 °) are used. In the present example, the LEDs 214 c of the right side upper decoration substrate 214 are red and green LEDs.

  Like the side speaker 130, the upper right speaker 222 of the right side decoration unit 200 outputs a mid-high range sound, and is attached to a predetermined position in a predetermined direction by the side upper inner lens 206. ing. The upper side inner lens 206 that supports the upper right speaker 222 includes a cylindrical horn portion that extends diagonally forward and downward at the center of the left and right sides of the pachinko machine 1 when viewed from the front. The upper right speaker 222 is fixed so that the upper right speaker 222 cannot be seen from the player side in front view.

  The upper right speaker 222 in this example is emitted from the upper part of the pachinko machine 1 toward the player below by the horn part of the side upper inner lens 206, and noise is generated for other pachinko machines. It has become difficult. In the same manner as the side inner lens 212, the side upper inner lens 206 is also formed with a wrinkled front surface, and a plurality of small diameter lenses are formed in a forwardly protruding peak portion of the wrinkled portion. In addition, the light can be irregularly refracted and diffusely reflected by the wrinkled portion and the plurality of small diameter lenses.

  The side flash lens 204 of the right side decoration unit 200 is arranged to be inserted in front of the radiating lens portion 210b that is recessed to the rear of the side lens 210, and imitates a rocky surface that is rugged by a plurality of spindle-shaped curved surfaces. The side lens 210 can be accented. Further, the side flash lens 204 can perform a radial light emission effect by emitting light from the LEDs 214b and 216a of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 arranged on the rear side, and the peripheral lens portion 210a. Can be divided in the circumferential direction of the game window 101 to emphasize each of them.

[1-2C. Left side decoration unit]
Subsequently, the left side decoration unit 240 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 32 to FIG. The left side decoration unit 240 of the door frame 5 in the present embodiment decorates the left half of the front outer periphery of the gaming window 101 excluding the lower part in front view, as shown in the drawing, and the right side is the gaming window 101. The left side and the upper side are formed in a straight line along the outer periphery of the door frame base unit 100, and are formed asymmetrically with the right side decoration unit 200. The left side decoration unit 240 has a substantially same width as the right side decoration unit 200 and extends in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, and an oval shape disposed between the large window frames 242a. A frame-shaped side lower decorative frame 242 having a small window frame 242b, two large window frames 244a that are continuous with the upper side of the side lower decorative frame 242 and extend in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, and a large And a frame-shaped side upper decorative frame 244 having one elliptical small window frame 244b disposed between the window frames 244a.

  In addition, the left side decoration unit 240 includes a side flash lens 246 and a side flash lens 246, which are fitted from the rear side to the small window frames 242a and 244a of the lower side decoration frame 242 and the upper side decoration frame 244. Transparent side lens 250 having a plurality of circumferential lens portions 250 a that are supported from the rear side and are fitted from the rear side to the large window frames 242 a and 244 a of the side lower decoration frame 242 and the side upper decoration frame 244. A plurality of slits 251a disposed on the rear side of the peripheral lens portion 250a and extending in the circumferential direction of the game window 101 are formed, and an inner decorative member 251 provided with a plated layer having metallic luster on the surface, and a rear side of the inner decorative member 251 A plurality of bands extending in a radial pattern centered on the lower left and right center of the gaming window 101 A side inner lens 252 having a diffusing portion 252a formed by the lens, and a.

  The left side decoration unit 240 is disposed on the rear side of the side inner lens 252 from the substantially vertical center to the upper side, and the left side upper decoration in which a plurality of LEDs 254a (full color LEDs) and 254b (white LEDs) are mounted on the surface. A substrate 254, and a left side lower decorative substrate 256, which is disposed on the lower side from a substantially center in the vertical direction of the side inner lens 252 and has a plurality of LEDs 256a (full color LEDs) and 256b (white LEDs) mounted on the surface. A left side upper decorative substrate cover 258 that covers the rear side of the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and is attached to the side inner lens 252 so as to sandwich the left side upper decorative substrate 254, and a left side that covers the rear side of the left side lower decorative substrate 256 Left side lower decorative board cover attached to the side lens 250 so as to sandwich the lower decorative board 256 It is provided with a 60, a.

  Furthermore, the left side decoration unit 240 includes a left upper speaker 262 disposed on the front side of the side inner lens 252 and on the upper right portion of the front view, and a transparent upper portion that supports the upper left speaker 262 and is attached to the front upper right portion of the side inner lens 252 The upper speaker bracket 264 and a diffusion part formed by a plurality of band-like lenses attached to the front surface of the upper speaker bracket 264 and inserted from the rear side into the inner decorative member 251 at the upper right of the front view and extending radially centered on the lower left and right centers And an upper right inner lens 266 having 266a. The upper left speaker 262 is attached to the upper speaker bracket 264 so as to sandwich a protective plate 268 made of a metal plate capable of transmitting sound.

  The left side decoration unit 240 is formed of an opaque member, and the lower side decoration frame 242, the upper side decoration frame 244, the left side upper decoration substrate cover 258, and the left side lower decoration substrate cover 260 are formed of an opaque member. The surface of the decorative member 251 is provided with a plating layer of a predetermined color (in this example, silver). Further, the side flash lens 246 has translucency and is entirely made of a milky white synthetic resin. The side lens 250, the side inner lens 252, the upper speaker bracket 264, and the upper right inner lens 266 are formed of a substantially colorless and transparent synthetic resin.

  In this example, both sides of the small window frames 242b and 244b in the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 (the small windows with respect to the radial axial direction centering on the lower left and right central lower portions of the gaming window 101). On both sides of the frames 242b and 244b, there are formed opening frames 242c and 244c that pass through the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 in a state of being cut out, and the small window frames 242b and 244b and The opening frames 242 c and 244 c on both sides are closed by the side flash lens 246 from the rear side. Therefore, from the player side, the rear side of the small window frames 242b and 244b and the opening frames 242c and 244c in the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 cannot be visually recognized by the milky white side flash lens 246. .

  On the other hand, the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250 is inserted and closed from the rear side to the large window frames 242a and 244a of the lower side decoration frame 242 and the upper side decoration frame 244, and the transparent peripheral lens portion An inner decorative member 251 disposed on the rear side through 250a can be viewed from the player side. The diffusion part 252a of the side inner lens 252 is located on the rear side of the inner decoration member 251, and light is irregularly refracted by the diffusion part 252a, and the slit 251a of the inner decoration member 251 passes through the back of the side inner lens 252. The side cannot be clearly seen. That is, the LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a, and 256b mounted on the surface (front surface) of the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 disposed on the rear side of the side inner lens 252 through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251. Etc. cannot be clearly seen from the player side.

  In addition, the front surface of the upper left side decoration substrate 254 and the left side lower decoration substrate 256 is white, and the left side decoration unit 240 is efficiently emitted and decorated by the light of the mounted LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, etc. While the LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b are not lit, the decorative substrates 254, 256 are not noticeable. The left side upper decorative board 254 and the left side lower decorative board 256 are connected to the peripheral control board 1116, and each LED 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b is driven by a drive signal (light emission drive signal) from the peripheral control board 1116. The left side decoration unit 240 can be decorated with light emission by appropriately emitting light.

  The lower side decoration frame 242 in the left side decoration unit 240 of this example is formed to extend vertically along the left outer periphery of the gaming window 101, and is formed in a U-shaped cross section whose rear side is open. The lower side decoration frame 242 is formed between a plurality of large window frames 242a extending along the outer periphery of the game window 101 and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and between the large window frames 242a and having a substantially elliptical shape penetrating in the front-rear direction It is provided with a window frame 242b and an opening frame 242c disposed on both sides of the small window frame 242b (on the game window 101 side and the outer side of the pachinko machine 1) and penetrating in the front-rear direction and notched to the side. It is formed.

  The side lower decorative frame 242 is configured such that the corresponding peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 is fitted into the large window frame 242a from the rear side, and the side flash lens 246 corresponding to the small window frame 242b and the opening frame 242c. Is fitted from the rear side. That is, the side lower decorative frame 242 can form a peripheral lens portion 250a of the corresponding side lens 250 and an outer peripheral frame of the side flash lens 246, respectively.

  Further, the side upper decoration frame 244 in the left side decoration unit 240 is continuous with the upper end of the side lower decoration frame 242 and extends from the upper left outer periphery to the upper outer periphery of the gaming window 101 in a substantially triangular shape. It is formed in a U-shaped cross-section with the side opened. The side upper decoration frame 244 includes two large window frames 244a extending along the game window 101 and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and a substantially elliptical small window frame disposed between the large window frames 244a and penetrating in the front-rear direction. 244b and an opening frame 244c that is disposed on both sides of the small window frame 244b (the game window 101 side and the outside of the pachinko machine 1) and penetrates in the front-rear direction and is cut out to the side surface, and is formed of a synthetic resin. ing.

  This side upper decoration frame 244 is configured such that the corresponding peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 is fitted from the rear side to the large window frame 244a, and a side flash lens corresponding to the small window frame 244b and the opening frame 244c. 246 is adapted to be fitted from the rear side. That is, the upper side decoration frame 244 can form an outer peripheral frame of the peripheral lens portion 250 a of the corresponding side lens 250 and the side flash lens 246. The upper side decoration frame 244 is configured to form a continuous design with the lower side decoration frame 242 when assembled as the left side decoration unit 240.

  In this example, the lower side decoration frame 242 and the upper side decoration frame 244 are colored in black, and the side lenses facing from the large window frames 242a and 244a, the small window frames 242b and 244b, and the opening frames 242c and 244c. 250 and the side flash lens 246 are emphasized and can be seen.

  Further, the side lens 250 in the left side decoration unit 240 has a size that combines the side lower decoration frame 242 and the side upper decoration frame 244, and has a size that extends from the center to the left side of the left and upper sides of the game window 101. There is. The side lens 250 has a configuration in which the peripheral lens portion 250a fitted into the large window frames 242a and 244a of the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 is recessed from the rear side, and is recessed rearward between the peripheral lens portions 250a. And a radiation lens portion 250b in which a side flash lens 246 is disposed on the front side. In the side lens 250, the peripheral lens portion 250a is formed by one curved surface that is smoothly curved, and the radiation lens portion 250b is formed by a substantially flat surface. The side lens 250 is made of a transparent synthetic resin so that the rear side can be visually recognized.

  Furthermore, the inner decoration member 251 in the left side decoration unit 240 is disposed on the rear side of each circumferential lens portion 250a in the side lens 250, and includes a plurality of slits 251a extending along the outer periphery of the game window 101 and penetrating in the front and back direction ing. The inner decorative member 251 also extends in the width direction so that the plurality of slits 251 a extend along the outer periphery of the game window 101 and are concentric with the center of the game window 101 as shown in the figure. There is more than one. Further, in the inner decorative member 251, the front surface on which the plurality of slits 251a are formed is formed in a curved shape substantially along the inner surface of the circumferential lens portion 250a of the side lens 250. The inner decorative member 251 of this example has a plated layer having a metallic gloss of silver color on the surface, and can be viewed from the player side through the peripheral lens portion 250 a of the transparent side lens 250. .

  Further, the side inner lens 252 in the left side decoration unit 240 is disposed on the rear side of the inner decoration member 251 and has substantially the same size and outer shape as the side lens 250 and is formed of a substantially colorless and transparent synthetic resin There is. The side inner lens 252 is formed with a diffusion portion 252 a which is bulged forward so that a portion corresponding to the inner decorative member 251 is inserted from the rear side into the inside of each inner decorative member 251. In the diffusion section 252a of the side inner lens 252, a plurality of strip lenses extending radially around the lower center of the game window 101 are formed on the front surface, and the inner side of the strip lens extending direction is disposed on the front side The decorative member 251 intersects (substantially orthogonal) with the direction in which the slit 251a extends.

  In the side inner lens 252, the diffusion portion 252a can be seen from the player side through the slit 251a of the inner decoration member 251, but the light is irregularly refracted by the plurality of strip lenses formed in the diffusion portion 252a. The rear side is not clearly seen through the part 252a. Further, as shown in the drawing, the side inner lens 252 has a substantially flat surface between the diffusion portions 252a, and light from the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 disposed on the rear side. Can be transmitted forward without being diffused or refracted.

  Further, the upper left side upper decoration substrate 254 and the left side lower decoration substrate 256 of the left side decoration unit 240 have a plurality of high-brightness color LEDs mounted on the surface, and the large lower side decoration frame 242 and large upper side decoration frame 244 The LEDs 254a and 256a disposed at positions corresponding to the window frames 242a and 244a (peripheral lens portions 250a of the side lenses 250) have relatively wide illumination angles (for example, 60.degree. To 180.degree.). LEDs 254 b disposed at positions corresponding to the small window frames 242 b and 244 b and the opening frames 242 c and 244 c of the lower decorative frame 242 and the upper side decorative frame 244 (the radiation lens portion 250 b of the side lens 250, that is, the side flash lens 246) 256b has a relatively narrow illumination angle (eg, 15 ° to 6 °) °) is used.

  Similar to the side speaker 130, the upper left speaker 262 of the left side decoration unit 240 outputs a mid-high range sound and is attached to a predetermined position in a predetermined direction by the upper speaker bracket 264. Yes. The upper speaker bracket 264 that supports the upper left speaker 262 includes a cylindrical horn (not shown) that protrudes diagonally forward and downward at the left and right center of the pachinko machine 1 in a front view. The upper left speaker 262 is fixed to the upper back side of the horn portion of the upper speaker bracket 264 via the protective plate 268, and the upper left speaker 262 is not seen from the player in front view It has become. In addition, a protection plate 268 made of a metal plate can be used to prevent tampering with the upper left speaker 262 or the insertion of an illegal tool into the pachinko machine 1 by breaking the cone of the upper left speaker 262. It has become. The upper left speaker 262 in this example is designed to be emitted from the upper part of the pachinko machine 1 toward the player below, so that it is difficult for other pachinko machines to be noisy.

  Next, a characteristic light emission effect in the left side decoration unit 240 of this example will be described. As described above, the left side decoration unit 240 includes a side lens 250 including a transparent peripheral lens portion 250a that forms and curved the outer surface of the left side decoration unit 240, and is disposed on the rear surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a. An inner decorative member 251 having a plurality of slits 251a having a metallic luster plated layer and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and disposed on the rear side of the inner decorative member 251 and extending in a direction intersecting with the extending direction of the slits 251a A side inner lens 252 having a diffusion portion 252a formed of a plurality of strip lenses, and a left side upper decoration substrate 254 and a left side lower decoration substrate 256 disposed on the rear side of the side inner lens 252 and on which a plurality of LEDs 254a and 256a are mounted. (See FIG. 35 and the like). Thereby, in the left side decoration unit 240, when the LEDs 254a and 256a are caused to emit light, the light irradiated forward is diffused by the diffusion portion 252a of the side inner lens 252, and then passes through the slit 251a of the inner decoration member 251, Light is emitted from the peripheral lens portion 250 a of the side lens 250 to the player side, so that the peripheral lens portion 250 a of the left side decoration unit 240 can be illuminated and decorated.

  By the way, the light irradiated forward (side of the side lens 250) through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 is partially transmitted through the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250 and irradiated to the player side. At the same time, the remaining light is reflected by the inner surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a to irradiate the front surface of the inner decorative member 251. Then, since the inner decorative member 251 is provided with a plated layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface, the light reflected to the inner decorative member 251 side by the inner surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a is the surface of the inner decorative member 251. The light is reflected toward the peripheral lens portion 250a at the (front surface), and a part of the light reflected from the surface of the inner decorative member 251 passes through the peripheral lens portion 250a and is irradiated to the player side.

  At this time, in this example, as shown in FIG. 35, the circumferential lens portion 250a, the front surface of the inner decorative member 251 and the diffusion portion 252a of the side inner lens 252 are smoothly curved, so The light reflected on the rear surface side converges and the light reflected on the outer surface side (front surface side) diffuses, and the peripheral lens portion 250a has a direct light passing through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 and a peripheral light. The indirect light reflected by the front surface of the lens part 250a and the inner decorative member 251 is irradiated to the shifted positions. Further, the light passing through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 is diffused in a stripe shape and intersected by the diffusion portion 252a formed by the plurality of band-like lenses in the side inner lens 252. It is diffused in the (substantially orthogonal) direction. Accordingly, the peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 is irradiated (projected) with a plurality of striped lights having different shades extending in a direction that is longer than the width of the slit 251a and intersecting the direction in which the slit 251a extends. As a result, a fantastic luminous decoration with a sense of perspective can be made (see FIG. 36).

[1-2D. Upper decoration unit]
Subsequently, the upper decoration unit 280 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 37 to 40. The upper decorative unit 280 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment is, as shown in FIG. 17 and the like, at the upper center of the front surface of the door frame 5 and between the upper edge on the center side in the right side decorative unit 200 and the left side decorative unit 240. It is installed between and decorates between them. As shown in the drawing, the upper decoration unit 280 includes an annular central frame 281a penetrating in the front-rear direction, a frame-shaped upper extended frame 281b that extends from the upper part of the central frame 281a to the left and right and becomes thinner toward the tip, and A front decoration member 281 having a frame-like lower extension frame 281c extending from the lower part of the central frame 281a to the left and right and becoming thinner toward the tip, and an upper extension frame 281b and a lower part arranged on the rear side of the front decoration member 281 A translucent upper lens 282 having a through hole 282a having a diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the central frame 281a and a cylindrical shape that is inserted into the through hole 282a of the upper lens 282 while closing the inside of the extension frame 281c. A central sleeve 283; an upper central lens 284 inserted into the central sleeve 283 and bulging forward; and a surface disposed on the rear side of the upper central lens 284 A plate-like diffusion lens 285 having a plurality of fine prisms formed thereon, an annular lens support member 286 that holds the outer periphery of the diffusion lens 285 and supported on the rear side of the upper lens 282, and the rear side of the lens support member 286 And a light shielding member 287 having a cylindrical portion 287a having substantially the same diameter as the inner diameter of the lens support member 286, and a rear side of the light shielding member 287 arranged at a position corresponding to the inside of the cylindrical portion 287a of the light shielding member 287 A plurality of LEDs 288a, and an upper central decorative substrate 288 on which a plurality of LEDs 288b arranged at positions corresponding to the outside of the tube portion 287a are mounted on the front surface.

  The upper decoration unit 280 includes a unit base 289 that supports the front decoration member 281, the upper lens 282, the light shielding member 287, and the upper central decoration substrate 288 from the rear side, and a plurality of front decoration units 280 disposed on the rear side of the unit base 289. The upper side decorative board 290 on which the LED 290a is mounted, the board cover 291 that covers the rear surface of the upper side decorative board 290 and is attached to the rear side of the unit base 289, and is attached to the lower part of the rear surface of the board cover 291 and extends backward. A mounting bracket 292, an upper lower cover 293 attached to the lower side of the mounting bracket 292 and extending rearward from the lower rear end of the front decorative member 281; And an upper lower decorative cover 294 shaped into a shape.

  Furthermore, the upper decorative unit 280 is attached to the substrate cover 291 and extends rearward in a plate shape from the upper rear end of the front decorative member 281 and has a cutout 295a whose rear end is open at the center in the left-right direction. The cover 295, a plate-like lid member 296 closing the notch portion 295a of the upper upper cover 295, and a decorative member 297 attached to the right side surface of the unit base 289 in a front view and shaped into a predetermined shape .

  In the upper decorative unit 280 of this example, a plated layer having a silver metallic luster is formed on the surface of the front decorative member 281 so that the front decorative member 281 glitters with light from the outside. The upper lens 282 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin, and a central ring lens portion 282b facing the center frame 281a of the front decorative member 281 on the outer periphery of the through hole 282a, and an upper extension of the front decorative member 281. An extension frame lens portion 282c that faces the inside of the frame 281b and the lower extension frame 281c is provided. In the upper lens 282, a plurality of band-like lenses extending radially are arranged in the circumferential direction on the rear surface of the central ring lens portion 282b, and the axis of the through hole 282a is centered on the front surface of the extended frame lens portion 282c. A plurality of concentrically extending prisms are formed. Thus, light can be irregularly refracted by the plurality of prisms or strip lenses of the upper lens 282, and the rear side of the upper lens 282 can not be clearly seen.

  The upper central lens 284 of the upper decoration unit 280 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin. The upper central lens 284 has a smooth spindle shape on the front side, whereas a plurality of concentric lenses are formed on the rear side, so that light can be irregularly refracted. It can not be seen by

  Further, in the upper central decorative substrate 288 of the upper decorative unit 280, the plurality of LEDs 288a and 288b mounted on the front surface are full color LEDs, respectively, within the frame of the upper central lens 284 and the central frame 281a in the front decorative member 281 The outer periphery of the upper central lens 284 can be separately illuminated and decorated. Furthermore, in the upper side decoration substrate 290 of the upper decoration unit 280, the plurality of LEDs 290a mounted on the front surface are full color LEDs, and the LEDs 290a are the upper extending frame 281b and the lower extending frame 281c in the front decorative member 281. Are arranged at positions corresponding to the respective frames. The upper side decorative board 290 can make the upper extended frame 281b and the lower extended frame 281c of the front decorative member 281 have a light emission decoration by appropriately causing the LED 290a to emit light.

[1-2E. Dish unit]
Subsequently, the plate unit 300 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 41 to 45. The tray unit 300 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment includes an upper plate 301 and a lower plate 302 for storing game balls T paid out from a prize ball device 740 to be described later, and stored in the upper plate 301. The game balls T can be supplied to the ball hitting and launching device 650 described later via the ball feeding unit 580. As shown in FIGS. 43 and 44, the dish unit 300 of the present example includes a substantially plate-shaped dish unit base 310 that is fixed to the lower front surface of the door frame base unit 100 and that extends in the left-right direction. A dish-shaped upper plate body 312 which is fixed at substantially the center of the front surface and opened upward and rearward and has a large front side left side (axial support side) bulging forward, and the front end of the upper plate body 312 covers the upper outer periphery. Upper plate upper panel 314 formed in a curved shape so that the center in the left-right direction is projected forward, upper plate front decoration member 316 attached to the upper front edge of upper plate upper panel 314, and upper plate front part The upper plate upper inner decorative member 318 disposed between the decorative member 316 and the upper plate upper panel 314 is continuous with the right portion of the upper plate front decorative member 316 and is located on the right upper side of the upper plate upper panel 314. A dish upper right decorative member 319 on the cover, and a.

  Further, the plate unit 300 is attached to the lower surface of the plate attachment base 320 attached to the lower surface of the upper plate upper panel 314 from the left and right center to the right lower surface and having a plurality of minute prisms formed on the surface. And an upper dish decoration substrate 322 having a plurality of LEDs 322a mounted on the upper surface thereof. By appropriately lighting the LED 322a of the upper dish decoration substrate 322, it is possible to make a part of the upper dish front decoration member 316 and the upper dish upper right decoration member 319 emit light and decorate.

  Further, the dish unit 300 is fixed to the front surface of the dish unit base 310 at the lower side of the upper dish body 312 and opened upward and rearward, and the center in the left-right direction bulges forward in front view and the front end toward the center in the left-right direction. A dish-shaped lower dish body 324 formed to become lower toward the front, and fixed to the upper part of the lower dish body 324, and in the front view, the center in the left-right direction bulges forward in the same manner as the lower dish body 324. A plate-like lower plate top plate 326 that is curved so as to become higher toward the center, and a cylinder lock 1010 of the lock device 1000 to be described later are provided at a portion that covers the lower end front end of the lower plate body 324 and extends to the right side in front view. A lower plate cover 328 having a lock hole 328a facing it, and an upper opening 330a coaxial with the lock hole 328a of the lower plate cover 328 by decorating the right side from the position of the lower left and right center left sides of the lower plate cover 328. A lower tray right side cover 330 provided with a lower opening 330b of the handle 500 is inserted from the front opening on the lower side of the upper opening 330a, and a.

  Further, in the pan unit 300, the lower pan upper left side cover 332 obliquely extending covering the left front end of the lower pan main body 324 and the left front end of the lower pan top plate 326, and the lower end of the lower pan upper left side cover 332 Lower plate lower left side cover 334 having an opening 334a penetrating in the direction, a protective cover 336 made of a metal plate which is closed from the rear side and the opening 334a of the lower plate lower left side cover 334 is made transparent A frame-shaped holding member 337 that holds the outer periphery of the cover 336 and is attached to the rear surface of the lower pan lower left side cover 334. The right front end of the lower dish top plate 326 is covered with an upper dish front decorative member 316.

  The dish unit 300 is attached to the upper left and right ends of the dish unit base 310, and the lower ends of the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 and the upper ends of the lower dish side cover 330 and the lower dish upper left cover 332 are designed. A side speaker cover 338 formed in a continuous shape and having an opening 338a penetrating in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the side speaker 130 attached to the door frame base unit 100, and an opening of the side speaker cover 338 A cover body 339 having a plurality of holes in the shape of a disk that is loosely curved so as to close 338a from the rear side and bulge to the front side.

  In this example, since the cover 339 is formed of a predetermined punching metal, it is difficult to deform even if it is pushed or struck from the front side, and the side speaker 130 can be made. As long as it can be protected. The side speaker cover 338 has a plated layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface. The cover body 339 is colored black.

  Furthermore, in the dish unit 300, an upper dish ball removing mechanism 340 for removing the gaming balls T attached to the dish unit base 310 and the upper dish body 312 and stored in the upper dish 301 to the lower dish 302; The lower ball ball pulling mechanism 350 for pulling out the gaming ball T attached to the lower surface of the lower plate 302 and stored in the lower plate 302, and mounted on the upper left side in the front view of the dish unit base 310 and installed adjacent to the pachinko machine 1 And a ball rental unit 360 for operating the ball rental machine (also referred to as CR unit 6; illustration is omitted).

  The dish unit 300 of this example constitutes an upper dish 301 capable of storing the game balls T by a part of the dish unit base 310, the upper dish main body 312, the upper dish upper panel 314, and the like. Further, the tray unit 300 constitutes a lower tray 302 capable of storing the game balls T by a portion of the tray unit base 310, the lower tray main body 324, the lower tray top plate 326, the lower tray cover 328 and the like.

  As shown in FIG. 43, the dish unit base 310 in the dish unit 300 is formed in a substantially plate shape extending in the left and right direction, and a decorative portion 310a having a predetermined shape is formed at the upper end edge extending in the left and right direction. It is equipped. A rental ball unit attachment portion 310b is formed at the left end of the decorative portion 310a for attaching the rental ball unit 360 through in the front-rear direction. The dish unit base 310 is disposed on the lower side (near the upper left corner in a front view) of the ball unit attachment portion 310b, has a horizontally long rectangular shape and penetrates in the front and back direction an upper disc ball supply port 310c; An upper countersink outlet 310d which penetrates vertically in the front-back direction below the mouth 310c (approximately in the middle in the height direction of the tray unit base 310) and near the right end of the decorative portion 310a; And a pair of lower tray support portions 310e which are disposed directly below the ball outlet 310d and the upper ball inlet 310c and which project forward and whose upper surfaces have the same height. The upper flat ball discharge port 310d is continuously formed up to the middle position in the front-rear direction of the upper surface of the lower flat support portion 310e disposed immediately below.

  Further, the pan unit 300 is disposed between the pair of lower pan support portions 310e, is fitted with the rear ends of the lower pan main body 324 and the lower pan top plate 326, and is formed into a horizontally long rectangular ring in a front view. A groove 310f, and a rectangular lower ball supply port 310g disposed at the lower right of the center of the portion surrounded by the lower plate support groove 310f and penetrating in the front-rear direction are provided. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 44, the dish unit base 310 includes a lower dish ball supply bowl 310h that extends rearward in a cylindrical shape so as to be continuous with the lower dish bowl supply port 310g, and an open side of the lower dish bowl supply bowl 310h. And a notch 310i formed on the side and of a size through which the game ball T can pass.

  The upper bowl ball supply port 310 c of the bowl unit base 310 is a foul cover attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit through the door frame base main body 110 of the door frame base unit 100 and the notches 101 a and 162 of the reinforcing unit 150. It is in communication with the first ball outlet 544 a of the unit 540. At the front end of the upper bowl supply port 310c, there is provided a guide recess 310j that extends in the right direction in the front view and is recessed backward. The guiding recess 310j is inclined so that the right end in the front view is slightly lower in the left-right direction, and is inclined such that the front end is lower in the front-rear direction. As a result, the difference in height between the front end of the guide recess 310j and the bottom surface of the upper plate body 312 increases toward the right end of the guide recess 310j. The height difference is slightly higher than the outer diameter of the game ball T.

  Therefore, in this example, when the front side of the upper bowl ball supply port 310c is closed by the gaming ball T stored in the upper plate 301, the game ball T paid out from the winning ball device 740 via the far cover unit 540. However, since the game ball T can not come out straight into the upper plate 301 forward from the ball ball supply port 310c, the paid-out game ball T abuts on the game ball T which closed the front side of the ball ball supply port 310c. The rolling direction changes, and it is induced to roll in the guiding recess 310j to the right in front view, and from the vicinity of the right end of the guiding recess 310j to the upper side of the gaming ball T stored in the upper tray 301. It will be released. Thus, the game ball T can be automatically stored in the upper plate 301 in the upper and lower two stages, so when the game ball T blocks the front of the upper plate ball supply port 310 c, the player manually holds the game ball T It is possible to continue to supply (release) the game balls T paid out in the upper plate 301 without shifting the game player, and the player may feel bothersome about the storage of the game balls T on the upper plate 301. While being able to control, it is possible to make the player concentrate on the game by the hitting operation of the game ball T and the game ball T which is thrown in, it is possible to control the decrease in interest to the game, The storage capacity of T can be increased.

  The upper dish ball outlet 310d of the dish unit base 310 includes an opening 344a of the upper dish ball removal base 344 in the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 and a ball feed opening 113 of the door frame base body 110 in the door frame base unit 100. It is in communication with the entrance 581a of the ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100. Further, in the lower dish ball supply port 310g, a lower dish ball supply rod 310h extending rearward from the rear side extends rearward through the ball passage opening 110f of the door frame base body 110 in the door frame base unit 100. The cutout portion 310i of the lower dish ball supply rod 310h is connected to the second ball outlet 544b of the foul cover unit 540 attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100, and the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 It is connected to the ball removal flow path 344 c of the upper bowl ball removal base 344.

  In the present embodiment, as shown in the figure, the front end of the lower spherical ball supply port 310g is provided with an expanded portion 310k that is expanded in the left direction in a front view, and the lower conical ball supply port is formed by this expanded portion 310k. The front end of 310 g is spread in the left and right direction. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging at the lower plate ball supply port 310g at an early stage due to the game balls T in the lower plate 302 accumulated on the front side of the lower plate ball supply port 310g. The game ball T can be supplied into the lower plate 302.

  The upper plate body 312 of the plate unit 300 is formed so that the left side (the shaft support side) bulges forward from the center in the front view, and the bottom surface is entirely lowered at the left end side (open side) and the rear end side. There is. In the bottom surface of the upper disc body 312, the rear end on the pivotal support side is near the bottom of the upper disc ball supply port 310c in the disc unit base 310, and the rear end on the open side is the upper disc ball outlet 310d in the disc unit base 310. The game ball T, which is formed to be positioned near the middle position in the vertical direction, and is supplied to the upper plate main body 312 (upper plate 301) from the upper plate ball supply port 310c, is guided to the upper plate ball discharge port 310d. It is supposed to be

  In the upper tray main body 312, a metal upper tray rail 313 which can be in contact with the game ball T is attached at the rear end of the bottom and on the open side from the center in the lateral direction. Although not shown, the upper plate rail 313 is electrically grounded (grounded) so that static electricity charged on the game ball T can be removed.

  The upper plate upper panel 314 of the plate unit 300 extends in a curved shape from the upper end of the upper plate body 312 so that the center in the left-right direction of the door frame 5 protrudes forward, and outside the open side of the upper plate body 312 A mounting hole 314a is formed through which the mounting hole 314a penetrates in the vertical direction and on which the upper disc ball extracting button 340 described later is attached. The upper plate upper panel 314 is formed in a step shape at the front end that is one step lower than the upper front end of the upper plate main body 312, and a decoration attachment portion 314 b for attaching the upper plate front decoration member 316 and the upper plate upper inner decoration member 318. And an operation unit mounting portion 314c that is formed in a step shape that is further lower than the decorative mounting portion 314b at a position in front of the upper plate body 312 at the center in the left-right direction and for mounting an operation unit 400 to be described later. Yes.

  The upper dish front decoration member 316 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin so as to extend in the left and right direction along the front end of the upper dish upper panel 314. The upper dish front decoration member 316 is formed to have a smooth shape on the left side from a position closer to the center right in the left-right direction, while the right side is formed by a plurality of curved surfaces curved in a spindle shape. It is formed in such a rugged shape. Further, although the detailed illustration of the upper dish front decoration member 316 is omitted, a plurality of small diameter lenses are formed on the right rear surface formed by a plurality of curved surfaces, and light can be irregularly refracted. The rear side is not clearly visible from the player side. The upper dish upper inner decorative member 318 is disposed behind the smoothly formed portion on the left side of the upper dish front decorative member 316, and is provided with a plated layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface. ing. Thereby, while the upper tray upper inner decorative member 318 is in the assembled state, the portion visible through the left side of the upper tray front decorative member 316 can be clearly seen from the player side, while the right side of the upper tray front decorative member 316 The part that can be seen through is unclear from the player side, and it seems that the sense of distance is not fixed.

  The upper dish upper right decorative member 319 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin. The upper dish upper right decorative member 319 is formed of a plurality of spindle-shaped curved surfaces in the same manner as the right side portion of the upper dish front decorative member 316, and the upper dish upper decorative member 316 is The upper right end side is formed so as to decorate the outer periphery of the upper countersinking button 341 described later. In the upper dish upper right decoration member 319, a plurality of small diameter lenses are formed on the back surface (lower surface), and light can be irregularly refracted, and the lower side is not clearly seen from the player side There is. An upper plate decoration substrate 322 is disposed behind the right side of the upper plate front decoration member 316 and below the upper plate upper right decoration member 319, and the LED 322a of the upper plate decoration substrate 322 is used. By appropriately emitting light, the upper dish front decorative member 316 and the upper dish upper right decorative member 319 can emit light appropriately.

  A lower plate body 324 of the lower plate unit 300 is fanned in a front view in plan view and has a bottom plate 324a formed so that a rear end is formed linearly in the left-right direction and a substantially center of the upper surface is lowest, and a center of the bottom plate 324a And a side plate 324c rising upward from the front end and the side end excluding the rear end of the bottom plate 324a. An upper end of the side plate 324c of the lower tray main body 324, which rises upward from the side end of the bottom plate 324a, is formed in a curved shape so as to become lower toward the front side and to the rear side. The upper end rising upward from the side end is formed in a straight line, and the left and right ends of the lower flat plate 326 are placed and connected to the straight part of the upper end.

  The lower plate body 324 is configured such that the rear ends of the bottom plate 324 a and the side plate 324 c are inserted and supported in a lower plate support groove 310 f formed on the front surface of the plate unit base 310. Further, the lower dish ball removal hole 324b of the lower dish body 324 is closed by an opening / closing shutter 352 of a lower dish ball removal mechanism 350 disposed on the back side of the bottom plate 324a.

  The lower plate cover 328 is formed of a black synthetic resin. On the other hand, the lower plate side cover 330 is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin, and is provided with a plated layer having a silver color and metallic feel (a matte state such as sandblasted instead of a mirror surface) on the surface. The lower dish side cover 330 includes a plate-like portion that extends rearward from the lower end and forms a part of the bottom surface of the dish unit 300. The lock hole 328 a of the lower plate cover 328 and the upper opening 330 a of the lower plate side cover 330 are formed at positions corresponding to the cylinder lock 1010 of the lock device 1000 attached to the main body frame 3. When the door frame 5 is closed, the lock hole of the cylinder lock 1010 faces the lock hole 328a and the upper opening 330a.

  The lower pan upper left cover 332 is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin and has a plating layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface. The lower pan lower left cover 334 is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin and has a plating layer having a red metallic luster on the surface, and extends rearward from the lower end to a part of the bottom surface of the pan unit 300. The plate-shaped part which forms is provided. The opening 334a of the lower tray lower left cover 334 is formed at a position corresponding to the front of the speaker 821 provided in the main body frame 3 described later, so that the sound from the speaker 821 can be transmitted to the player side It has become. The protective cover 336 for closing the opening 334a of the lower plate lower left cover 334 is a punching metal in which a plurality of holes are formed in a metal plate, and prevents an unauthorized tool from being inserted therein.

  The lower unit side cover 330 and the lower unit lower left cover 334 close the bottom excluding the center in the left-right direction, and the lower unit side cover 330 and the lower unit lower left cover 334 The bottom surface between them is closed by the lower ball ball removing mechanism 340 described later.

  The upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 in the dish unit 300 is provided for the operation of the upper dish ball removal button 341 that is attached to the attachment hole 314a of the upper dish upper panel 314 so as to be movable back and forth, and the operation of the upper dish ball removal button 341. The actuating unit 342 moves up and down more than the up and down movement of the upper bowl ball release button 341 and is supported on the front side of the bowl unit base 310, and supports the operating plate 342 in an operable (rotatable) manner. And a contact piece that slides up and down by the vertical movement of the operating piece 342 supported by the mounting base 346 and comes into contact with an operating rod 583c of a ball removing member 583 in a ball feed unit 580 described later. And an upper dish ball removal slider 343 disposed on the rear side of the dish unit base 310, and an upper dish ball removal slider 34. The an upper pan ball vent base 344 attached to the rear side of the vertical direction slidably supported to be countersunk unit base 310, and a.

  Although the detailed illustration of the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 is omitted, an operating piece 342 that moves up and down together with the upper dish ball removal button 341 is arranged so that the upper dish ball removal button 341 is positioned at the upper moving end. The coil spring is urged upward. Further, the upper ball ball removal slider 343 is urged upward by a coil spring provided between the upper ball ball removal base 344 and the upper ball ball removal base 344.

  The upper disc ball removing base 344 of the upper disc ball removing mechanism 340 closes the upper disc ball outlet 310d of the disc unit base 310 and at the same time communicates with the upper disc ball outlet 310d and opens forward. 42 and a ball guiding channel 344b communicating with the opening 344a on the back side of the upper countersinking base 344 and guiding the gaming ball T passing through the opening 344a downward and then guiding it backward (FIG. 42 and FIG. 44) and extends downward from the lower side of the ball guiding channel 344b, and then extends substantially along the lower side of the upper countersinking base 344 toward the right (axially supported) end in a rear view A ball passage 344c through which the outgoing game ball T can be distributed.

  In the upper bowl ball removal base 344, the opening 344 a communicates with the upper bowl ball outlet 310 d, and the lower end of the ball guiding channel 344 b communicating with the opening 344 a is the ball of the door frame base body 110 in the door frame base unit 100. The game ball T stored in the upper tray 301 is communicated with the ball feed unit via the feed opening 113 and the entrance 581 a of the ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear side of the door frame base main body 110 via the feed opening 113. It can be supplied to 580.

  Further, the ball extraction flow path 344c of the upper countersink ball extraction base 344 communicates with the ball extraction port 581b of the ball feed unit 580 through the ball feed opening 113 of the door frame base main body 110 at the upper end adjacent to the ball guide flow path 344b. And the lower end extending to the pivotal support side is in communication with the notch 310i of the lower ball supply rod 310h in the plate unit base 310, and the gaming ball T discharged from the ball outlet 581b of the ball feed unit 580 Can be guided to the lower plate 302. The rear end lower portion of the bulb passage 344c is closed by an upper dish bulb passage cover 345.

  When the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 presses the upper dish ball removal button 341 downward against the biasing force of the coil spring, the upper dish ball removal slider 343 slides downward and the contact piece 343a protruding rearward is also provided. Move down. Then, the operating rod 583c of the ball removing member 583 in the ball feeding unit 580 that contacts the upper surface of the contact piece 343a moves the partitioning portion 583a of the ball removal member 583 in a predetermined direction by moving the contact piece 343a downward. The partition between the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b partitioned by the partition portion 583a is released, and the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b communicate with each other. Thereby, the game balls T stored in the upper plate 301 are transferred from the upper plate ball discharge port 310d to the entrance 581a of the ball feeding unit 580 via the opening 344a and the ball guide path 344b of the upper plate ball removal base 344. After entering, it is discharged from the ball outlet 581b to the ball outlet channel 344c of the upper dish ball base 344, and from the lower dish ball supply port 310g through the lower dish ball supply port 310h through the lower dish ball supply rod 310h. Can be discharged into the

  Note that the ball removal member 583 of the ball feeding unit 580 is in contact with the upper surface of the contact piece 343a of the upper dish ball removal slider 343 whose operating rod 583c is biased upward by the coil spring. Even if the game ball T is vigorously supplied onto the partition portion 581a, the impact can be absorbed by the coil spring that urges the upper dish ball removal slider 343 via the operating rod 583c, and the ball removal member 583 and the like. Can be prevented from being damaged, and the game ball T can be prevented from bouncing off at the dividing portion 583a.

  The lower disc ball removing mechanism 350 in the disc unit 300 is disposed between the lower disc side cover 330 and the lower disc lower left cover 334 on the lower side of the lower disc body 324 to form a bottom central portion of the disc unit 300. A plate-like opening / closing shutter 352 pivotally supported on the upper surface of the extraction base 351 and the lower tray ball removal base 351 and capable of opening and closing the lower disk sphere extraction hole 324b of the lower disk body 324, and the opening / closing shutter 352 And a lower disc ball extraction button 354, which is attached to the front end of the lower disc ball extraction slider 353. There is.

  The lower disc ball dropping base 351 is provided with a base ball removing hole 351 a vertically penetrated at a position facing the lower disc ball dropping hole 324 b of the lower disc body 324. In addition, the opening / closing shutter 352 is a closing portion 352a that can close the lower flat ball opening hole 324b, and a shutter round hole that is disposed on the front side of the closing portion 352a and penetrates in the vertical direction substantially coincident with the lower flat ball opening hole 324b 352b, and the closing portion 352a is biased by the coil spring 356 between the lower dish ball removal base 351 and the lower dish ball removal hole 324b and the base ball removal hole 351a. .

  Although the detailed illustration is omitted, the open / close shutter 352 is provided with a contact pin that can contact with the lower flat ball slide slider 353, and this contact pin contacts the lower flat ball slide slider 353. The lower plate ball removal slider 353 is rotated so that the closing portion 352a and the shutter ball removal hole 352b move rearward, or the lower plate ball removal slider 353 is slid forward by the biasing force of the coil spring 356. It can be done.

  In the lower disc ball removing mechanism 350, the shutter ball removing hole 352b of the open / close shutter 352 is substantially coincident with the lower ball removing hole 324b of the lower disc body 324 and the base ball removing hole 351a of the lower disc remover base 351. In order to hold in the moving position, a holding mechanism 355 for holding the lower dish ball removal slider 353 in a predetermined position is further provided.

  The lower disc ball extracting mechanism 350 is in a closed state in which the lower disc ball extracting button 354 is moved to the front end when the surface shape of the lower disc ball extracting button 354 is continuous with the surface shape of the lower disc cover 328 or the like. The lower countersink hole 324b is closed by the closing portion 352a of the open / close shutter 352. In this state, the game ball T can be stored in the lower plate body 324 (the lower plate 302). When the lower dish ball removal button 354 in the closed state is pushed rearward, the lower dish ball removal button 354 and the lower dish ball removal slider 353 slide backward, and the lower dish ball removal slider 353 slides backward. The opening / closing shutter 352 rotates against the urging force of the coil spring 356 so that the closing portion 352a and the shutter ball extraction hole 352b move rearward.

  Then, the opening / closing shutter 352 is rotated backward, so that the shutter ball opening hole 352b is overlapped with the lower ball opening hole 324b and the base ball opening hole 351a, and eventually the shutter ball opening hole 352b and the lower ball opening hole The game ball T stored in the lower plate 302 can be discharged to the lower side of the plate unit 300 through the lower plate ball hole 324b. When the lower dish ball removal slider 353 moves rearward to a position where the shutter ball removal hole 352b and the lower dish ball removal hole 324b substantially coincide with each other, the lower dish ball removal slider 353 is held by the holding mechanism 355. When the slide of the lower dish ball removal slider 353 is locked (held), the lower dish ball removal button 354 is left in the opened state, and the shutter ball removal hole 352b is provided in the lower dish ball. The game ball T held in the state of being coincident with the punch hole 3324b and being stored in the lower plate 302 can be discharged downward even if the lower plate ball release button 354 is not continuously pressed.

  On the other hand, in the case where the lower ball ball extraction hole 324b is closed, when the lower ball ball extraction button 354 in the retracted state is further pressed backward, the holding of the lower ball ball slide 353 by the holding mechanism 355 is released. The open / close shutter 352 is urged in such a direction that the closing portion 352a is closed by the coil spring so as to be able to slide, and the closing portion 352a is moved by the biasing force. It will turn in the direction which moves in the direction (forward) of ball removal hole 324b. Then, as the open / close shutter 352 pivots forward, the lower countersink slide 353 slides forward, and the lower countersink outlet 324b is closed by the closing portion 352a, and the lower counterball relief button 354 is lowered. The game ball T can be stored in the lower plate 302 by returning to the closed position substantially corresponding to the front surface of the plate cover 328 or the like.

  The holding mechanism 355 of the lower ball ball pulling out mechanism 350 uses a known technique having the above-mentioned function, and the detailed mechanism will not be described.

  A rental ball unit 360 in the tray unit 300 includes a rental ball button 361 and a return button 362 that can be pressed backward, and also includes a rental balance display unit 363 between the rental ball button 361 and the return button 362. In this ball lending unit 360, a predetermined number of gaming balls T are put on a bowl unit when a cash or prepaid card is inserted into a ball lending machine provided adjacent to the pachinko machine 1 and then the ball rental button 361 is pressed. While being able to lend (pay out) in the upper plate 301 of 300, when the return button 362 is pressed, the balance of cash and the prepaid card inserted after subtracting the remainder of the loaned amount will be returned ing. Further, the remaining lending display section 363 displays the number of cash and prepaid cards remaining in the ball lending machine.

  The ball rental unit 360 is attached from the rear side to a ball rental unit mounting portion 310b formed on the decorative portion 310a at the upper end of the dish unit base 310. The ball lending unit 360 includes a security cover mounting portion 364 that protrudes rearward from the rear surface and mounts and locks the mounting elastic piece 185 on the shaft support side (left side in front view) of the security cover 180.

  More specifically, the lending unit 360 includes a transparent front cover 365 that covers the front side of the lending remaining display portion 363, a lending remaining display portion 363 that is disposed on the rear side of the front cover 365, and a lending button 361. And a ball rental unit board 366 (see FIG. 45) to which a switch operated by operating the return button 362 is attached, and the rear side of the ball rental unit mounting part 310b of the tray unit base 310 covering the rear side of the ball rental unit board 366. And a rear cover 367 attached to the The crime prevention cover attachment portion 364 is provided on the rear surface of the rear cover 364.

  The ball rental unit mounting portion 310b of the dish unit base 310 to which the ball rental unit 360 is mounted is formed between the circular button opening 310m facing the ball rental button 361 and the return button 362 and the button openings 310m. A transparent front cover 365 that closes the display opening 310n is provided with a rectangular display opening 310n that is closed by the cover 365, and a protrusion 310o that is formed on the outer periphery of the two button openings 310m and protrudes forward. The rental remaining display part 363 arranged on the rear side through the player can be seen from the player side. Further, as shown in FIG. 45, the protrusion 310o of the dish unit base 310 has a rounded front end.

  As shown in the figure, the ball rental unit 360 of the present example has a ball rental unit mounting portion 310b of the plate unit base 310 disposed above the upper plate 301 and directly above the upper plate ball supply port 310c. It is arranged to face. In the rental unit 360, the return button 362 is disposed at a position closer to the center in the left-right direction than the rental button 361. In the present example, the rental ball button 361 and the return button 362 are colored in a color different from that of the dish unit base 310 (the rental ball unit attachment portion 310 b). Thus, the player can easily recognize the rental ball button 361 and the return button 362.

  In addition, the rental ball unit 360 includes a protruding portion 310o protruding forward (to the player) from the outer periphery of the rental ball button 361 and the return button 362, and when the player inserts a hand into the upper plate 301, Since the hand touches the projecting portion 310o before touching the rental ball button 361 or the return button 362, the player can be made aware of the existence of the rental ball button 361 or the return button 362, and the rental ball button It is possible to prevent erroneous operation of 361, the return button 362, and the like.

  The dish unit 300 of the present example includes an upper dish 301 and a lower dish 302, and can be a pachinko machine 1 having the same feeling as a conventional pachinko machine having two storage dishes. The pachinko machine 1 can be reminiscent, and even with the new pachinko machine 1 (new pachinko machine), it is possible to make the pachinko machine 1 easy to select as a pachinko machine to play by reducing anxiety given to the player. It has become.

[1-2F. Operation unit]
Next, the operation unit 400 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 46 to FIG. The operation unit 400 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment is disposed on the front surface of the upper plate 301 at a substantially center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, a dial operation unit 401 that can be rotated by the player, and a press that can be pressed by the player An operation unit 405, which can accept a player's operation according to the gaming state, or can move the dial operation unit 401. It is also possible to participate in the production during the game.

  The operation unit 400 includes an annular dial operation unit 401, a columnar pressing operation unit 405 inserted into the ring of the dial operation unit 401, and an annular follower coupled to the lower end of the dial operation unit 405. A gear 410, a disc-shaped drive gear 412 that meshes with the driven gear 410, a dial drive motor 414 that is fixed to the rotating shaft of the drive gear 412, an annular gear rail 416a that rotatably supports the driven gear 410, and An operation unit holding member 416 having a cylindrical button support tube 416b that supports the pressing operation unit 405 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction, and the press operation unit 405 disposed in the button support tube 416b of the operation unit holding member 416 are arranged. A spring 418 that biases upward, and an opening 420a through which the gear rail 416a and the button support cylinder 416b of the operation unit holding member 416 can pass are provided. A base member 420 to which the operation portion holding member 416 and the dial drive motor 414 are fixed to the lower surface, and an upper cover 422 that covers the upper surface of the base member 420 and has an opening 422a through which the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation portion 401 can pass. And a lower cover 424 attached on the lower side of the upper cover 422 so as to sandwich the base member 420 and covering the lower surface of the base member 420 and the dial drive motor 414.

  In addition, the operation unit 400 is fixed to the base member 420 so as to cover the upper side of the upper cover 422, and the opening 426a through which the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation unit 401 can pass, and extends outward from both the left and right sides of the opening 426a. A cover body 426 having a fixing portion 426b for fixing to the operation unit mounting portion 314c in the dish unit 300, and a plating which is disposed on the upper side of the cover body 426 and has a predetermined shape and has a silver metallic luster on the surface. An inner cover 427 provided with a layer and a transparent surface cover 428 covering the upper surface of the inner cover 427 are provided. The inner cover 427 and the front cover 428 are formed with circular openings through which the outer cylinder 401c of the dial operation unit 401 can pass.

  Furthermore, the operation unit 400 is attached to the upper surface of the base member 420 and has an opening 430a through which the button support cylinder 416b of the operation portion holding member 416 and the inner cylindrical portion 401a of the dial operation portion 401 can pass. A dial decoration substrate 430 on which a plurality of color LEDs 430b are mounted at positions corresponding to the ring and a pair of rotation detection sensors 432a fixed to the lower side of the operation unit holding member 416 and detecting rotation of the dial operation unit 401, And a button decoration substrate 432 having a color LED 432d mounted on the upper surface directly below the pressing operation unit 405. The button decorative substrate 432 is locked and held on the lower surface of the operation portion holding member 416 by the substrate holding claws 416 g of the operation portion holding member 416.

  The dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 of this example is formed of a material having translucency, and has a cylindrical inner cylinder part 401a extending in the vertical direction and outward from the upper end of the inner cylinder part 401a. An annular top plate portion 401b having a predetermined decoration on the extended surface, an outer tube portion 401c that extends downward from the outer peripheral end of the top plate portion 401b in a cylindrical shape, and is shorter than the inner tube portion 401a, and an outer tube It mainly includes a collar portion 401d annularly extending outward from the lower end of the portion 401c. The outer diameter of the flange 401 d in the dial operation unit 401 is larger than the inner diameter of the opening 422 a in the upper cover 422. Moreover, the dial operation part 401 is provided with the connection latching | locking part (refer FIG. 48) at the lower end of the inner cylinder part 401a, and when the connection latching claw 410b of the driven gear 410 is latched, dial operation part 401 and the driven gear 410 can be connected.

  Furthermore, the dial operation unit 401 further includes a protruding portion 401f that protrudes in the center direction from the inner wall of the inner cylinder portion 401a at a position that is lower than the upper end by a predetermined distance. The protruding portion 401f of the dial operation portion 401 is formed in an annular shape along the inner periphery of the inner cylinder portion 401a. As will be described in detail later, the protruding portion 401 f can come into contact with the step portion 407 a of the button cap 407 in the pressing operation portion 405, and the step portion 407 a of the button cap 407 protrudes from the dial operation portion 401. By coming into contact with the portion 401f, the button cap 407 (pressing operation portion 405) can be prevented from being further immersed into the inner cylinder portion 401e (see FIG. 50).

  In addition, as shown in the figure, the protrusion 401 f of the dial operation unit 401 and the stepped portion 407 a of the button cap 407 in the pressing operation unit 405 are arranged such that their contact surfaces become lower toward the center of the dial operation unit 401. In this case, the contact area when the two come into contact with each other is increased. As a result, the load from the pressing operation unit 405 can be more dispersed (released) to the dial operation unit 401 side, and vibration from the dial operation unit 401 can be easily transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 side. It has become.

  Further, the pressing operation unit 405 in the operation unit 400 is formed in a cylindrical shape whose upper end is closed, a bottomed cylindrical button body 406, a button cap 407 for closing the upper end of the button body 406, and a button cap. A cap inner 408 disposed inside the button body 407 and sandwiched between the upper end of the button main body 406 and the button cap 407. The button main body 406 of the pressing operation unit 405 has a truncated cone shape whose bottom surface is narrowed downward, and the upper end of a coiled spring 418 is inserted into the truncated cone-shaped bottom surface. In addition, a through-hole 406a penetrating in the vertical direction is provided at the center of the lower end surface of the truncated cone shape, and light from the LED 432d of the button decoration substrate 432 is irradiated to the button cap 407 and the button inner 408 through the through-hole 406a. It is supposed to be.

  Further, the button body 406 has a pair of locking claws 406 b which extend downward from the lower part of the outer periphery and the lower end protrudes outward in the direction perpendicular to the axial direction. By locking with the locking convex portion 416f (see FIGS. 49 and 50) formed in the button support cylinder 416b, the upward moving end is set so that the button main body 406 does not come off the button support portion 416b. It can be regulated. Further, although not shown in detail, in the button support cylinder 416b of the operation portion holding member 416, there is provided a contact portion which prevents the locking claw 406b of the button main body 406 from moving in the circumferential direction, The button main body 406 (the pressing operation unit 405) is prevented from rotating within the button support cylinder 416b. A gap of a predetermined amount is formed in the circumferential direction between the locking claw 406b of the button body 406 and the contact portion in the button support cylinder 416b, and the gap allows the button body 406 to have a predetermined angle. It can be rotated within the range.

  Further, the button main body 406 includes a pressing detection piece 406c that extends downward from a different position on the outer peripheral lower part of the locking claw 406b and can be detected by the pressing detection sensor 432c of the button decorative substrate 432. The press detection piece 406c is detected by the press detection sensor 432c when the button body 406 (press operation unit 405) moves downward against the biasing force of the spring 418.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the button cap 407 of the pressing operation unit 405 has an outer diameter lower than a substantially center in the vertical direction smaller than the upper side, and a stepped portion 407a between the upper side and the lower side. Is formed. The button cap 407 (pressing operation portion 405) has a lower side than the step portion 407a smaller than the inner diameter of the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation portion 401, and an upper side than the step portion 407a is a dial operation portion. The inner cylindrical portion 401a 401 has a smaller diameter than the inner diameter of the protruding portion 401f. As a result, when the button cap 407 (pressing operation portion 405) is inserted into the inner cylinder portion 401a from the upper side of the dial operation portion 401, the step portion 407a of the button cap 407 contacts the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation portion 401. Further, the button cap 407 (pressing operation unit 405) cannot be further immersed into the inner cylinder part 401e (see FIG. 50).

  Furthermore, the button cap 407 and the cap inner 408 of the pressing operation unit 405 are formed of a material having a translucent ring. The character “Push” is displayed on the top surface of the cap inner 408 so that the character can be viewed from the outside through the button cap 407.

  The driven gear 410 in the operation unit 400 includes a plurality of gear teeth that mesh with the drive gear 412 on an annular outer periphery. The driven gear 410 has an inner diameter slightly larger than the outer diameter of the button support cylinder 416 b of the operation portion holding member 416, and has an annular slide that contacts the gear rail 416 a of the operation portion holding member 416 on the lower surface. A moving surface 410a is provided. By inserting the sliding gear 410 into the button support cylinder 416b and bringing the sliding surface 410a into contact with the gear rail 416a, the sliding gear 410 can slide and rotate substantially concentrically with the button support cylinder 416b. It can be done.

  Further, the driven gear 410 is provided with a pair of connection locking claws 410b which project upward from a position where the upper end opposes and then protrudes inward. The driven gear 410 and the dial operation unit 401 are connected to each other so as to be integrally rotatable by being locked with the connection locking portion 401e of the inner cylinder portion 401a.

  Further, the driven gear 410 includes a plurality of rotation detection pieces 410c that project downward from the lower end and are arranged in a row at regular intervals in the circumferential direction. The rotation detection pieces 410c are detected by a pair of rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b attached to the button decoration substrate 432, and the details will be described later, but the rotation detection pieces 410c and the rotation detection pieces 410c The rotation direction of the driven gear 410, that is, the dial operation unit 401 can be detected by the detection pattern of each of the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b with respect to the rotation detection piece 410c by the slit 410d formed between the two. In this example, the lengths in the circumferential direction of the rotation detection piece 410c and the slit 410d are substantially the same.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the drive gear 412 in the operation unit 400 is a spur gear that meshes with the driven gear 410 and is fixed so as to be integrally rotatable with the rotary shaft of the dial drive motor 414. The dial drive motor 414 is a known stepping motor capable of arbitrarily controlling the rotation direction, rotation speed, and rotation angle, and the drive gear 412 is driven to rotate by the dial drive motor 414 via the rotation shaft. Thus, the dial operation unit 401 can be rotated via the driven gear 410. In addition, the dial operation unit 401 can be vibrated by repeating forward and reverse rotations of the drive gear 412 (rotary shaft) in small increments by the dial drive motor 414. In addition, the rotation of the dial drive motor 414 is stopped for a predetermined rotation angle for a short period of time based on detection signals from the rotation detection sensors 432a and 342b, so that the rotation operation of the dial operation unit 401 can be It is possible to give a feeling.

  Furthermore, the operation portion holding member 416 in the operation unit 400 has an annular gear rail 416a for rotatably supporting the driven gear 410, and a button main body 406 of the pressing operation portion 405 projecting cylindrically upward from the inside of the gear rail 416a. And a locking projection 416f formed on the inner peripheral surface in the vicinity of the bottom in the button support cylinder 416b and capable of locking with the locking claw 406b of the button body 406. 49 and 50) and a through hole 416c for transmitting the light from the LED 432d mounted on the button decoration substrate 432 through the center of the bottom in the button support cylinder 416b to the inside of the button support cylinder 416b (the pressing operation portion 405) And a rotation detection sensor 4 attached to the button decoration board 432 through the bottom portion outside the button support cylinder 416b in the vertical direction. An opening 416d through which 2a and 432b can pass, an opening 416e that passes through the bottom of the button support tube 416b in the vertical direction and is attached to the button decoration board 432, and an opening 416e that is desired from the upper side; And a pair of substrate holding claws 416g for locking and holding the extending button decorative substrate 432.

  Although not shown in detail, the operation portion holding member 416 is disposed in the button support tube 416b, and forms a predetermined amount of clearance in the circumferential direction with respect to the locking claw 406b of the button body 406 and is locked. It further has a plurality of contact parts that can be brought into contact with the claws 406b. By this contact portion, the button main body 406 (the pressing operation portion 405) can be rotated within a predetermined angle range, and is not rotated in the button support cylinder 416b. Further, although the detailed description of the operation unit holding member 416 is omitted, screw holes for fixing to the base member 420, positioning bosses for positioning the base member 420 and the button decoration board 432, and the like are appropriately positioned. It is prepared for.

  The operation unit holding member 416 slides the driven gear 410 (dial operating unit 401) around a predetermined rotation axis by inserting the driven gear 410 around the outer periphery of the button support cylinder 416b and placing the driven gear 410 on the gear rail 416a. It can be supported rotatably and rotatably. Further, by inserting the button main body 406 of the pressing operation portion 405 into the button support cylinder 416b, the pressing operation portion 405 can be slidably supported in the vertical direction via the button main body 406. . A coil spring 418 is disposed between the bottom of the button support cylinder 416 b and the truncated conical lower surface of the button body 406. 405) is biased upward.

  The base member 420 in the operation unit 400 is formed of a metal such as an aluminum alloy, and the operation unit 400 is not easily damaged even if the dial operation unit 401 or the pressing operation unit 405 is hit strongly. The base member 420 has a lower concave portion 420b that can be fitted to the outer periphery of the operation holding member 416 and is recessed upward, and a bottom portion (ceiling portion) of the lower concave portion 420b that vertically penetrates the operation holding member 416. An opening 420a having an inner shape through which the gear rail 416a can pass, and an upper recess 420c that is disposed on the opposite side of the lower recess 420b across the opening 420a and that is recessed downwardly so as to accommodate at least the driven gear 410. Have. Further, as shown in FIG. 48, the base member 420 is opened downward to the outside of the lower recess 420b and is attached to the motor mounting portion 420d for attaching the dial drive motor 414, and downward from the outside of the lower recess 420b. A plurality of (four in this example) leg portions 420e projecting by a predetermined amount, and positioning holes 420f opening downward at the lower ends of the leg portions 420e are provided.

  Further, the base member 420 has a plurality of cover fixing portions 420g for fixing the cover main body 426 disposed on the upper side outside the upper concave portion 420c, and the cover fixing portion 420g is upward from different positions outside the upper concave portion 420c. And a plurality of board mounting bosses 420h for mounting the dial decoration board 430 protruding therefrom. Furthermore, although detailed description is abbreviate | omitted, the positioning boss | hub for positioning each member, an attachment hole, etc. are formed in the suitable position of the upper surface and the lower surface of the base member 420. FIG.

  The base member 420 is inserted into the lower recess 420b so that the button support cylinder 416b and the gear rail 416a pass from the lower side to the central opening 420a, and then the predetermined screw is inserted. Is screwed into the operation portion holding member 416 from the upper side through the ceiling portion of the lower recess 420b, whereby the operation portion holding member 416 can be supported. Although the detailed illustration of the base member 420 is omitted, the upper end of the gear rail 416a is slightly above the top surface of the ceiling of the lower recess 420b, that is, the bottom surface of the upper recess 420c when the operation unit holding member 416 is supported. The driven gear 410 mounted on the gear rail 416a can slide and rotate in the upper recess 420c without any problem.

  The leg 420 e of the base member 420 is configured such that a positioning hole 420 f formed at the lower end thereof is fitted with a positioning projection 424 a formed on the upper surface of the bottom of the lower cover 424 described later. The lower cover 420 and the lower cover 424 can be positioned at predetermined positions. Further, the substrate mounting boss 420h of the base member 420 protrudes to a position above the driven gear 410 housed and disposed in the upper recess 420c, and the dial decoration substrate 430 mounted on the substrate mounting boss 420h is driven It is not in contact with the gear 410.

  Furthermore, the base member 420 contacts the upper surface of the dial drive motor 414 by attaching the dial drive motor 414 to the motor attachment portion 420 d, and heat from the dial drive motor 414 is transmitted to the base member 420 side. It can be sufficiently transmitted to the base member 420 so that the heat of the dial drive motor 414 can be dissipated by the base member 420. Thereby, the overheating of the dial drive motor 414 can be suppressed, and it is possible to prevent the malfunction of the dial drive motor 414 and the like due to overheating.

  The upper cover 422 of the operation unit 400 has a box shape with an open bottom, and includes an opening 422a having an inner diameter through which the outer cylinder portion 401c of the dial operation portion 401 can pass and the flange portion 401d cannot pass. ing. The upper cover 422 has a long direction (horizontal direction in the pachinko machine 1) connecting the axis of the pressing operation unit 405 (driven gear 410) and the axis of the dial drive motor 414 (drive gear 412) in plan view. The engaging claw 422b that protrudes downward is provided at both ends in the major axis direction, and the engaging claw 422b is engaged with the engaging portion 424b of the lower cover 424. The cover 422 and the lower cover 424 can be assembled.

  In addition, the upper cover 422 extends downward from the outer periphery of one (front side of the pattern machine 1) in the short axis direction (front and rear direction of the pachinko machine 1), and has a claw-like locking piece 422c whose lower end protrudes outward. Have. The locking piece 422c can be locked to the upper tray front decoration member 316 in the tray unit 300, and by locking the locking piece 422c to the upper tray front decoration member 316, The operation unit 400 can be prevented from coming out upward from the operation unit mounting portion 314c.

  The upper cover 422 is configured such that the dial operation unit 401 is attached to the base member 420 from the lower side with respect to the opening 422a in a state where the operation unit holding member 416, the driven gear 410, the dial decoration board 430, the dial member 401, and the like are attached. By covering the upper side of the base member 420 so as to pass through, the opening 422 a can prevent the dial operating portion 401 from being pulled upward.

  On the other hand, the lower cover 424 of the operation unit 400 has a box shape with the upper part opened, and has an outer peripheral shape substantially coincident with the outer periphery of the upper cover 422. A positioning projection 424a that can be fitted to the positioning hole 420f at the lower end of the 420d is provided. The lower cover 424 is provided with an engaging portion 424 b engageable with the engaging claw 422 b of the upper cover 422 at the upper part of each end in the long axis direction (left and right direction in the pachinko machine 1). The upper cover 422 can be attached to the lower cover 424 by engaging the engagement claws 422b.

  As shown in the figure, the cover main body 426 in the operation unit 400 has an opening 426a that passes through the center in the vertical direction and through which the upper cover 422 can pass, and extends outward from the left and right sides of the opening 426a. A fixing portion 426b fixed to the portion 314c, and a fixing boss 426c extending downward from the lower surface of the outer periphery of the opening 426a and fixed to the cover fixing portion 420g of the base member 420.

  The operation unit 400 of this example is attached to the pan unit 300 via the fixing portion 426b of the cover main body 426, and although detailed illustration is omitted, the operation unit 400 is attached to the operation unit attachment portion 314c of the pan unit 300. In the state, the lower surface of the operation unit 400 (lower cover 424) is attached in a state (for example, 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm) slightly floating above the upper surface of the operation unit attachment portion 314c. The cover body 426 is elastically deformed to reduce the impact when it is pressed or hit.

  In the operation unit 400, with the inner cover 427 and the front cover 428 removed, the fixing portion 426b of the cover body 426 is attached with a predetermined screw to the operation unit attachment portion 314c of the dish unit 300, and then The inner cover 427 and the front cover 428 are attached to the upper surface of the cover main body 426.

  In the operation unit 400 of the present embodiment, the rotation detection piece 410c of the driven gear 410 that rotates together with the dial operation unit 401 has a circumferential length in the slit between the adjacent rotation detection pieces 410c and the circumference of the rotation detection piece 410c. The lengths of the directions are the same. In addition, the pair of rotation detection sensors 432 a and 432 b attached to the button decoration board 432 has an interval in the circumferential direction corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 that is 2.5 times the length in the circumferential direction of the rotation detection piece 410. It is assumed. Thereby, although details will be described later, when the player rotates the dial operation unit 401, a time lag occurs in the detection / non-detection of the rotation detection piece 410c by the pair of rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b, and each rotation detection is detected. It is possible to detect in which direction the dial operation unit 401 is rotated from the detection pattern of the rotation detection piece 410c by the sensors 432a and 432b.

  Further, although the operation unit 400 of this example will be described in detail later, the dial operation unit 401 can be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise by the driving force of the dial drive motor 414. . In addition, the operation unit 400 rotates the dial operation unit 401 in a stepwise manner by the driving force of the dial drive motor 414 using a stepping motor, or when the player rotates the dial operation unit 401. Rotation can be assisted, it can be prevented from turning on purpose, or a click can be added to the rotation. Further, the operation unit 400 can vibrate the dial operation unit 401 by repeatedly rotating the dial drive motor 414 forward and backward in small increments.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 50, in the operation unit 400 of this example, when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed downward, the stepped portion 407 a of the button cap 407 comes into contact with the protruding portion 401 f of the dial operating unit 401, and the button cap Since 407 (press operation part 405) cannot be further immersed into the inner cylinder part 401e, the load applied to the press operation part 405 is dialed via the step part 407a and the protrusion part 401f. The operation unit 401 can be dispersed, and the pressing operation unit 405 (operation unit 400) is not easily broken.

  Further, the operation unit 400 of this example presses the pressing operation unit 405 so that the dial drive motor 414 is adjusted in small increments while the stepped portion 407a of the button cap 407 and the protruding portion 401f of the dial operating unit 401 are in contact with each other. By repeatedly rotating and reversing, the pressing operation unit 405 can be vibrated together with the dial operation unit 401, and the player can be surprised by the vibration of the pressing operation unit 405 so that the game and production can be enjoyed. It has become.

  According to the operation unit 400 of this example, the dial operation unit 401 that can be rotated and operated by the player and the pressing operation unit 405 that can be operated by pressing are supported by the metal base member 420. Since the strength can be increased, it is possible to prevent the operation unit 400 from being damaged even if the player etc. hit the operation unit 401 or 405 strongly, and the operation unit 401 or 405 can be freely made to the player. While being able to operate it, it is possible to improve the operability of the operation units 401 and 405, and enjoy the effects using the operation units 401 and 405 to suppress the decrease in the player's interest in the game it can.

  Further, the pressing operation unit 405 is arranged at the center of the annular dial operation unit 401. If the pressing operation unit 405 is struck strongly, the dial operation unit 401 is also struck, The force of hitting 401 and 405 can be distributed to the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405, and it is possible to prevent the hitting impact from being concentrated and prevent the operation unit 400 and the dish unit 300 from being damaged. Therefore, the operation units 401 and 405 of the operation unit 400 can be made to withstand strong hits, and the player can freely operate the operation units 401 and 405. It is possible to improve the operability of 405 and to entertain the performance using the operation units 401 and 405 and to suppress the decrease in interest for the game. Door can be.

  Further, the base member 420 and the like of the operation unit 400 are accommodated in the recessed operation unit mounting portion 314c of the dish unit 300, and a predetermined amount of gap is formed between the lower end of the base member 420 and the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c. As shown, when the cover main body 426 attached to the base member 420 is fixed to the upper surface of the dish unit 300 and the operation parts 401 and 405 of the operation unit 400 are hit to give an impact or a load is applied, Until the lower end of the operation unit 400 comes into contact with the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c, the cover body 426 can absorb an impact and a load by elastic deformation, and the lower end of the operation unit 400 is connected to the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c. After the contact, an impact is caused by the bottom of the operation unit mounting portion 314c (the dish unit 300). Since the load can be received, the impacts from the operation units 401 and 405 can be dispersed to avoid the concentration of the impacts, and the impact resistance and load resistance by the operation unit 400 and the dish unit 300 can be reduced. It can be enhanced.

  Furthermore, the base member 420 is provided with a plurality of legs 420e protruding downward from positions where the operation parts 401 and 405 are supported, and the legs 420e of the base member 420 are the operation units in the dish unit 300. Even when the impact from the operation portions 401 and 405 is applied to the base member 420 by contacting the bottom surface of the mounting portion 314c, the leg portions 420e are not arranged immediately below the impact, so the operation portions 401 and 405 in the base member 420 are not provided. The portion that supports the base plate is bent by the impact, and the base member 420 is bent (elastically deformed), so that the shock from the operation units 401 and 405 can be absorbed to some extent, and the base member 420 is applied to the dish unit 300. It is possible to reduce the impact and prevent the dish unit 300 from being damaged.

  Further, the dial operation unit 401 is held by the operation unit holding member 416 attached to the base member 420 from the lower side so that a part of the dial operation unit 401 overlaps with the base member 420 in plan view. When the operation portion holding member 416 holding the dial operation portion 401 is removed from the base member 420 and moved downward when the operation portion 401 is smashed from the upper side, the dial operation portion 401 abuts on the upper surface of the base member 420 The base member 420 can restrict the downward movement of the dial operation unit 401 and can satisfactorily prevent the dial operation unit 401 from falling.

  Furthermore, since the dial operation unit 401 in which the pressing operation unit 405 is disposed at the center is rotated by the dial drive motor 414 according to the game state, the dial operation unit 401 rotates freely (rotational drive including vibration). Allows the player to be surprised and to pay attention to the effect by the operation unit 401, 405, and the player can be entertained, and the dial operation unit 401 is appropriately driven by the dial drive motor 414, whereby the dial operation unit It is possible to make the production using 401 (press operation unit 405) more diverse and less tired, and it is possible to prevent the player's interest in games from being lowered.

  In addition, the dial operation unit 401 is rotated by the dial drive motor 414 through the driven gear 410 and the drive gear 412, so that the position of the rotation shaft of the dial drive motor 414 can be Therefore, even if the dial operation unit 401 or the pressing operation unit 405 is strongly struck, the impact is transmitted via the rotation shaft of the dial operation unit 401. Direct application to the dial drive motor 414 can be avoided, and damage to the dial drive motor 414 (operation unit 400) can be prevented.

  Furthermore, since the opening 420a of the base member 420 has a smaller diameter than the dial operation unit 401, the dial operation unit 401 is supported by the gear rail 416a of the operation unit holding member 416 through the opening 420a. Even if the gear rail 416a (operation unit holding member 416) moves downward due to an impact or load from 401, the dial operation unit 401 can abut on the upper surface of the opening 420a of the base member 420, and the dial operation unit 401 becomes the base member. It is possible to reliably prevent a drop from 420. Further, since the dial operation unit 401 is supported by the annular gear rail 416a, the contact area between the dial operation unit 401 and the operation unit holding member 416 (gear rail 416a) can be increased. It is possible to prevent the operation portion holding member 416 from being damaged by dispersing the impact and load from the operation.

  Further, since the dial drive motor 414 for rotating the dial operation unit 401 is attached to the metal base member 420, the dial operation unit 401 is frequently rotated by the dial drive motor 414, or the dial drive motor 414 is driven. Although the rotation of the dial operation unit 401 is forcibly stopped by the player despite being driven by the rotation, even if the amount of heat generated due to excessive load on the dial drive motor 414 increases, The heat generated from the dial drive motor 414 can be dissipated and radiated satisfactorily through the base member 420, and it is possible to prevent the dial drive means 414 from being defective due to overheating. It can be made to withstand high loads Can be sufficiently embody the effect of the dial operation unit 401 using a dial driving means 414 as described above, can be pachinko machine 1 to be entertained player.

  Furthermore, rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b for detecting the rotation of the dial operation unit 401 and a pressure detection sensor 432c for detecting the pressure of the pressure operation unit 405 are provided. The dial operation unit 401 and the pressure operation unit 405 are provided. Rotation operation and pressing operation can be detected, so that it is possible to produce an effect according to the player's operation based on the detection signal. It is possible to provide an experience with a bodily sensation, and to suppress the interest of the game from deteriorating by making the player entertained. Further, the dial decoration substrate 430 and the button decoration substrate 432 for emitting and decorating the operation units 401 and 405 can be provided, and the operation units 401 and 405 can be illuminated and decorated. Thus, the player's interest can be attracted to the operation units 401 and 405, and the player can easily operate the operation units 401 and 405.

  In addition, since the step 407 a of the pressing operation unit 405 and the projecting portion 401 f of the dial operating unit 401 are in contact with each other when the pressing operation unit 405 in the operation unit 400 is pressed, the player presses the pressing operation unit 405. When the dial drive motor 414 causes the dial operation unit 401 to repeatedly rotate forward and reverse within a predetermined angle range and vibrates, the stepped portion 407a in contact with the projection 401f of the dial operation unit 401 is pressed. The pressing operation unit 405 can also be vibrated. Therefore, even without separately providing a vibrator or the like for vibrating the pressing operation unit 405, it is possible to give the player a feeling of operation for the pressing operation 405, so that the effect using the operation unit 400 is enjoyed It can suppress that the interest with respect to a game falls. In addition, since the pressing operation unit 405 vibrates when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed, the player can be greatly surprised by the movement of the pressing operation unit 405 which was thought not to move by hand, which is good It is possible to make it seem that there is something, and it is possible to increase the sense of expectation for the game and suppress the interest from deteriorating. Therefore, unlike the conventional operation unit, the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 move freely, so that the player's interest can be strongly attracted to the operation unit 400, and the player can participate in the effect using the operation unit 400. While being able to make it easy, it is possible to make the player operate the operation unit 400 positively, enjoy the operation of the dial operation part 401 of the operation unit 400 and the pressing operation part 405, and the interest to the game decreases Can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, since the press operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 are in contact with each other when the press operation unit 405 is pressed, the force from the press operation unit 405 can be transmitted to the dial operation unit 401 side. This enables the load and impact applied to the pressure operation unit 405 to be dispersed to the side of the dial operation unit 401 even when the pressure operation unit 405 is strongly hit, and the load resistance and impact resistance to the pressure operation unit 405. Can be enhanced. Therefore, even if the pressing operation unit 405 is smashed, it is possible to prevent the pressing operation unit 405 from being broken, thereby avoiding interruption of the game due to the breakage of the pressing operation unit 405 (the operation unit 400). It is possible to prevent the player's interest in the game from being reduced due to the interruption of the game.

  Further, the pressing operation unit 405 is supported so as to be rotatable only within a predetermined angle range with respect to the axial center extending in the vertical direction. When the player presses the pressing operation unit 405, the dial is driven. Even if the dial operation unit 401 is driven to rotate by the motor 414, the pressing operation unit 405 can be prevented from rotating together with the dial operation unit 401, so that the player can perform the dial operation in the operation unit 400. The role of each of the unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 can be surely recognized, and the player can easily enjoy the performance using the operation unit 400, and is guided to the upper surface of the pressing operation unit 405. Therefore, the player can easily read the character "PUSH" from the player's side without turning or tilting greatly. It is possible to reliably recognize that the part 405 is intended to pressing.

  In addition, the dial operation unit 401 has a projecting portion 401 f that protrudes from the inner periphery of the inner cylinder portion 401 a toward the axial center, and the outer peripheral surface of the pressing operation unit 405 has a smaller diameter below a predetermined position in the vertical direction. In the upper end of the operation unit 400, the inner peripheral surface of the inner cylindrical portion 401a of the dial operation unit 401 and the outer peripheral surface of the pressing operation unit 405 can be made as close as possible. As a result, the gap between the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 can be made as small as possible to improve the appearance and the inside of the operation unit 400 via the gap between the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405. It is possible to make it difficult for foreign matter such as dust and dirt to enter, and it is difficult for the dial operation unit 401 to rotate or for the pressing operation unit 405 to be difficult because of the intrusion of foreign matter. The occurrence of a problem it is possible to prevent that or Tsu.

  Furthermore, the contact portion between the pressing operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 is formed in an annular shape, and when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed, whichever direction in the circumferential direction with respect to the dial operation unit 401 Since it is possible to make contact even at a position, even if the pressure operation unit 405 is inclined and pressed (presses a position deviated to the outer periphery than the center of the pressure operation unit 405), it reliably contacts the dial operation unit 401 Thus, the rotary drive from the dial drive motor 414 can be reliably transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 via the dial operation unit 401. In addition, since the dial operation unit 401 and the press operation unit 405 contact in an annular shape, the load from the press operation unit 405 can be widely dispersed to the dial operation unit 401 side, and the load resistance to the press operation unit 405 Impact resistance can be further increased.

  Further, since the contact portion between the pressing operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 is inclined so as to become lower toward the direction of the rotation axis of the dial operation unit 401, In comparison, the contact area can be relatively increased, and the driving force from the dial drive motor 414 can be easily transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 side via the dial operation unit 401. In addition, the load from the pressing operation unit 405 can be distributed radially outward in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the rotation axis extends, and the load is prevented from being concentrated. The loadability and impact resistance can be reliably increased, the durability of the operation unit 400 can be increased, and the occurrence of problems during the game can be reduced as much as possible to reduce the interest of the player. Can be suppressed.

  Further, since the dial drive motor 414 of the operation unit 400 is a stepping motor capable of forward / reverse rotation, the dial operation unit 401 is not simply rotated, but can be easily stopped at a predetermined position, or forward / reverse. The operation unit 400 (pachinko machine 1) that can be easily vibrated by repetition and can achieve the above-described effects can be embodied with certainty.

  In addition, since the operation unit 400 is supported by the dish unit 300 including the upper dish 301 that stores the game balls T, the strength rigidity of the dish unit 300 is likely to store a large number of game balls T. Therefore, it is possible to sufficiently cope with a hard hit to the operation unit 400 (pressing operation unit 405), and it is possible to easily enjoy the performance using the operation unit 400.

[1-2 G. Handle device]
Next, the handle device 500 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. As shown in the figure, the handle device 500 of the present embodiment is attached to a handle bracket 140 attached to the front surface of the door frame base body 110 of the door frame base unit 100 through the handle insertion hole 334a of the plate side outer cover 334 of the plate unit 300. A handle base 502 fixed at a cylindrical shape and having a front end rounded in a direction perpendicular to the axis, a handle body 504 disposed on the front side of the handle base 502 rotatably relatively to the handle base 502, and a front surface of the handle body 504 And a front end cover 506 which is disposed and fixed to the handle base 502 and rotatably supports the handle body rear 504 in cooperation with the handle base 502.

  In the handle device 500, the rear end and the front end are rotatably supported by the inner base 508 attached to the front of the handle base 502 on the rear side of the handle main body 504, and the inner base 508 and the front end cover 506 A shaft member 510 having a drive gear portion 510a on the outer periphery, a transmission gear 511 meshing with the drive gear portion 510a of the shaft member 510, and a detection shaft portion 512a rotatable integrally with the transmission gear 511 And a rotational position detection sensor 512 interposed between the inner base 508 and the handle base 502.

  Furthermore, the handle device 500 has one end attached to the inner base 508 and the other end attached to the transmission gear 511, with the detection shaft 512a of the rotational position detection sensor 512 in the clockwise direction in a front view via the transmission gear 511. An auxiliary spring 514 for biasing, a touch sensor 516 attached to the rear side of the inner base 508, and a firing stop switch 518 attached to a different position on the rear surface of the inner base 508 with respect to the touch sensor 516; A single-shot button 520 rotatably supported to operate the firing stop switch 518, one end attached to the handle base 502 and the other end attached to the handle main body 504, the handle main body 504 in an initial rotational position (counterclockwise in front view Energized to return to the rotation end in the direction of A handle return spring 522 that includes a.

  As shown in the figure, the handle base 502 of the handle device 500 of the present example is configured to have a rear end portion that is open at the front side and has a rear end portion that extends in a cylindrical shape rearward from a front end portion that bulges rearwardly. Three groove portions 502a extending in the axial direction are formed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shape. The three groove portions 502 a of the handle base 502 are one at the upper side, two at the lower side, and unevenly spaced with respect to the circumferential direction so as to correspond to the three ridges 143 in the cylindrical portion 141 of the handle bracket 140. It is arranged. The handle base 502 is supported in a non-rotatable state by being inserted into the cylindrical portion 141 of the handle bracket 140 so that the groove portion 502 a fits with the protrusion 143.

  In the handle unit 500, an arc-shaped slit 504a disposed concentrically with the rotation axis is formed in the handle main body 504, and three mounting bosses 506a protruding rearward are formed in the front end cover 506. The mounting bosses 506 a are fixed to the front surface of the handle base 502 through the slits 504 a of the handle body 504. As a result, the circumferential end of the slit 504 a in the handle main body 504 abuts on the mounting boss 506 a of the front end cover 506, whereby the rotation range of the handle main body 504 is restricted.

  Further, in the handle device 500, a locking projection 504b protruding rearward is formed on the handle main body 504, and the other end side (front end side) of the coiled handle return spring 522 is formed on the locking projection 504b. By being locked, the handle main body 504 is biased so as to rotate counterclockwise when viewed from the front by a handle return spring 522 attached to the handle base 502 at one end side.

  The handle device 500 of this example is attached to the handle attachment portion 114 of the door frame base main body 110 via the handle bracket 140. The handle attachment portion 114 of the door frame base main body 110 is inclined so that its attachment surface faces the outer side (open side) in a plan view as viewed from above, so the handle attached via the handle bracket 140 The device 500 is also tilted outward in plan view (in other words, the front end of the pachinko machine 1 is tilted so as to face the outside of the pachinko machine 1 with respect to a line perpendicular to the front vertical plane of the pachinko machine 1). It is attached and fixed to 5. As a result, the player can easily grasp the handle device 500, and can easily perform the turning operation without feeling discomfort in the turning operation.

  Further, in the handle device 500, the rotational position detection sensor 512 is a variable resistor. When the handle main body 504 (the handle device 500) is rotated, the rotational position detection sensor 512 is connected via the shaft member 510 and the transmission gear 511. The detection shaft 512a is to be rotated. Then, the internal resistance of the rotational position detection sensor 512 changes according to the rotation angle of the detection shaft portion 512a, and the driving force of the firing solenoid 654 in the ball hitting device 650 described later changes according to the internal resistance of the rotational position detection sensor 512. Then, the game ball T is driven into the game area 1100 with a strength according to the rotation angle of the handle device 500.

  The outer peripheral surfaces of the handle main body 504 and the front end cover 508 are plated with a conductive material, and when the player contacts the handle main body 504 or the like, the touch sensor 516 detects the contact. Then, when the touch sensor 516 detects the player's touch, when the handle main body 504 is rotated, the rotational drive of the firing solenoid 654 is controlled with the strength according to the rotation, and the game ball T is struck. Be able to. That is, even if the player tries to hit the game ball T by rotating the handle device 500 in some way without touching the handle device 500, the firing solenoid 654 is not driven and the game ball T can be hit. In addition, it is possible to prevent the player from playing a game different from the original and reduce the load (burden) associated with the gaming hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed.

  Further, when the player presses the single button 520 while the handle device 500 is being rotated, the firing stop switch 518 detects the operation of the single button 520 and the firing power supply board 831 stops the rotational drive of the firing solenoid 654. It is like that. As a result, the firing of the game ball T can be temporarily stopped without returning the rotation operation of the handle device 500, and the single-shot button 520 is released before the single-shot button 520 is operated. The game ball T can be launched with a hitting strength of.

  The handle device 500 of this example electrically detects the rotational operation of the handle main body 504 by the rotational position detection sensor 512, and then, based on the detection of the rotational position from the rotational position detection sensor 512, Since the rotational drive strength of the firing solenoid 654 is controlled, the handle device 500 provided on the door frame 5 and the hit ball launch device 650 provided on the main body frame 3 as in a conventional pachinko machine are There is no need to provide a mechanical (for example, joint unit) mechanism to be linked to each other when the frame 5 is closed and to be released when the door frame 5 is opened, and the configuration according to the pachinko machine 1 can be simplified. It is possible to eliminate the occurrence of defects in the joint unit, and to prevent the player's interest from being reduced due to a gaming ball T driving defect. Thereby making it possible.

[1-2 H. Foul cover unit]
Next, the fal cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 52 and FIG. The fal cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 is attached to the rear surface below the game window 101 in the door frame base unit 100, and is fired by the game ball T paid out from the award ball unit 700 to be described later In spite of this, the game ball T (foul ball) that has not reached the game area 1100 is guided to the upper plate 301 or the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300. The foul cover unit 540 of the present example includes a cover base 542 having a front side opened and having a plurality of game balls T therein, and a front cover 544 closing the front end of the cover base 542.

  As shown in FIG. 52B, the cover base 542 of the far cover unit 540 is disposed at the upper right corner in the rear view and penetrates in the front-rear direction with the first ball inlet 542a, and the cover base in communication with the first ball inlet. A first sphere passage 542b that expands to the right in front view toward the front end of 542, and a second sphere inlet 542c that is disposed outside the first sphere inlet 542a (on the right side in the rear view) and has a larger opening than the first sphere inlet 542a. And a second ball inlet 542c which is in communication with the second ball passage 542d and which extends downward and is lowered toward the lower right corner of the front view in the interior of the cover base 542. The first ball inlet 542 a and the second ball inlet 542 c are configured such that the normal ball outlet 774 and the full ball outlet 776 of the full tank branch unit 770 in the winning ball unit 700 with the door frame 5 closed to the main frame 3. Are formed at positions facing each other. In the second ball passage 542d of the cover base 542, as shown in the figure, the height of the portion extending in the left and right direction along the lower end is about three times the height of the outer diameter of the gaming ball T An accommodation space 546 capable of accommodating a predetermined amount of gaming balls T is formed.

  In addition, the cover base 542 can communicate with the far ball inlet 542e disposed at the substantially central upper portion in the lateral direction and opened upward, and the far ball inlet 542e, and can guide the game ball T to the upper portion near the downstream of the second ball passage 542d. And the ball passage 542f. The cover base 542 includes an opening / closing operation piece 542g for operating the opening / closing shutter 792 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 on the lower rear surface of the second ball inlet 542c. The opening and closing operation piece 542 g rotates the opening and closing crank 793 by contacting the spherical abutment portion 793 d of the opening and closing crank 793 in the ball outlet opening and closing unit 790 when the door frame 5 is closed to the main body frame 3. The open / close shutter 792 can be opened.

  The front cover 544 of the foul cover unit 540 is formed in a substantially plate shape that closes the front surface of the cover base 540, and is disposed in the upper left corner of the front view and communicates with the first spherical passage 542b of the cover base 540 and penetrates in the front-rear direction. The first sphere outlet 544a and the second sphere outlet 544b that is disposed in the lower right corner of the front view and communicates with the downstream end of the second sphere passage of the cover base 540 and penetrates in the front-rear direction. The first ball outlet 544 a of the front cover 544 is connected to the upper plate ball supply port 310 c of the plate unit 300 through the notch 101 a of the door frame base unit 100. Further, the rear end of the lower dish ball supply rod 310h in the dish unit 300 is connected to the second ball outlet 544b through the ball passage opening 110f of the door frame base body 110.

  The foul cover unit 540 of the present example passes the game ball T supplied from the normal ball outlet 774 of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 to the first ball inlet 542a through the first ball passage 542b. It can be supplied from the outlet 544a to the upper tray 301 via the upper tray ball supply port 310c of the tray unit 300. Further, the foul cover unit 540 passes the game ball T supplied from the full ball outlet 776 of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 to the second ball inlet 542c through the second ball passage 542d to the second ball. It can supply to the lower plate 302 from the outlet 544b through the lower plate ball supply rod 310h and the lower plate ball supply port 310g of the plate unit 300.

  Further, the foul cover unit 540 will be described in detail later, but when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball inlet 542e is positioned below the foul space 626 of the main body frame 3. When the game ball T fired by the hit ball launcher 650 does not reach the game area 1100 and becomes a far ball and falls down the far space 626, it can be received by the far ball inlet 542e. Then, the foul cover unit 540 discharges the gaming ball T received at the foul ball inlet 542e from the second ball outlet 544b to the lower tray 302 of the tray unit 300 through the far ball passage 542f and the second ball passage 542d ( Supply).

  Further, the fal cover unit 540 of this example forms a side surface of the second ball passage 542 d on the upstream side (left side in front view) of the accommodation space 546, and can be pivotably covered by the game ball T stored in the accommodation space 546. The swinging member 548 pivotally supported by 542, the full tank detection sensor 550 for detecting the swinging of the swinging member 548, and the swinging member 548 are biased in a direction in which the full tank detection sensor 550 does not detect. And a spring 552. As shown in FIG. 53, the swinging member 548 is pivotally supported at the lower end with respect to the cover base 542, and the upper end is turned to the left when viewed from the front. In this state, the left side wall of the accommodation space 546 is formed. Further, the swinging member 548 is biased by the spring 552 to a position where the swinging member 548 is in a substantially vertical state. Further, the swinging member 548 has a detection piece 548a projecting outward on the side opposite to the housing space 546 side, and this detection piece 548a is detected by the full tank detection sensor 550. .

  Furthermore, the fal cover unit 540 includes an earth rail 554 disposed at the bottom of the accommodation space 546 in the second ball passage 542 d, and a plate-like earth metal fitting 556 covering the right end and the left end of the cover base 542 in rear view. , And can remove static electricity generated by rolling resistance due to the circulation of the game balls T.

  In this example, the game ball T paid out from the prize ball unit 700 is supplied from the normal ball outlet 774 of the full tank branch unit 770 to the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 through the foul cover unit 540. If the game ball T is further paid out from the winning ball unit 700 even when the upper plate 301 is full, the ball stays in the first ball passage 542b of the foul cover unit 540, and further, the normal ball outlet in the full tank branch unit 770 When the normal passage 773 upstream of 774 is also full, the game ball T circulates to the full tank passage 775 side via the branch space 772 of the full tank branch unit 770 (see FIG. 79). The second ball inlet 542c, the second ball passage 542d, and the second ball outlet of the far cover unit 540 from the full tank outlet 776 of the unit 770 It comes to be supplied to the lower tray 302 of tray unit 300 via 44b.

  Then, when the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300 is filled with the game balls T, the game balls T can not be released from the second ball outlet 544b of the far cover unit 540, and the storage space 546 in the second ball passage 542d. The stagnant game ball T is stored. Furthermore, as many gaming balls T are paid out from the prize ball unit 700 and many gaming balls T are stored in the accommodation space 546, the storage pressure of the gaming balls T acts on the swinging member 548, and the biasing force of the spring 552 The upper end of the rocking member 548 moves against the left side. Then, when the detection piece 548a of the swinging member 548 is detected by the full tank detection sensor 550, the payout of the gaming ball T from the winning ball unit 700 is stopped on the payout control board 1101 (see FIG. 125), The player is notified that the game ball T in the dish unit 300 is discharged to the outside.

  When the game ball T in the housing space 546 (lower plate 302) is discharged and the swinging member 548 returns to a substantially vertical state by the biasing force of the spring 552, detection of the detection piece 548a by the full tank detection sensor 550 Is not detected, and the payout of the game ball T from the winning ball unit 700 is resumed.

[1-2 I. Ball feed unit]
Subsequently, the ball feeding unit 580 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 to 57. The ball feeding unit 580 in the door frame 5 can supply the game balls T supplied from the upper plate 301 in the tray unit 300 one by one to the hitting ball launching device 650 and the game balls stored in the upper plate 301. T can be pulled out to the lower plate 302 by the operation of the upper plate ball release button 341 of the upper plate ball removal mechanism 340.

  In this ball feed unit 580, the game balls T stored in the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 are supplied through the upper plate ball discharge port 310d of the plate unit base 310 and the ball feed opening 113 of the door frame base body 110, and the front and rear direction. A box-shaped front cover 581 that has an entrance 581a that penetrates through and a ball outlet 581b that opens to the lower side of the entrance 581a and that is open at the rear, and the rear end of the front cover 581 is closed and the front is open A rear cover 582 having a hitting ball supply port 582a for supplying a game ball T penetrating in the front-rear direction and entering from the entrance 581a of the front cover 581 to the hitting ball launcher 650, and a rear cover 582, A partition that is pivotally supported about an axis extending in the front-rear direction between front covers 581 and that divides the entrance 581a from the ball outlet 581b on the rear side of the front cover 581 The ball release member 583 having 83a and the game balls T on the partition portion 583a of the ball release member 583 are sent one by one to the hitting supply port 582a of the rear cover in the vertical direction between the front cover 581 and the rear cover 582. A ball feeding member 584 rotatably supported around the extended axis and a ball feeding solenoid 585 for rotating the ball feeding member 584 are provided. In this example, as shown in the figure, the ball feeding member 584 is disposed on the right side of the entrance 581a in a front view, and the ball feeding member 583 is on the left side of the ball feeding member 584 and the ball feeding solenoid 585 is on the right. Has been placed.

  The front cover 581 of the ball feeding unit 580 has an arc-shaped slit 581c formed concentrically with the center of rotation of the ball removing member 583 on the left side of the ball outlet 581b in a front view. An operating rod 583c of a ball removing member 583, which will be described later, is extended forward from 581c. Further, the front cover 581 extends upward from the upper edge of the entrance 581a, and when assembled to the door frame base unit 100, the rear end opening of the ball guiding channel 344b in the upper countersinking base 344 It is formed to close the.

  Further, the ball removing member 583 is a partition portion 583 a that partitions the space between the inlet 581 a and the ball outlet 581 b below the inlet 581 a and the upper surface is lowered in the direction of the ball feeding member 584. Around the axis that extends downward from the end opposite to the ball feed member 584 and bends from the middle in the vertical direction toward the lower center of the ball outlet 581b and the lower end extends in the front-rear direction. A pivot collar 583b that is pivotally supported, a rod-shaped actuation collar 583c that projects forward from the upper end of the pivot collar 583b, and a side surface of the pivot collar 583b below the actuation collar 583c. And a weight portion 583d protruding to the opposite side to the partition portion 583a. The operating rod 583c of the ball removing member 583 is formed to project forward through the arc-shaped slit 581c formed in the front cover 581 (see FIG. 54), and the ball feeding opening of the door frame base main body 110 The upper tray ball removal mechanism 340 of the dish unit 300 is in contact with the upper end of the contact piece 343 a of the upper dish ball removal slider 343 via the 113.

  Further, the ball feeding member 584 has a blocking portion 584a having a fan shape in plan view with a center on a rotation axis centering on the entrance 581a and the partitioning portion 583a of the ball removing member 583 and extending in the vertical direction. It has a ball holding portion 584b which is recessed in a circular arc shape from the rear end to the rotary shaft side, and a rod-shaped collar portion 584c extending downward from the rear end of the ball holding portion 584b. The blocking portion 584a and the ball holding portion 584b of the ball feeding member 54 are respectively formed within an angle range of about 90 ° around the rotation axis. Further, the ball holding portion 584b of the ball feeding member 584 is sized so as to be able to hold one game ball T. The ball feed member 584 rotates about the rotation axis when the flange 584c arranged at a position eccentric from the rotation axis is moved in the left-right direction by driving the ball feeding solenoid 585. ing.

  In the ball feed member 584, the direction in which the ball holding portion 584b is in communication with the hitting ball supply port 582a at the same time as the blocking portion 584a turns in the direction of the partition portion 583a is the supply position, and the ball holding portion 584b faces in the direction of the partition portion 583a. It rotates between the holding position. When the ball feed member 584 is at the supply position, the game ball T held by the ball holding portion 584b is supplied from the ball hitting supply port 582a to the ball striking and launching device 650, and enters the partition 583a from the entrance 581a. The movement of the game ball T to the ball holding portion 584b (ball hitting supply port 582a) side is blocked by the blocking portion 584a, and the gaming ball T remains on the partition portion 583a. On the other hand, when the ball feed member 584 is rotated to the holding position, the ball holding portion 584b faces the partition 583a, and the ball holding portion 584b has the end portion on the flange portion 584c side closing the hitting supply port 582a. Only one game ball T on the partition portion 583a is held in the ball holding portion 584b.

  Further, the ball feed unit 580 is moved back and forth by the ball feed operation rod 586 whose tip is swung vertically by driving (energizing) the ball feed solenoid 585 and the movement of the tip of the ball feed operation rod 586 which is swung vertically. And a ball feed crank 587 that rotates around an axis extending in the direction and rotates the ball feed member 584 around an axis extending in the vertical direction. The ball feed crank 587 is engageable with the vertically moving tip of the ball feed operation rod 586 and extends in the left-right direction, and the side of the engagement portion 587a that engages with the ball feed operation rod 586. Is disposed on the opposite side and is supported between a front cover 581 and a rear cover 582 so as to be pivotable about a shaft extending in the front-rear direction, and a ball feed member 584 extending upward from the shaft 587b. And a transmission portion 587c engaged with a rod-like collar portion 584c (see FIG. 56) protruding downward from a position eccentric to the rotation center.

  The ball feed unit 580 of this example transmits the movement of the ball feed actuating rod 586, which is oscillated by the driving of a ball feeding solenoid 585 which advances and retracts in the vertical direction, by a ball feeding actuating rod 586 and a ball feeding crank 587. The 584 can be turned. When the ball feed solenoid 585 is not driven (normal time), the tip of the ball feed operating rod 586 is separated from the lower end of the ball feed solenoid 585 and is pivoted downward. In this state, the ball feeding member 584 is located at the supply position. Also, when the ball feed solenoid 585 is driven, the tip of the ball feed actuating rod 586 is attracted to the lower end of the ball feed solenoid 585 and is pivoted upward so that the ball feed member 584 pivots to the holding position. It has become. That is, when the ball feeding solenoid 585 is driven (ON state), the ball feeding member 584 receives one game ball T, and when the ball feeding solenoid 585 is released (OFF state), the ball feeding member 584 is The received game ball T is sent (supplied) to the hit ball launcher 650 side. The driving of the ball feeding solenoid 585 in the ball feeding unit 580 is controlled by the firing power supply substrate 831 in synchronization with the drive control of the firing solenoid 654.

  In addition, the ball extraction member 583 rotatably supported by the ball feeding unit 580 in this example is configured to apply a moment so as to rotate in a counterclockwise direction in a front view by the weight portion 583 c. The forward movement of the actuating rod 583 c abuts on the upper end of the contact piece 343 a of the upper disc ball withdrawal slider 343 in the upper disc ball ejection mechanism 340 of the disc unit 300, thereby restricting its rotation. In the normal state, the dividing portion 583a of the ball removing member 583 divides the space between the entrance 581a and the ball removing hole 581b so that the game ball T does not intrude into the ball removing hole 581b. Then, when the player presses the upper countersink releasing button 341 of the upper countersink removing mechanism 340 in the countersink unit 300 downward, the upper countersink removing slider 343 slides downward with the contact piece 343a and comes into contact As the piece 343a moves downward, the actuating rod 583c also moves relatively downward.

  In this way, when the operating rod 583c moves downward together with the contact piece 343a of the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340, the ball removal member 583 rotates counterclockwise when viewed from the front, and the entrance by the partition portion 583a. The partition between the ball outlet 381b and the ball outlet 381b is released, and the game ball T entered from the entrance 381a is discharged from the ball outlet 381b to the ball outlet passage 344c of the upper dish ball outlet base 344 of the dish unit 300. Then, it is discharged (supplied) to the lower plate 302.

  In addition, since the contact piece 343a of the upper disc ball removal slider 343 with which the operation rod 583c of the ball removal member 583 is in contact is biased upward by a coil spring, the game ball T is vigorously supplied onto the partition portion 581a Even if the impact can be absorbed by the coil spring that biases the upper ball ball slider 343 via the actuating rod 583c, the ball ball 583 and the like can be prevented from being damaged and the game ball It is possible to prevent T from bouncing back at the partition 583a.

  In addition, the ball feeding unit 580 of the present example is formed with a rectangular mounting recess 582b (see FIG. 56B, etc.) that is recessed forward in the upper right in the rear view of the hitting ball supply port 582a in the rear cover 582. And the tamperproof member 588 is mounted in the mounting recess 582b. The fraud prevention member 588 of the ball feeding unit 580 is formed of a hard metal plate such as tool steel or stainless steel, and is attached to the inside of the mounting recess 582a of the rear cover 582 so as to be detachable from the rear side. As shown in FIG. 55 and the like, the fraud prevention member 588 is formed in a rectangular shape whose overall outer diameter in the rear view is a horizontally long shape, and is on the opposite side from the substantially vertical center at the tip which is the left side in the rear view. The upper piece portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c divided vertically with a dividing line 588a extending a predetermined length toward the base end side (right side side) of the upper end portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c are A V formed between the upper piece 588b and the lower piece 588c by bending the base end side of the upper piece 588b in a direction perpendicular (rearward) to the general surface of the tamper-proof member 588 so as to be separated from each other. And an inclined portion 588e which is formed at the tip of the upper piece portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c and is inclined toward the cut portion 588d.

  As shown in the figure, the fraud prevention member 588 is formed by bending the base end side of the upper piece portion 588b so that the distal end (left end side in the rear view) of the upper piece portion 588b moves backward, so that the cutting portion 588d is It is formed in a V shape in plan view, and a wire rod Iw attached to an illegal game ball I is inserted into the V shape. The cutting portion 588d of the fraud prevention member 588 has a state in which the lower side of the upper piece portion 588b and the upper side of the lower piece portion 588c intersect each other at a predetermined angle in plan view, and the gap becomes narrower toward the base end side. It is formed as.

  Further, the inclined portion 588e of the fraud preventing member 588 is formed at the tip of the cutting portion 588d, and the wire Iw attached to the illegal game ball I can be guided and guided into the cutting portion 588d by the inclined portion 588e. It is supposed to be. In the ball feeding unit 580 of this example, as shown in the figure, a tamper-proof member 588 is mounted in the mounting recess 582b of the rear cover 582 from the rear side, and the cutting portion 588d in the mounting recess 582b of the rear cover 582 is shown. A portion corresponding to the portion where the is formed penetrates in the front-rear direction and at the same time communicates with the hit ball supply port 582a. In other words, the rear cover 582 is formed in a shape in which the hit ball supply port 582a extends into the mounting recess 582b.

  According to this fraud prevention member 588, the illegal game ball I with the wire Iw is supplied from the ball feed unit 580 to the ball striking device 650, and the ball striking device 650 causes the illegal game ball I to be played on the game area of the gaming board 4. When driven into the interior 1100, the illegal gaming ball I fired by the striking device 650 moves along the launch rail 660 diagonally to the upper left in front view, and between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 It tries to penetrate into the game area 1100 through. At this time, the wire Iw attached to the illegal game ball I is pulled by the force of the hit game ball I, and unlike the movement trajectory of the illegal game ball I, the wire Iw is It will move along the route connecting the shortest distance in the passage. Therefore, the wire Iw extended from the plate unit 300 through the hitting supply port 582a of the ball feeding unit 580 to the hitting launch device 650 side moves the gaming ball I in the upper left direction (upper right direction in rear view) in front view Then, to move onto the shortest route, the ball is pulled toward the upper right corner of the back surface view of the hitting ball supply port 582a, and is moved into the mounting recess 582b formed in the back view upper right of the ball hitting supply port 582a. And wire rod Iw which moved to the part (inside of attachment recess 582b) which extended to the right by back view of hitting supply port 582a is a cutting part by a pair of inclined parts 588e of fraud prevention member 588 arranged in the position concerned After being guided into 588d, it is further pulled to the right in the rear view by the momentum of the incorrect game ball I.

  As a result, the wire Iw attached to the illegal gaming ball I is pulled by the force of the illegal gaming ball I in the direction in which the gap is narrowed (left direction in front view) by the cutting portion 588d of the tamperproof member 588 In this state, friction and shearing force are applied by the cutting portion 588d, and the wire Iw is cut (see FIG. 57D). At this time, since the momentum of the illegal gaming ball I with the wire rod Iw is reduced by the friction acting on the wire rod Iw, the portion between the outer rail 1111 and the firing rail 660 does not enter the gaming area 1100. Will be discharged through.

  Therefore, since the wire Iw attached to the illegal game ball I can be cut by the cutting portion 588d of the fraud prevention member 588, the illegal action is performed on the illegal game ball I attached with the wire Iw in the game area 605. It is possible to prevent being cursed. Even if an illegal game ball I enters the game area 1100, as described above, the wire rod Iw can be cut by the fraud prevention member 588, so that it is impossible to perform an illegal act. Even if the wire rod Iw could not be cut by the fraud prevention member 588, the wire rod Iw bites into the V-shaped cut portion 588d, thereby reducing the momentum of the illegal game ball I and playing area 1100. It is possible to prevent intrusion, so that it is possible to prevent illegal acts.

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, after the gaming balls T are stored in the upper plate 301 and supplied to the ball feeding unit 580, the handle device 500 provided on the front of the door frame 5 is played When the player operates, the game ball T is sent to the hit ball launcher 650 by driving the ball feed solenoid 585 of the ball feed unit 580, and the game ball T is hit into the game area 1100 by the hit ball launcher 650. The game is played in the game area 1100 which is made visible through the game window 101, and the player can be entertained, and the feed mechanism (ball feed member 584 or the like on the back surface of the door frame base unit 100) Since the ball feeding unit 580 including the ball feeding solenoid 585 and the discharging mechanism (ball pulling member 583) is disposed, the ball feeding member 584 and the ball pulling member 58 are arranged. In addition, the ball feed member 584 and the hitting and launching apparatus 650 are as close as possible, and when the game ball T in the upper tray 301 is discharged by the operation of the upper flat ball release button 341, the ball feed member 584 side The number of remaining game balls T can be reduced as much as possible, and it is possible to prevent the player from feeling lost and to suppress the decrease in interest.

  In addition, since the ball feeding unit 580 including the ball removing member 583 is disposed on the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100, the capacity of the upper plate 301 in the plate unit 300 can be increased. It is possible to suppress the game ball T in the upper plate 301 disappearing prematurely by the loading operation and prevent the upper plate 301 from being filled with the game ball T at an early stage, and the game in the upper plate 301 Since it is possible to reduce the pleasure of being reduced by reducing the player's feeling that the ball T feels troublesome, it is possible to miniaturize the plate unit 300 while maintaining the capacity of the upper plate 301, The pachinko machine 1 that can attract the player's interest by making the game area 1100 relatively large (wide) can be obtained.

  Further, since the ball feeding unit 580 is provided with the ball pulling member 583, the ball feeding member 580 can be compared with the ball feeding member 584 and the ball pulling member 583 separately. 584 and the ball removing member 583 can be attached, and the time and effort for assembling can be simplified. With the gaming ball T, the feed unit 580 can be easily replaced, and the ball feeding member 584 and the ball removing member 583 Even if a failure occurs, the failure can be easily eliminated by replacing the ball feeding unit 580.

  Further, since the ball feeding unit 580 is arranged on the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5, the upper plate ball is compared with the ball feeding unit 580 provided on the main body frame 3 side. There is no need to configure the transmission mechanism (upper disc ball extraction mechanism 340) for transmitting the operation of the extraction button 341 to the ball extraction member 584 of the ball feed unit 580 so as to straddle the openable door frame 5 and the main body frame 3. The configuration of the transmission mechanism can be simplified. Further, since the ball feeding unit 580 is provided on the door frame 5 side, the transmission mechanism (when the door frame 5 is opened, as compared with the case where the ball feeding unit 580 is provided on the main body frame 3 side). By shutting off the upper bowl removing mechanism 340), it is possible to avoid the possibility that the transmission mechanism will be consumed at an early stage, causing malfunction or damage, and reliability for the operation of the transmission mechanism, the ball feeding unit 580, etc. And durability can be increased.

  Further, since the upper disc ball release button 341 is operated to be pressed downward, the game ball T can be discharged from the upper plate 301 to the lower plate 302 simply by pressing the upper disc ball release button 341 downward, or the upper plate It is possible to stop the discharge of the game ball T from the box 301, and to allow the player to easily operate the ball removal operation in the upper plate 301 by the upper plate ball removal button 341.

  In addition, the partition portion 583a of the ball removing member 583 is made movable by the movement of the upper plate ball removing slider 343 which slides in the vertical direction according to the operation of the upper plate ball removing button 341. At the same time, the partition 583a is also movable in the vertical direction, so that the horizontal movement range of the upper countersink slider 343 and the partitions 583a can be reduced as much as possible. The unit 580 can be reduced in size, and the pachinko machine 1 that can reliably achieve the above-described effects can be obtained.

  Further, the upper disc ball extracting slider 343 is urged upward, and when the upper disc ball extracting slider 343 is at the raised position, the partitioning portion 583 a of the ball extracting member 583 brings the entry port 581 a into communication with the hitting supply port 582 a. Therefore, even if the game ball T from the upper plate 301 vigorously abuts against the partition portion 583a, the impact can be mitigated by the biasing force acting on the upper plate ball withdrawal slider 343, and the partition portion 583a (ball withdrawal) Durability of the member 583 can be enhanced. In addition, since the impact applied to the dividing portion 583a can be alleviated by the biasing force acting on the upper countersinking slider 343, it is possible to make it difficult for the game ball T to collide even if it collides with the dividing portion 583a. It is possible to prevent the ball feeding unit 580 or the like from being damaged and the occurrence of a problem due to the splashing.

  Further, since the partitioning portion 583a is rotated, compared to the case where the partitioning portion 583a is slid, the movement of the partitioning portion 583a when the load of the game ball T is applied to the partitioning portion 583a. The friction loss can be reduced, and the operation of the upper bowl sphere removing button 341 can be lightened to improve the operability, and the moving range of the partition portion 583a can be reduced in plane projection, Similar effects can be achieved.

  In addition, since the partition 583a is rotated by its own weight in the direction to connect the inlet 581a and the ball outlet 581b, if a problem occurs in the partition 583a or the upper countersinking mechanism 340, the partition By turning by its own weight, the entrance and the discharge port are communicated, and the game medium in the storage tray is fed to the feed mechanism (loading device) side even though the discharge operation unit is not operated. Since it is discharged to the player without being stopped, it is possible to make the player recognize that the pachinko machine 1 has a problem, and it is moved to the pachinko machine 1 having no problem so that it is interesting It can suppress that it falls.

  Furthermore, since the partitioning member 583a of the ball removing member 583 is pivoted through the pivoting collar portion 583b, when the game ball T collides with the partitioning portion 583a, the impact is pivoted. By dispersing the force by the portion 583 b or absorbing it by the bending of the rotating flange portion 583 b, it is possible to prevent the impact from being linearly transmitted to the rotating shaft, and the durability of the ball removing member 583 Can be increased.

  Further, since the ball outlet 581b is arranged directly below the entrance 581a communicating with the upper plate 301 side, the game ball T in the ball feeding unit 580 is discharged when the game ball T in the upper plate 301 is discharged. In the ball feeding unit 580, the game ball T can be well discharged and the game ball T can be discharged well. In addition, since the ball outlet 581b is arranged immediately below the entrance 581a, the discharge path of the game balls T in the ball feed unit 580 can be shortened as much as possible, and the ball feed unit 580 has a discharge mechanism. Even if the ball removal member 583 is provided, it is possible to suppress the ball feed unit 580 from becoming unnecessarily large.

  Further, the fraud prevention member 588 is attached to the mounting recess 582b on the rear side of the rear cover 582, and the fraud prevention member 588 (cutting portion 588d) is disposed as close as possible to the ball hitting device 650. Therefore, the wire Iw adhering to the illegal game ball I in the fastest (momentary) state immediately after being fired by the ball hitting device 650 comes into contact with the cutting portion 588d, and the cutting portion 588d. As the wire Iw is pulled quickly (strongly), the wire Iw can be surely cut, and the force of the illegal game ball I is attenuated to prevent entry into the game area 1100. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts from being performed by the fraudulent game ball I.

  In addition, since the tamperproof member 588 having the cutting portion 588d is mounted in the mounting recess 582b which is recessed forward from the rear surface of the rear cover 582, the V-shaped cutting portion 588d is formed. The upper piece portion 588b bent rearward can be configured not to protrude rearward from the rear end surface of the rear cover 582, and the worker is injured during assembly by the upper piece portion 588b of the tamperproof member 588. Can be prevented.

  Further, in the anti-fraud member 588 capable of cutting the wire Iw attached to the illegal game ball I, the upper upper piece 588b is bent backward with the dividing line 588a extending from the right end of the metal plate material interposed therebetween. Thus, since the V-shaped cutting part 588d is formed, the cutting part 588d capable of exerting a shearing force can be easily formed (processed), and the cost associated with the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced. The increase can be suppressed.

[1-2 J. Glass unit]
Next, the glass unit 590 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 22 and FIG. This glass unit 590 has an opening of approximately the same size as the gaming window 101 and has an annular, vertically long octagonal unit frame 592 and two sheets for closing the front and rear ends of the opening of the unit frame 592. And a transparent glass plate 594. The unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590 has two stopper pieces 592a disposed on the upper sides of the left and right sides and extending outward in a plate shape, and a plate-like engagement extending in the left-right direction along the lower end and extending downward. And a stop piece 592b.

  The glass unit 590 locks the locking piece 592b at the lower end with the vertically bent projecting piece 161 of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 of the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame base unit 100 so as to be engaged from behind and above Then, the outer periphery of the unit frame 592 is fitted into the glass unit support stepped portion 110a of the door frame base main body 110, and the locking piece 592a of the unit frame 592 is locked by the glass unit locking member 190. The base unit 100 is detachably attached (see FIG. 21 and the like).

[1-2K. Shaped decoration in the door frame]
Next, modeling decoration in the door frame 5, that is, shape decoration, will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 17, 19, 20, and 58. The door frame 5 in the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment includes an upper plate 301 and a lower plate 302 for storing the game balls T arranged vertically below the vertically long oval gaming window 101 as shown in the figure. At the same time, the game ball T stored in the upper plate 301 is driven into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 disposed on the rear side of the transparent glass unit 590 that closes the game window 101 on the right side of the lower plate 302 in front view. A handle device 500 is provided. The door frame 5 includes a right side decoration unit 200, a left side decoration unit 2200, and an upper decoration unit 280 so as to surround the left and right sides and the upper side of the gaming window 101, and surrounds the lower side of the gaming window 101. Thus, the dish unit 300 is arranged.

  The door frame 5 is greatly different in appearance on both sides across the gaming window 101, and the right side has a natural rock-like appearance crumpled by the side lens 210 that forms the outer surface of the right side decoration unit 200. On the other hand, the left lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 that are visible on the left side from the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250 of the left side decorative unit 240 give a metallic sharp and artificial appearance. ing.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 58, the door frame 5 has different amounts of forward projection between the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240, and the right side decoration unit 200 is the left side decoration unit. Protruding forward more than 240. Further, the front end of the right side decoration unit 200 is formed in a shape that is pointed forward, whereas the front end of the left side decoration unit 240 is formed in a loosely curved planar shape.

  Thereby, when the door frame 5 of this example is viewed from the right front, the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 look like volumes similar to each other (see FIG. 19), but the left front When viewed from above, the right side decoration unit 200 appears larger than the left side decoration unit 240, and the decoration of the left side decoration unit 240 becomes almost invisible, and a different impression can be given depending on the player's standing position with respect to the pachinko machine 1. It is supposed to be. That is, since the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 changes depending on the position of the player with respect to the pachinko machine 1 and can be given an illusion like a pachinko machine of a different model, a player who is selecting a pachinko machine to play, etc. Therefore, the pachinko machine 1 that can attract the player's attention can be obtained.

  In addition, since the front appearance of the door frame 5 is left and right asymmetrical, for example, when the pachinko machine 1 is installed in multiple rows in the left and right direction in the island facility of the game hall, the appearance of the entire island facility looks super solid An alternative appearance (atmosphere) can be provided to give the player a rhythmic impression by alternately arranging right side decoration units 200 and left side decoration units 240 of different forms to suppress turning-off. It is possible to increase the appeal to the player and attract the player's interest strongly.

  In addition, the door frame 5 causes the LED mounted on the decorative substrate 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322, etc. provided in each unit 200, 220, 280, 300 to emit light, thereby the game window 101 The light emitting decoration can be made with any light emitting color so as to surround the. Further, among the LEDs mounted on the decoration substrates 214, 216, 254, 256 provided in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 220, the LEDs 214b, 216b arranged behind the side flash lenses 204, 246. , 254b, 256 are turned on and off to change the mode of the light-emitting decoration surrounding the game window 101.

[1-2L. Luminescent decoration in the door frame]
Then, the light emission decoration in the door frame 5 is mainly demonstrated with reference to FIG.59 and FIG.60. The door frame 5 of the present embodiment has a substantially annular outer periphery of the game window 101 substantially corresponding to the game area 1100 of the game board 4 by the right side decoration unit 200, the left side decoration unit 240, the upper decoration unit 280, and the plate unit 300. It is formed to surround. Each of these units 200, 240, 280, 300 is provided with decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322 on which LEDs are mounted. The outer periphery can be decorated with light emission.

  As described above, the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 of the door frame 5 are formed so as to surround most of the outer periphery excluding the lower side of the game window 101, and a plurality of peripherals in the side lenses 210 and 250. The lens portions 210 a and 250 a are arranged along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101, and the side flash lenses 204 and 246 extend along a radial axis centered around the lower portion of the gaming window 101 at the center in the left-right direction. Is disposed between the peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a adjacent to each other.

  In the door frame 5 of this example, the peripheral lens portion 210a of the side lens 210 in the right side decoration unit 200 is formed of a plurality of substantially spindle-like curved surfaces, while the side lens 250 in the left side decoration unit 240 The peripheral lens portion 250a is formed by one smooth loose curved surface. In the door frame 5, on the rear side of the side lenses 210 and 250 in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240, side inner lenses 212 and 252 capable of diffusing light are disposed. In the left side decoration unit 240, an inner decoration member 251 having a plurality of slits 251a between the circumferential lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 and the side inner lens 252 is disposed.

  Further, the door frame 5 has a right side upper decorative substrate 214, a right side lower decorative substrate 216, and a left side upper decorative substrate 254 on the rear side of the side inner lenses 212 and 252 in the right side decorative unit 200 and the left side decorative unit 240. , And a lower left side decorative board 256 are arranged, and a plurality of LEDs 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b are mounted on the front surface of each of the decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256. ing.

  The right side upper decorative substrate 214, the right side lower decorative substrate 216, the left side upper decorative substrate 254, and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 disposed on the rear side of the side inner lenses 212 and 252 are provided with peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a. LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a arranged at corresponding positions, and LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b arranged at positions corresponding to the radiation lens portions 210b, 250b (side flash lenses 204, 246) are provided. . In this example, the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a corresponding to the peripheral lens portions 210a, 250a are full-color LEDs, and the LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b corresponding to the radiating lens portions 210b, 250b are relatively high in luminance. LED. The two LEDs 214c arranged at the upper right end of the upper decorative board 214 on the right side are a green LED and a red LED.

  In this example, the surfaces of the right side upper decorative substrate 214, the right side lower decorative substrate 216, the left side upper decorative substrate 254, and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 are white photoresist, white printing (for example, silk printing). ), White paint, etc. As a result, the reflectance of the decoration boards 214, 216, 254, 256 can be increased, so that the lights from the player side are reflected by the decoration boards 214, 216, 254, 256 when the LEDs 210a, 210b, etc. are not lit. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the side lenses 210 and 250 from becoming too dark and deteriorating in appearance, and by reflecting the light from each of the LEDs 210a and 210b that emit light to the player side by the substrate, The lenses 210 and 250 can be brightly decorated.

  As described above, the upper decoration unit 280 of the door frame 5 connects between the ends of the upper side of the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 facing the center side in the left-right direction of the door frame 5. It is formed to decorate the upper center of the game window 101. The upper decorative unit 280 includes an upper central lens 284 disposed at the center in the left-right direction, an annular central annular lens portion 282b disposed on the outer periphery of the upper central lens 284, and outward outward from the central annular lens portion 282b. And four extending frame lens portions 282c extended thereto. The front surface of the extended frame lens portion 282c on the lower right side in front view is covered with an upper lower decorative cover 294.

  The upper decorative unit 280 includes an upper central decorative substrate 288 disposed on the rear side of the central ring lens portion 282 b of the upper central lens 284 and the upper lens 282, and an upper lens 282 extending laterally beyond the upper central decorative substrate 288. And an upper side decorative substrate 290 disposed on the rear side of the upper central decorative substrate 288. On the upper central decorative substrate 288, a plurality of LEDs 288a corresponding to the upper central lens 284 and a plurality of LEDs 288b corresponding to the central annular lens portion 282b are mounted on the front surface, and the upper central lens 284 and the central annular lens portion 282b are mounted. And can be separately lighted and decorated. In addition, a plurality of LEDs 290a corresponding to the extended frame lens portions 282c are mounted on the front surface of the upper side decorative substrate 290 so that each extended frame lens portion 282c can be decorated with light emission. . The LEDs 288a, 288b, and 290a on the upper central decorative board 288 and the upper side decorative board 290 are full-color LEDs.

  Subsequently, in the dish unit 300, the outer surface is formed by a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, and the appearance is continuous with the appearance of the right side decoration unit 200. In the dish unit 300, the upper dish decoration substrate 322 is disposed on the back side of the upper dish front decoration member 316, and a plurality of LEDs 322a mounted on the upper dish decoration substrate 322 The upper dish upper right decorative member 319 that decorates the right part and the front outer periphery of the upper dish ball removal button 341 can be decorated with light emission. In this example, the LED 322a of the upper dish decorative substrate 322 is a full color LED.

  Next, the operation unit 400 attached to the dish unit 300 includes a ring-shaped dial operation unit 401 having translucency and a columnar pressing operation unit having translucency disposed inside the dial operation unit 401. 405, and a dial decoration board 430 and a button decoration board 432 are disposed below the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405, respectively. The dial decoration board 430 is provided with a plurality of (four in this example) LEDs 430 b arranged in the circumferential direction so as to correspond to the dial operation unit 401. In addition, the button decoration substrate 432 is provided with one LED 432 d so as to correspond to the pressing operation unit 405. In this example, the LED 430b of the dial decoration substrate 430 is a white LED with high brightness, and the LED 432d of the button decoration substrate 432 is a full color LED. Further, the surfaces (upper surfaces) of the dial decoration substrate 430 and the button decoration substrate 432 are also white, so that the same effects as described above can be achieved.

  By the way, the door frame 5 of this example corresponds to the peripheral lens portions 210 a and 250 a of the side lenses 210 and 250 in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 that cover the outer periphery above the lower side of the gaming window 101. LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a are a first annular group 102 (within the hatched area in FIGS. 59 and 60) close to the gaming window 101, and a second annular group 103 arranged outside the first annular group 102. (In the range of the cross hatch in FIG. 59 and FIG. 60), the LEDs of the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 are made to emit light appropriately, so as to surround the gaming window 101, and are substantially concentric. A plurality (two in this example) of light emission can be decorated. That is, when all the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a of the first annular group 102 are caused to emit light, the hatched area near the gaming window 101 is decorated in a ring shape, and the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a of the second annular group 103 are activated. When all lights are emitted, the area of the cross hatch away from the game window 101 is annularly decorated to emit light.

  Further, in the door frame 5, the LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b corresponding to the side flash lenses 204, 246 (the radiation lenses 210b, 250b of the side lenses 210, 250) in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 The radial group 104 (in FIGS. 59 and 60) that extends radially around the lower center in the left-right direction of the gaming window 101 (game area 1100) so as to divide the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 in the circumferential direction. Within the shaded area). By appropriately emitting the LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b and 256b of the radial group 104, the outside of the gaming window 101 can be decorated to emit light radially, and in addition, the annular group by the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 The light emission decoration can be made to be divided in the circumferential direction.

  Further, in the door frame 5, the LED 214c on the right-side upper decoration substrate 214 corresponding to the upper right corner of the side lens 210 in the right-side decoration unit 200 is used as a notification group 105, and this LED 214c is made to emit light as appropriate. It is possible to notify various information to a person or an employee of the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed.

  In the door frame 5, the LEDs 288 a and 288 b corresponding to the upper central lens 284 and the central annular lens portion 282 b in the upper decorative unit 280 that decorates the upper center of the gaming window 101 are the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103. The upper center group 106 is configured to illuminate and decorate the upper center. By appropriately emitting the LEDs 288 a and 288 b of the upper central group 106, the upper central portion of the game window 101 can be illuminated and decorated, and the criteria for annular luminous decoration by the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 It is possible to make a light emitting decoration that becomes a dot. In addition, the LEDs 290 a corresponding to the extension frame lens portion 282 c in the upper decorative unit 280 are the upper central side group 107 for emitting and decorating the left and right sides of the upper central group 106. By appropriately emitting the LEDs 290a of the upper central side group 107, the boundaries between the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 and the upper central group 106 can be illuminated and decorated.

  Further, in the door frame 5, the LED 322 a corresponding to the upper dish front decoration member 316 and the upper dish upper right decoration member 319 arranged on the lower side of the gaming window 101 is used to decorate the upper dish 301 with light emission. It is considered as the dish group 108. In the door frame 5, the LEDs 430 b and 432 d corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 of the operation unit 400 arranged at the lower center of the gaming window 101 and in the upper center of the dish unit 300 An operation unit group 109 for decorating light emission is used. By appropriately emitting the LEDs 430b and 432d of the operation unit group 109, the dial operation unit 401 and the press operation unit 405 can be decorated with light emission, and the operation timing and operation direction of the dial operation unit 401 and the press operation unit 405 can be changed. The player can be informed.

  The light emission decoration in the door frame 5 in the present embodiment will be described in more detail. In this example, the LEDs 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, 430b, and 432d are further subdivided corresponding to the control system in the groups 102, 103, 104, 106, 107, 108, and 109 to which they respectively belong. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 60, the 20 LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, and 256a belonging to the first annular group 102 are 102a to 102j for each of the peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a of the side lenses 210 and 250, respectively. The 26 LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a belonging to the second annular group 103 are divided into 10 systems of 103a to 103j for each of the peripheral lens portions 210a, 250a of the side lenses 210, 250. It has been.

  The 20 LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, and 256b belonging to the radial group 104 are divided into 8 systems 104a to 104h for each side flash lens 204 and 246 (radiation lens portions 210b and 250b of the side lenses 210 and 250). ing. The two LEDs 214c belonging to the notification group 105 are divided into two systems, an upper side 105a and a lower side 105b. Further, the eight LEDs 288a and 288b belonging to the upper central group 106 are divided into three systems of a central portion 106a, a right portion 106b and a left portion 106c. The seven LEDs 290a belonging to the upper central side group 107 are divided into two systems, a right side 107a and a left side 107b.

  Further, the eleven LEDs 322a belonging to the upper plate group 108 are divided into four systems 108a to 108d in the front-rear and left-right directions. In the five LEDs 430b and 432d belonging to the operation group 109, four LEDs 430b corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 are arranged diagonally across the pressing operation unit 405, and the LEDs 430b form a pair. The two LEDs, one LED 432c corresponding to the pressing operation unit 405, is divided into three systems. Thus, in the door frame 5 of this example, the LEDs 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, 430b, and 432d are divided into 42 systems. ing.

  By the way, in the door frame 5, as mentioned above, the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, 432d are full color LEDs, and the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a, 288a, 288b, 28 systems 102a to 102j, 103a to 103j, 106a to 106c, 108a to 108d, and 109c to which 290a, 322a, and 432d belong are further provided with three independent RGB systems in order to emit light in full color. In the light emission control, there are 84 systems that are three times as large. The LEDs 288a and 430b are high-intensity white LEDs, and the four systems 107a, 109a and 109b to which the LEDs 288a and 430b belong require a large amount of current to emit light with high luminance. Two systems are connected, and in actual light emission control, there are twice as many as eight systems.

  The LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, and 256b are white LEDs with normal luminance and belong to eight systems 104a to 108h. The LED 214c is a green LED and a red LED, and belongs to the two systems 105a and 105b. The ten systems 104a to 108h, 105a, and 105b of the LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b, and 214c can be sufficiently controlled in each system, so that the same number of ten systems is obtained in actual light emission control.

  Therefore, the actual number of systems in the light emission control in the door frame 5 is 102 systems, and each LED 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, Lighting and flickering are controlled by dynamic lighting for each system to which 430b and 432d belong, and gradation (color and brightness) is controlled by PWM control (pulse width modulation control) . As a result, a rich light-emitting effect can be achieved.

  As the light emission effect in the door frame 5, for example, light is emitted sequentially from the first annular group 102 to the second annular group 103 (the same color or similar colors are sequentially emitted) so that the light spreads outward around the game window 101. On the other hand, light emitting effects such as converging from the outside toward the game window 101 by causing the second ring group 103 to sequentially emit light (in the same color or similar colors sequentially) from the second ring group 103 to the first ring group 102; Alternatively, by causing the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 to emit light simultaneously, it is possible to perform a light emission effect or the like that causes the entire outer periphery of the game window 101 to emit light widely.

  Further, by cooperating with the LEDs (not shown in detail) provided on the game board 4, the LEDs of the game board 4, the LEDs of the first ring group 102 near the game window 101, and the first ring group 102 With the LEDs of the second ring group 103 disposed outside the display, it is possible to perform a more expressive luminous effect, and it is possible to attract the player's interest strongly, and to entertain the player and make it interesting. Can be suppressed.

  Further, in the first annular group 102, the second annular group 103, and the lower group 108, each of the systems 102 a to 102 j and 103 a to 103 j is appropriately caused to emit light, so that the upper portion of the upper decoration unit 280 is aligned along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101. It is possible to produce a light emission effect such that light moves toward the central lens 284 or light moves from the upper central lens 284 along the outer periphery of the game window 101. In this example, the first ring group 102 and the second ring group 103 are divided into ten groups 102a to 102j and 103a to 103j in the circumferential direction (10 divisions), but the present invention is not limited thereto. If it is divided into about 8 systems (about 8 divisions), it is possible to perform a light emission effect such that light circulates around the outer periphery of the gaming window 101.

  Furthermore, by emitting only the radial group 104, the light emission effect of emitting light radially around the game window 101 is performed, or the first annular group 102, the second annular group 103, and the lower group 108 are emitted simultaneously with the radial group 104. By making it emit light that causes the entire outer periphery of the game window 101 to emit light substantially uniformly, or making the radial group 104 emit light (light on / blink) while emitting light from the first annular group 102 or the second annular group 103 It is possible to give a light emission effect that gives an accent to the light emission decoration of Further, by causing each system 104 a to 104 h of the radial group 104 to emit light individually, it is possible to perform light emission effect such that the side flash lenses 204 and 246 (radiating lens portions 210 b and 250 b) circulate.

  Further, by causing the upper central group 106 and the upper central side group 105 to emit light, an opportunity or a specific gaming state (for example, a big hit gaming state, a probability variation gaming state, a short time gaming state, a probability variation short gaming state) , Etc.) can be performed.

  Furthermore, by causing each system 108 a to 108 d of the lower group 108 to emit light appropriately, it is possible to perform light emission effect to embellish the upper plate 301 or to emit light in association with the operation group 109. A light emission effect that prompts the operation of the unit 405 can be performed. In addition, the system 109a, 109b corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 in the operation group 109 is appropriately caused to emit light so as to prompt the operation of the dial operation unit 401 or guide the rotational operation direction of the dial operation unit 401. can do. Further, by causing the system 109c corresponding to the pressing operation unit 405 in the operation group 109 to emit light, it is possible to perform a light emitting effect that prompts the operation of the pressing operation unit 405.

  Since the system 109c of the first annular group 102, the second annular group 103, the upper central group 106, the lower group 108, and the operation group 109 is a full color LED, each group 102, 103, 106, 108, It is possible to produce a lighting effect with different gradations such as emission color and brightness for each 109 or for each system 102a to 102j, 103a to 103j, 106a to 106c, 108a to 108d, 109c. A rich lighting effect can be performed.

[1-3. Overall configuration of body frame]
Next, the main body frame 3 in the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 61 to 67. The main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is pivotally supported on the left side in a front view with respect to the outer frame 2, and is supported in a door shape so as to open and close the front surface of the outer frame 2 on the rear side of the door frame 5. The front side can be opened and closed by the door frame 5. Further, the main body frame 3 can hold the game board 4 detachably from the front side at a position corresponding to the game window 101 of the door frame 5.

  The main body frame 3 of this example forms a skeleton of the main body frame 3 and penetrates in the front-rear direction to have a main body frame base 600 having a rectangular game board holding port 601 for holding the game board 4, and a main body frame base An upper shaft bracket 630 and a lower shaft bracket 640 that are attached to the upper and lower ends of the left end portion of the front view 600 and are pivotally supported by the outer frame 2 and pivotally support the door frame 5, and the main body frame base 600. The ball launching device 650 for driving the game ball T into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 attached to the lower front surface of the game board 4 and the game ball T to the upper plate 301 attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600 A prize ball unit 700 for paying out and a game ball T attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600 when the door frame 5 is opened with respect to the main body frame 3 from the prize ball unit 700 to the dish unit 300 of the door frame 5. Sphere blocking flow And a mouth closing unit 790,.

  The main body frame 3 is attached to the lower rear surface of the main body frame base 600, and includes various control boards for controlling electrical components provided in the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 except the game board 4, a power supply board 851, and the like. Are combined into a unit board unit 800, a back cover 900 that covers the rear opening of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame base 600, and a side security plate 950 that covers the left end of the main body frame base 600 when viewed from the front. And a locking device 1000 that is attached to the right end of the main body frame base when viewed from the front and that locks the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 and opens and closes the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3.

[1-3A. Body frame base]
Next, the main body frame base 600 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 68 and FIG. The main body frame base 600 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is integrally formed of a synthetic resin, and the outer shape in a front view is a vertically long rectangular shape along the outer shape of the door frame 5 It is formed to have a certain depth D (see FIG. 65). Thus, when attaching the main body frame base 600 to the main body frame base 600 at the time of attaching the prize ball unit 700, the substrate unit 800, the back cover 900, the lock device 1000, etc. The rear surface of the main body frame base 600 is substantially flat at the height of the depth D in the main body frame base 600, and the prize ball unit 700 and the like can be easily mounted. Can be improved.

  As shown in the figure, the main frame base 600 has a gaming board holding opening capable of fittingly holding the outer periphery of the game board 4 by penetrating the inside of the range of about 3⁄4 of the whole from the top to the bottom in a rectangular shape in the front and back direction. 601, a U-shaped front end frame portion 602 forming a front end outer periphery excluding the front side left side of the main body frame base 600, a recess from the front of the front end frame portion 602 to the rear; A door frame protrusion 110c protruding rearward from the lower end of the lower frame, an upper bent protrusion 167 protruding rearward of the upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 in the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame 5, and an open side protruding rearward of the open side reinforcing sheet metal 153 And an engaging groove 603 into which the bent protrusion 163 is inserted and engaged.

  Further, the main body frame base 600 extends from the lower side of the game board holding port 601 to the lower end of the main body frame base 600 and is recessed from the front end of the front end frame portion 602 to the rear side by a predetermined amount and spread in a plate shape in the left-right direction. A peripheral wall portion 605 that protrudes rearward inside the front end frame portion 601 and forms an inner peripheral wall of the game board holding port 601 is provided. By this peripheral wall portion 605, the free ends (upper and lower left ends in front view) of the U-shaped front end frame portion 602 are connected to each other, and the outer shape of the main body frame base 600 becomes a frame shape. It is like that.

  In addition, the main body frame base 600 forms a lower side of the game board holding port 601 at the upper end of the lower rear wall part 604, and a game board placement part 606 on which the game board 4 is placed, and the game board placement part 606. A game board of the game board 4 that is formed at a predetermined position on the right inner wall of the peripheral wall 605 and a positioning projection 607 that protrudes upward from substantially the center in the left-right direction and engages with the out-ball discharge groove 1156 of the game panel 1150 in the game board 4. A game board locking portion 608 (see FIG. 61) to which the stopper 1120 is fixed, and a plate shape that hangs downward from the upper inner wall of the peripheral wall portion 605 and whose lower end can come into contact with the upper end of the game board 4 in the horizontal direction. A plurality of upper end regulating ribs 609. The positioning projection 607 of the main body frame base 600 can be engaged with the out ball discharging groove 1156 of the game board 4 to restrict movement of the lower end of the game board 4 in the left and right direction and backward. ing. In addition, the game board locking portion 608 can restrict the right side of the game board 4 from moving in the front-rear direction by locking the game board stopper 1120 of the game board 4. Yes. In addition, although the details will be described later, the movement of the side crime prevention plate 950 in the front-rear direction is restricted by the positioning member 956 of the game board 4 in a front view.

  Furthermore, the body frame base 600 is a bracket attachment for attaching the upper shaft support 630 and the lower shaft support 640 to the rear surface of the free end (upper and lower left end in front view) of the U-shaped front end frame 602. Part 610 (see FIG. 69). As shown in FIG. 68 etc., the metal fitting mounting portion 610 is reinforced by a plurality of ribs extending in the vertical and horizontal directions on the front side, and the upper shaft support 630 and the lower shaft support 640 should be attached with sufficient strength. Can be done. Further, the body frame base 600 is formed in a substantially circular cylinder lock through hole 611 penetrating in the front-rear direction at the upper right end of the lower rear wall 604 in front view, and formed in the lower left in front view of the cylinder lock through hole 611 The U-shaped fitting groove 612 that fits the positioning protrusion 110d that protrudes rearward from the door frame base main body 110 and the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking device 650 that is formed in the lower left of the fitting groove 612 when viewed from the front are accommodated. A solenoid housing recess 613.

  As described above, the main body frame base 600 of this example is formed at a position where the lower rear wall portion 604 is recessed one step further to the rear side than the front surface of the front end frame portion 602, The ball striking device 650 is attached to the front surface from the front side so that the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking device 650 is accommodated in the solenoid housing recess 613. In a state in which the ball hitting device 650 is attached to the front surface of the lower rear wall portion 604, as shown in FIG. 63, FIG. 98, and the like, A downwardly extending far space 626 is formed. In this example, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball inlet 542 e of the foul cover unit 540 is positioned at the lower part of the foul space 626, and the feline space 626 is lowered. The game ball T is received by the foul ball inlet 542e of the foul cover unit 540 and discharged to the lower plate 302 in the plate unit 300.

  Further, a plurality of main body frame bases 600 are formed on the upper side of the opening 614 and on both the left and right sides of the opening 614 penetrating in a rectangular shape in the front-rear direction to the left than the left and right center of the lower rear wall 604 in front view. A through hole 615 penetrating in the front-rear direction. The opening 614 of the body frame base 600 is closed from the front side by the relay terminal board cover 692 (see FIG. 66 etc.), and the lower rear wall 604 through the opening 692 a of the relay terminal board cover 692. The main side relay terminal board 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal board 882 of the board unit 800 attached to the rear face of the rear face face the front side. The plurality of through holes 615 are for transmitting sound from the speaker box 820 of the board unit 800 to the front side of the main body frame base 600. The through holes 615 disposed on the left and right sides of the opening 614 are ventilation-type holes having a barrier on the front side.

  In addition, the main body frame base 600 has a fixture support portion that rotatably supports a game board fixture 690 for detachably fixing the game board 4 near the upper front end of the lower rear wall 604 above the opening 614. 616, and a stopper 617 which protrudes forward from the lower right of the fixture support portion 616 in a front view and restricts the rotational position of the game board fixture 690.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 61 and the like, the game board fixture 690 includes a fixed piece 690a fanning around an axial center pivotally supported by the fixture support portion 616 of the main body frame base 600, and a fixed piece 690a. And an operation piece 690b extending outward from one end side in the circumferential direction (the side that becomes the rear end when rotated clockwise when viewed from the front). The game board fixture 690 is pivotally supported by the fixture support portion 616 of the main body frame base 600 and then operates the operation piece 690 b to rotate the game board fixture 690 clockwise in a front view. The fixed piece 690a protrudes upward beyond the game board placement unit 606 and is inserted into the fixed recess 1121 of the game board 4 placed on the game board placement unit 606. Can be prevented from moving forward. In addition, the game board fixture 690 is configured such that the operation piece 690b abuts against the stopper 617, and by abutting against the stopper 617, the rotational end in the counterclockwise direction in front view is restricted. It has become.

  Furthermore, a door frame open switch 618 for detecting the opening of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 is attached to the lower front surface of the cylinder lock through hole 611 of the main body frame base 600. When the door frame 5 is opened (opened), the pressing is released and the opening of the door frame 5 can be detected. In addition, a main body frame opening switch 619 for detecting the opening of the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 is attached to the main body frame base 600 on the lower rear surface below the position where the door frame opening switch 618 is attached. When the main body frame 3 is opened (opened) with respect to the outer frame 2, the pressure is released and the opening of the main body frame 3 can be detected.

  Further, the three main body frame bases 600 penetrate longitudinally in the front and rear direction inside the engagement groove 603 on the right (open side) side in a front view of the U-shaped front end frame portion 602. A door hook hole 620 and a lock locking hole 621 which is penetrated in the front and rear direction below the door hook hole 620 at the lower end and aligned in the left and right direction are provided. These three door hook holes 620 are respectively formed in the vicinity of the upper and lower ends in the vertical direction and in the approximate center in the vertical direction. Locking projections 1004 provided on the upper and lower ends of the lock device 1000 are engaged and locked in the upper and middle door hook holes 620 and the lock lock holes 621, respectively. The locking device 1000 is attached to the main body frame base 600 along the outer wall of the peripheral wall portion 605 on the rear side of the right side of the front view. Then, in a state where the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame base 600, the three door frame hook portions 1041 of the lock device 1000 project forward from the three door hook holes 620 and the cylinder lock of the lock device 1000. A state 1010 is projected forward from the cylinder lock through hole 611 (see FIG. 63).

  Furthermore, the main body frame base 600 is gently and diagonally lowered from the upper right end toward the approximate center in the left-right direction on the rear surface of the lower rear wall 604 in a rear view, and the lower rear wall 604 in the approximate center in the lateral direction. The game apparatus is provided with a main frame base ball removal passage 622 which is suspended from the middle in the vertical direction to a position slightly upward to allow the game balls T to be distributed. The body frame base ball extraction passage 622 is configured such that the rear side is closed by the substrate unit base 810 in the substrate unit 800, and the game ball T that has flowed the ball extraction passage 741d in the award ball device 740, which will be described later Has come to circulate.

  In addition, a plurality of main body frame bases 600 are disposed at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction at the rear end of the left side of the peripheral wall portion 605 in the back view, and back cover shaft support portion 623 rotatably supporting the shaft support pins 906 of the back cover 900. And a mounting portion 624 for attaching the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 to the front left side of the opening 614 in the front of the lower rear wall portion 604 and a lock device 1000 on the right side (open side) of the peripheral wall 605 And a lock mounting portion 625 for mounting and fixing.

  Although detailed description will be omitted, in addition to the above, mounting bosses, mounting holes, etc. for attaching the ball hitting and launching apparatus 650, the prize ball unit 700, the board unit 800, etc. It has been formed.

[1-3B. Upper shaft support bracket and lower shaft support bracket]
Next, the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 66 and 67. The upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 in the main body frame 3 are attached to the main body frame 3 by using predetermined screws, respectively, to the metal mounting portions 610 on the upper left and lower rear surfaces of the main body frame base 600 when viewed from the front. The door frame 5 can be pivotally supported in an openable and closable manner, and the main body frame 3 can be pivotally supported on the outer frame 2 in an openable and closable manner.

  First, the upper shaft support metal 630 is attached to the upper metal attachment part 610 of the main body frame base 600 and has a plate-like attachment part 631 extending in the vertical and horizontal directions, and a plate-like extension extending forward from the upper end of the attachment part 631. A front extending portion 632, a shaft supporting pin 633 projecting upward from the vicinity of the front end of the front extending portion 632, and a shaft pin 155 of the door frame 5 disposed on the left side in front of the shaft supporting pin 633. The door frame shaft support hole 634 (see FIG. 63 and the like) penetrating in the vertical direction is inserted, and the door frame 5 is pivoted downward from the left end of the front extension portion 632 when viewed from the front. A stopper 635 (see FIGS. 65 and 109) for restricting the end. In the upper shaft support 630, the mounting portion 631, the front extending portion 632, and the stopper 635 are integrally formed by bending a single metal plate.

  On the other hand, the lower shaft support bracket 640 is disposed below the door frame shaft support bracket 642 for supporting the door frame 5 and supports the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2. A main body frame shaft support bracket 644. The door frame shaft support bracket 642 in the lower shaft support bracket 640 is attached to the lower bracket mounting portion 610 of the main body frame base 600, and has a plate-like mounting portion 642a extending in the vertical and horizontal directions, and from the lower end of the mounting portion 642a to the front A plate-like front extension portion 642b that extends, a door frame shaft support hole 642c that penetrates in the vertical direction near the front end of the front extension portion 642b and into which the shaft pin 157 of the door frame 5 is inserted And a stopper 642d which is erected upward from the left end in a front view of the door 642a and which restricts the pivoting end of the door frame 5 to the opening side. The mounting portion 642a, the forward extension portion 642b, and the stopper 642d of the door frame shaft support fitting 642 are integrally formed by bending and forming a single metal plate.

  Further, the main body frame shaft support bracket 644 in the lower shaft support bracket 640 is attached to the lower bracket attachment portion 610 of the main body frame base 600 and extends from the bottom of the attachment portion 644a in a plate-like attachment portion 644a. A front extension portion 644b extending forward and a body frame shaft support hole (not shown) penetrating vertically in the vicinity of the front end of the front extension portion 644b are provided. Also in the body frame shaft support bracket 644, the mounting portion 644a and the front extension portion 644b are integrally formed by bending a single metal plate.

  The lower shaft support 640 of this example is in a state in which the mounting portion 642a of the door frame shaft support 642 and the mounting portion 644a of the main body frame shaft support 644 are overlapped (contacted) in the front-rear direction. The front extension portion 642b of the pivot support 642 and the front extension portion 644b of the main body frame support bracket 644 are attached to the lower bracket mounting portion 610 of the main body frame base 600 with a predetermined distance in the vertical direction. It is like that.

  The upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 are mounted on the main body frame base 600, and the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 and a body frame shaft support hole (not shown) of the lower shaft support bracket 640. Are coaxially positioned, and the main frame support hole of the main frame support 644 in the lower support 640 is fitted and inserted into the support projection 21 d of the lower support 21 in the outer frame 2. As described above, after the front extension portion 644b of the main body frame shaft support bracket 644 is placed on the support projecting piece 21c of the lower support bracket 21, the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 is By inserting the upper support fitting 20 into the support hole 20 c of the upper support fitting 20, the main body frame 3 can be pivotally supported on the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable.

  Further, when the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 are attached to the main body frame base 600, the door frame shaft support hole 634 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the door frame shaft support of the lower shaft support bracket 640 The bracket 642 c is coaxially located, and the door pin of the door frame 5 is inserted into the door frame shaft support hole 642 c of the door frame shaft support bracket 642 in the lower shaft support bracket 640. After the lower shaft support portion 158 of the frame 5 is mounted on the front extension portion 642 b of the door frame shaft support bracket 642, the shaft pin 155 of the door frame 5 is placed in the door frame shaft support hole 634 of the upper shaft support bracket 630. By inserting the door frame 5, the door frame 5 can be pivotally supported on the main body frame 3 so as to be openable and closable. In this example, the upper shaft pin 155 of the door frame 5 is slidable in the vertical direction, and when inserting the upper shaft support fitting 630 into the door frame shaft support hole 634, the shaft pin 155 is Once the upper pivot support portion 156 of the door frame 5 and the front extension portion 632 of the upper pivot support member 630 vertically overlap by sliding downward, the door is slid upward by sliding the pivot pin 155. It can be inserted into the frame shaft support hole 634.

[1-3C. Ball hitting launcher]
Next, the hitting and launching apparatus 650 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 70 and 71. This hitting ball launching device 650 can drive the game ball T supplied from the ball feeding unit 580 of the door frame 5 into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 with strength according to the rotation operation of the handle device 500. It is.

  In the hit and fired device 650 of the present embodiment, a firing base 652 of a metal plate attached to a predetermined position on the front surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the body frame base 600 and a rotational drive shaft 654 a project forward on the lower rear surface of the launching base 652 , A hitting ball 656 fixed integrally to the drive shaft 654a of the firing solenoid 654, a tip 658 fixed to the tip of the hitting ball 656, and a movement locus of the tip 658 Between the launch rail 660 attached to the front of the launch base 652 and the launch rail 660 attached to the front end of the launch rail 660 extending from the predetermined position at the top to the base end as the base end at the base end At the same time that 658 is allowed to pass, a gap is formed through which the game ball T cannot pass and the game ball T is held at the base end of the firing rail 660. It is possible that the ball 槌 656 (tip 658) pivots toward the firing rail 660 side than the ball hitting position where the ball can be hit at the base end of the firing rail 660 by the locking piece 662 and the ball locking piece 662 And a stopper 664 for regulating.

  Although not shown in detail, the firing solenoid 654 in the bat firing device 650 reciprocates and rotates the drive shaft 654a at a strength (speed) according to the rotation operation angle of the handle device 500. The hitting rod 656 of the hitting and launching apparatus 650 has a fixing portion 656a fixed to the drive shaft 654a of the firing solenoid 654, a gentle arc extending from the fixing portion 656a, and a tip end with respect to the axial center of the driving shaft 654a. It has a collar portion 656b with the tip facing the normal direction, and a stopper portion 656c that can contact the stopper 664 extending to the opposite side of the collar portion 656b with the fixing portion 656a interposed therebetween. ing. When the stopper portion 656c of the hitting ball 656 abuts against the stopper 664, the tip of the tip end 658 is pivoted toward the firing rail 660 than the hitting position (rotation end in the counterclockwise direction in front view) Being regulated.

  In addition, the launch rail 660 of the hitting ball launcher 650 has a loose arc shape that is recessed downward so as to be substantially along the lower end extension line of the outer rail 1111 of the game board 4 (see FIG. 98) and in the front-rear direction. On the other hand, the center is shaped like a V-shape, and the game ball T hit by the hitting ball basket 656 can be smoothly guided to the game board 4 side along the launch rail 660. . The firing rail 660 is formed by bending a metal plate.

  Further, the hitting ball launcher 650 includes a stopper cover 666 that covers the front surface of the stopper 664 that can restrict the rotation end of the hitting ball 656 toward the hitting ball position, and a rotation of the hitting ball 656 at a position away from the hitting ball position. And a stopper 668 for restricting an end (a rotating end in a clockwise direction in a front view). The hitting ball launching device 650 of this example has the surfaces of the stoppers 664 and 668 covered with rubber, so that it can absorb the impact when the hitting ball 656 abuts and suppress the generation of noise due to the abutment. It can be done.

  When the hitting and launching apparatus 650 of this embodiment is attached to the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600 as shown in FIG. 63, FIG. 98, etc. It is positioned below the upper end of the rear wall portion 604, that is, below the gaming board placement portion 606 (the lower side of the gaming board holding port 601), and the outside of the gaming board 4 held in the gaming board holding port 601 A foul space 626 that extends downward with a predetermined width in the left-right direction is formed between the lower end of the rail 1111. Then, the hit ball launching device 650 of this example launches the game ball T so as to jump over the foul space 626 on the left side of the front view from the launch rail 660, thereby bringing the game ball T into the game area 1100 of the game board 4. You can type in. As described above, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball inlet 542e of the foul cover unit 540 is positioned below the foul space 626, and the game area 1100 A game ball T that has not been driven into a foul ball falls into the foul space 626, is received by the foul ball inlet 542e, and is discharged to the lower plate 302.

  Further, the hitting ball launching device 650 is configured such that the launching solenoid 654 is driven by the launching power supply substrate 831 with a driving strength corresponding to the rotation operation of the handle device 500, and the ball feeding solenoid 585 of the ball feeding unit 580 is used. It is designed to be driven in synchronization with the driving of the Specifically, in the ball feed unit 580 that supplies the game ball T to the hit ball launching device 650, when the ball feed solenoid 585 is driven (ON), the ball feed member 584 receives the game ball T, and the ball feed solenoid 585 from that state. When the driving of the ball feeding member 584 is released (OFF), the game ball T received by the ball feeding member 584 is sent to the hitting ball launching device 650 side, so that the firing solenoid is almost simultaneously with the ball feeding solenoid 585 of the ball feeding unit 580. By driving (ON) 654, the game ball T can be smoothly supplied from the ball feed unit 580 to the rear end of the launch rail 660, and the game ball T can be reliably fired by the rotation of the hitting ball 656. Can be done.

[1-3D. Prize ball unit]
Next, the prize ball unit 700 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 72 to 79. The prize ball unit 700 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment stores a game ball T supplied from the island facility side to the pachinko machine 1 in the island facility in the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, and then pays out a predetermined payout. It is paid out to the upper tray 301 of the pachinko machine 1 based on the instruction. The prize ball unit 700 has a prize ball base 710 attached to the rear surface of the main body frame base 600 and a game ball T attached to the upper rear surface of the prize ball base 710 and receiving and storing a game ball T supplied from the island facility side. 720, a tank rail unit 730 arranged below the prize ball tank 720 and arranged to send the game balls T stored in the prize ball tank 720 to the downstream side, and the game balls T arranged by the tank rail unit 730 The prize ball device 740 to be paid out based on a predetermined payout instruction, and the game ball T paid out by the prize ball device 740 can be guided to the upper plate 301 of the plate unit, and the upper plate 301 is filled with the game ball T. Then, a full tank branching unit 770 capable of branching and guiding the paid game ball T to the lower plate 302 side is mainly provided.

  The prize ball unit 700 includes a prize ball passage cover 780 that closes the rear opening of the prize ball passage 715 formed in the prize ball base 710, and a grounding bracket for grounding the tank rail unit 730 and the prize ball device 740. The external terminal board 784 attached to the rear surface of the award ball base 710 and the external terminal board cover 786 covering the rear side of the external terminal board 784 are provided. The prize ball passage lid 780 in the prize ball unit 700 is for fastening and fixing the back cover engagement groove 780a for fixing the back cover 900 to the rear surface thereof, and the back cover 900 on the left side of the back cover engagement groove 780a in rear view. The back cover fastening hole 780b is formed (see FIGS. 73 and 75).

  In the prize ball unit 700, the prize ball base 710 is formed in an inverted L shape along the upper side and the left side of the main body frame base 600 in a front view, and the prize ball tank 720 and the tank rail unit 730 are provided on the upper side. As well as being disposed, a vertically extending prize ball device 740 is disposed on the left side, and a full tank branching unit 770 is disposed below the prize ball device 740. Further, an external terminal plate 784 and an external terminal plate cover 786 are arranged immediately above the prize ball device 740 and above the tank rail unit 730 so as to be adjacent to the prize ball tank 720.

  Next, the prize ball base 710 in the prize ball unit 700 is formed in a reverse L shape in front view so as to substantially correspond to the left side of the game board holding port 601 in front view with the upper side of the main body frame base 600 as shown in the figure. And is integrally formed of a transparent synthetic resin. The prize ball base 710 has a peripheral wall portion 710a that extends rearward substantially along the outer periphery of the inverted L-shape, and a predetermined width that extends inward from the rear end of the peripheral wall portion 710a and is disposed in a substantially identical plane. And a rear wall portion 710b. In this example, as shown in FIG. 75, the upper side of the peripheral wall 710 a is formed to extend backward from a position that is one step lower than the upper end of the prize ball base 710. The award ball base 710 is located at a position where the rear wall portion 710b is deeper than the front end, and when attached to the main body frame base 600, a space that can accommodate the game board 4 can be formed. ing.

  In addition, the prize ball base 710 is provided with a tank mounting portion 711 for mounting the prize ball tank 720 on the upper side upper side of the peripheral wall portion 710a, and a lateral terminal plate 784 and an external terminal plate An external terminal plate attachment portion 712 for attaching the cover 786, a plurality of attachment locking portions 713 for attaching the tank rail unit 730 to the upper end lower end rear side of the rear wall 710b, and a vertical side rear side of the rear wall 710b And an award ball passage 715 for guiding the gaming ball T paid out from the award ball device 740 downward, adjacent to the award ball device attachment portion 714, And a mounting locking portion 716 for mounting the full tank branch unit 770 at the lower end of the wall portion 710b.

  Furthermore, the prize ball base 710 has a relief hole 717 for letting out a payout motor 744 and the like that penetrates in the front-rear direction to the position of the prize ball device mounting portion 714 of the rear wall portion 710b and projects forward from the prize ball device 740, and the like. And a back cover engagement groove 718 for fixing the cover 900. In addition, although detailed description is omitted in the award ball base 710, an attachment hole, an attachment boss, etc. for attaching the award ball tank 720, the award ball device 740, etc. to the main body frame base 600, etc. Is formed.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 76, the prize ball tank 720 in the prize ball unit 700 is formed in a horizontally long box shape with the top opened, and is a bottom wall portion that is substantially rectangular in plan view. 721, an outer peripheral wall portion 722 that rises upward from the outer periphery of the bottom wall portion 721 and has only a right rear portion (open side rear portion) that protrudes rearward from the bottom wall portion 710 in a rectangular shape in plan view, and an outer peripheral wall portion A discharge port 723 formed by a portion projecting rearward from the bottom wall portion 721 at the rear right side in 722 and a plate-like shape from the left side (axial support side) in plan view of the discharge port 723 to the left end of the prize ball tank 720 , A rod-shaped shaft portion 725 extending rearward from the lower left side in plan view of the flange portion 724, a baseball tank formed near the proximal end of the shaft portion 725 and at both front ends of the outer peripheral wall 722. Awarded at 720 Ball Base 710 An attachment portion 726 for attachment to the spherical tank mounting portion 711, and a.

  In the prize ball tank 720, the outer periphery of the bottom wall portion 721 is surrounded by an outer peripheral wall portion 722, and a predetermined amount of game balls T can be stored on the bottom wall portion 721. The prize ball tank 720 is inclined so that the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 721 is lowered toward the discharge port 723, and the game ball T on the bottom wall portion 721 rolls toward the discharge port 723. It is supposed to be.

  The prize ball tank 720 includes two ball leveling members 727 that are pivotally supported by the shaft portion 725. As shown in the figure, the ball straightening member 727 has one end pivotally supported by the shaft portion 725 and holds a weight therein so that the other end hangs down by its own weight. . The ball straightening member 727 is suspended in a tank rail unit 730 to be described later, and the game balls T circulating in the tank rail unit 730 can be leveled and aligned. Further, the collar portion 724 of the award ball tank 720 is formed to cover approximately the upper half of the tank rail unit 730, and can prevent the game ball T from overflowing from inside the tank rail unit 730, It is possible to prevent dust and the like from entering the tank rail unit 730.

  Although not shown in detail, the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 721 of the prize ball tank 720 is inclined so that the left side (the side far from the discharge port 723) is lowered toward the right side in plan view, The right side (the side close to the discharge port 723) in plan view is formed so as to be inclined toward the rear discharge port 723. Thereby, the flow of the game ball T can be made smooth, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging in the prize ball tank 720, and from the discharge port 723 to the tank rail unit 730 side. The game ball T can be discharged smoothly.

  Next, as shown also in FIG. 76, the tank rail unit 730 in the prize ball unit 700 is provided with a tank rail 731 disposed below the prize ball tank 720 and elongated in the left-right direction. The tank rail 731 has a bowl-like shape with a predetermined depth opened upward, and has a width (depth) in which the game balls T can be aligned in two rows in the front-rear direction. The bottom part is inclined so that the part is lowered. The tank rail 731 includes a discharge port 731a (see FIG. 79) that opens downward at the left (shaft support side) end, a partition wall 731b that extends upward from the bottom at a substantially center in the front-rear direction, and a front end lower surface And a plurality of locking projections 731c (see FIG. 74) which are further downwardly protruded and are locked from the upper side to the attachment locking portions 713 of the award ball base 710.

  The tank rail 731 is arranged such that the end on the right side (open side) in a front view is positioned directly below the discharge port 723 of the prize ball tank 720, and the game ball T discharged from the discharge port 723 of the prize ball tank 720. Is received, and can be transferred to the prize ball device 740 side from the discharge port 731a. In addition, by locking the locking projection 731c of the tank rail 731 to the mounting locking portion 713 of the award ball base 710, the tank rail 731 that is, the tank rail unit 730 can be attached to the award ball base 710. ing.

  The tank rail unit 730 is continuous with the alignment gear 732 rotatably supported on the upper portion of the discharge port 731 a of the tank rail 731, the gear cover 733 covering the upper portion of the alignment gear 732, and the right end of the gear cover 733 when viewed from the front. A ball holding plate 734 that closes the upper portion of the tank rail 731 and a ball stopper that can be moved forward and backward in the tank rail 731 and can stop the game ball T in the tank rail 731 from rolling toward the discharge port 731a. A piece 735 and an earth plate 736 disposed in the tank rail 731 and capable of contacting the game balls T in the tank rail 731 are provided. As shown in the drawing, two alignment gears 732 are provided side by side in the front-rear direction so as to correspond to the two flow paths of the game balls T partitioned in two rows by the partition wall 731b of the tank rail 731. The ball holding plate 734 has an attachment portion 734a to which the ball stopper 735 is attached at the top, and two slits 734b which are vertically penetrated and through which the projection 735a of the ball stopper 735 can be inserted.

  In the tank rail unit 730, two ball straightening members 727 pivotally supported by the winning ball tank 720 are inserted from the upper side to the upstream side (open side) of the ball holding plate 734. The game balls T discharged into the tank rail 731 from the discharge port 723 of the prize ball tank 720 by the ball straightening member 727 are smoothed so as to be single-staged and aligned in two rows along the partition wall 731b It is possible to Further, the ball holding plate 734 is for forcibly making the game ball T which has not been made one step higher by the ball straightening member 727 one more step, and the gap with the bottom of the tank rail 731 becomes narrow as it goes to the discharge port 731a side. It is attached to the tank rail 731 so that it becomes.

  As illustrated, the alignment gear 732 of the tank rail unit 730 has a plurality of teeth formed on its outer periphery, and is supported so that the pitch of the teeth in the pair of alignment gears 732 is shifted by half a pitch. Thereby, when the upper part of the game balls T flowing down the tank rail 731 flows down to the discharge port 732 on the downstream side while meshing with the teeth of the alignment gear 732, the game balls T aligned in two rows are alternately arranged one by one. It is sent to the prize ball device 740.

  In the bottom portion of the tank rail 731 is formed a narrow groove penetrating vertically, so that foreign substances such as dust rolling in the tank rail 731 together with the game ball T fall downward from the narrow groove It has become. Further, although the ground plate 736 disposed on the inner wall of the tank rail 731 is not illustrated in detail, it is to be grounded to the outside via the grounding connector of the power supply substrate 851 via the grounding fitting 782 When the gaming ball T comes in contact with the ground plate 736 in the tank rail 731, the charged static electricity can be removed.

  In addition, the tank rail unit 730 rotates the ball stopper 735 rotatably attached to the mounting portion 734 a of the ball holding plate 734 so that the projection 735 a of the ball stopper 735 passes through the slit 734 a and is inside the tank rail 730. By inserting it, the two rows of flow paths in the tank rail 731 can be closed by the projecting pieces 735a, and it becomes possible to stop the game ball T being supplied to the prize ball device 740 side. ing.

  Further, in the tank rail unit 730, the tank rail 731 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin so that the state of the game ball T or the like in the tank rail 731 can be visually recognized from the outside.

  Subsequently, the prize ball device 740 in the prize ball unit 700 pays out the game ball T discharged and supplied from the discharge port 731a of the tank rail unit 730 to the upper plate 301 of the dish unit 300 based on a predetermined payout instruction. belongs to. As shown in FIGS. 77 to 79, the prize ball device 740 includes a unit base 741 extending in the vertical direction attached to the prize ball device mounting portion 714 of the prize ball base 710. As shown in the figure, the unit base 741 in the prize ball device 740 is provided on the rear surface side so as to open to the upper end and extend to a position slightly below the center in the vertical direction with a width slightly wider than the outer shape of the game ball T. A passage 741a, a distribution space 741b having a predetermined space communicating with the lower end of the supply passage 741a, and a lower left side (open side) lower end of the distribution space 741b as viewed from the rear, and bent in a substantially letter shape. A prize ball passage 741c that opens to the left side of the view, and a ball passage 741d that extends downward and communicates with the lower right side (axis support side) of the distribution space 741b and opens to the lower end. The supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the prize ball passage 741c, and the ball removal passage 741d of the unit base 741 are formed in a state opened rearward.

  The prize ball device 740 of this example is attached to the rear side of the unit base 741 and has a back cover 742 whose length in the vertical direction is shorter than the unit base 741 and a plate-like motor support disposed below the back cover 742 Dispensing motor 744 disposed on the front side of the plate 743 and the motor supporting plate 743 and fixed to the unit base 741 so that the rotating shaft 744a protrudes rearward from the motor supporting plate 743, and is integral with the rotating shaft 744a of the dispensing motor 744 The first gear 745 rotatably fixed and disposed on the rear side of the motor support plate 743, the second gear 746 meshed with the first gear 745, and the second gear 746 meshed with the second gear 746 The third gear 747 pivotally supported by the unit base 741 and the payout rotation integrally rotating with the third gear 747 and disposed in the distribution space 741 c of the unit base 741 The body 748 and the dispensing rotating body 748 are integrally rotatably supported on the opposite side across the third gear 747, and have a plurality of (three in this example) detection slits 749a at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. And 749.

  In addition, the winning ball device 740 is attached to the unit base 741 and the out-of-ball switch 750 for detecting the presence or absence of the gaming ball T in the supply passage 741a, and the gaming ball T attached to the unit base 741 circulating in the winning ball passage 741c. Sensor 751 for measuring the number of rotations, a rotation angle sensor 752 for detecting a detection slit 749a of a rotation detection board 749 that rotates integrally with the dispensing rotation body 748, and a rotation angle sensor 752. A sensor board 753 to be attached, a payout motor 744, a ball breakage switch 750, a count sensor 751, and a prize ball relay board 754 relayed on the connection between the rotation angle sensor 752 and the payout control board 1101 and attached to the back surface of the back cover 742 And.

  Furthermore, the award ball device 740 covers the award ball relay substrate 754 from the rear side, and a substrate cover 755 attached to the rear surface of the back cover 742; a first gear 745, a second gear 746, and a third gear 747 (rotation detection board 749 ), A gear cover 756 that covers the sensor substrate 753 from the rear side and is attached to the rear surface of the unit base 741 with the back cover 742 interposed therebetween, and a supply passage that can contact the game ball T that circulates in the supply passage 741a of the unit base 741 An earth metal fitting 757, a screw 758 for fixing the dispensing motor 744 to the unit base 741 with the motor support plate 743 interposed therebetween and grounding the dispensing motor 744, and a back cover 742 so as to be removable from the unit base 741 A detachable button 759.

  In the prize ball device 740 of this example, the back cover 742 is attached to the rear side of the unit base 741 so that the open rear end of the supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the prize ball passage 741c, and the ball removal passage 741d. Is supposed to be closed. Further, the unit base 741 has a position below the upper end of the supply passage 741 a that is temporarily bulged backward, and the force of the game ball T discharged and dropped from the tank rail unit 730 is alleviated. It is possible to Further, the unit base 741 is partially notched on one side (left side in rear view) below the position where the supply passage 741 a bulges rearward and is outside the cut-out position of the supply passage 741 a. A switch mounting portion 741e for mounting the ball breakage switch 750, a sensor mounting portion 741f for mounting the count sensor 751 in the middle of the prize ball passage 741c, and a longitudinal direction below the prize ball passage 741a. A motor insertion hole 741g that is formed and into which the payout motor 744 can be inserted.

  By attaching the ball breakage switch 750 to the switch mounting portion 741e of the unit base 741, the operation piece of the ball breakage switch 741e forms a part of the side wall of the supply passage 741a, and is present in the supply passage 741a. When the operating piece is pressed by the game ball T to be played, the presence or absence of the game ball T in the supply passage 741a can be detected by the ball break switch 741e. When the gaming ball T in the supply passage 741e is not detected by the ball breakage switch 741e (ball breakage state), the payout motor 744 does not rotate and the ball breakage is a player or the like. It is reported to the hall side.

  Further, the unit base 741 is provided between the bearing portion 741h for pivotally supporting the second gear 746 and the third gear 747 (dispensing rotary body 748), and between the switch mounting portion 741e and the distribution space 741b in the supply passage 741a. An earth metal fitting attaching portion 741i for attaching the supply passage earth metal fitting 757, and a button support hole 741j for supporting an attaching / detaching button 759 for attaching / detaching and supporting the back cover 742 arranged on the upper portion of the unit base 741. I have. The unit base 741 is configured such that the rear surface of the supply passage earth fitting 757 can be in contact with the game ball T in the supply passage 741a by attaching the supply passage earth fitting 757 to the ground fitting attachment portion 741i. The front surface of the supply passage ground fitting 757 is in contact with the lower end rear surface of the U-shaped ground fitting 782, and the static electricity of the game ball T circulating in the supply passage 741a via the supply passage ground fitting 757 is removed. It can be done.

  The back cover 742 of the prize ball device 740 is generally in the form of a vertically long plate, and the upper end is bulged rearward. At the top of the back cover 742, a button insertion hole 742a for inserting the attaching / detaching button 759, a relay board mounting portion 742b for mounting the prize ball relay board 754 and the board cover 755 on the substantially central rear surface in the vertical direction, and relay board mounting The sensor board attaching part 742c which is arrange | positioned under the part 742b for attaching the sensor board 753, and the through-hole 742d which the paying-off | rotation body 748 can pass are provided. The relay substrate attachment portion 742 b of the back cover 742 is formed on the rear side of the earth metal fitting attachment portion 741 i of the unit base 741.

  Further, the motor support plate 743 of the prize ball device 740 is an aluminum plate in this example, and comes into contact with the metal motor housing of the payout motor 744, and heat generated by the payout motor 744 is generated. It is possible to facilitate heat dissipation.

  As shown in FIG. 78, the payout rotating body 748 of the prize ball device 740 includes three recesses 748a having a size capable of accommodating one game ball T at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. By rotating the body 748, the game balls T supplied from the supply passage 741a are accommodated one by one in the recess 748a and can be paid out to the prize ball passage 741c or the ball removal passage 741d. The three detection slits 749a of the rotation detection board 749 that rotate integrally with the payout rotating body 748 are formed at positions corresponding to the spaces between the recesses 748a of the payout rotating body 748, respectively. By detecting, it is possible to detect the rotational position of the payout rotating body 748.

  The prize ball device 740 of the present example has a payout motor when a payout command from the main control board 1113, a loan command from the CR unit 6 or the like is input to the payout control board 1101 or a ball removal switch 860b is operated. 744 rotates so that a predetermined number of game balls T can be paid out to the player side (upper plate 301) or discharged to the game hall side (rear side of the pachinko machine 1). When the rotary shaft 744a of the discharge motor 744 is rotationally driven, the first gear 745 fixed to the rotary shaft 744a is rotated, and at the same time, the second gear 746 meshed with the first gear 745 is rotated, and the second gear 746 is further rotated. Is rotated. The third gear 747 has a payout rotator 748 on the front side and a rotation detection board 749 on the rear side so as to be integrally rotatable. The payout rotator 748 and the rotation detection board 749 are fixed together with the third gear 747. It is supposed to rotate.

  As shown in FIG. 78, in the prize ball device 740, a payout rotating body 748 is rotatably supported at the approximate center of the distribution space 741b. When the payout rotating body 748 is rotated counterclockwise by the payout motor 744, the game ball T in the supply passage 741a is paid out toward the prize ball passage 741c. The game balls T paid out to the prize ball passage 741c side by the rotation of the rotating body 748 are counted one by one by the counting sensor 751 and then delivered to the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710. . On the other hand, when the payout rotator 748 is rotated clockwise by the payout motor 744, the game ball T in the supply passage 741a is paid out toward the ball removal passage 741d. The game ball T paid out to the ball extraction passage 741d side by 748 is, from the lower end of the ball extraction passage 741d, a ball extraction passage 778 of a full tank sorting unit 770, which will be described later, The substrate unit 800 can be discharged to the rear outside of the pachinko machine 1 through the opening 812 of the substrate unit base 810 and the discharge passage 842 of the power supply substrate box holder 840.

  The unit base 741 in the prize ball device 740 of this example is formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and even when assembled on the main body frame 3, the award is made from the front side of the main body frame 3 through the transparent prize ball base 710. The inside of the supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the award ball passage 741c, the ball removal passage 741d, etc. of the ball device 740 can be visually recognized, and defects such as a ball clog can be easily found. .

  Next, the full tank branching unit 770 in the winning ball unit 700 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 74, 75 and 79. The full-tank sorting unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 is attached to the lower end of the prize ball base 710, and guides the gaming ball T paid out to the prize ball passage 741c of the prize ball unit 740 to the dish unit 300. When the game balls T are full on the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300, the game balls T can be distributed to the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300 so as to be paid out.

  The full-tan branch unit 770 is fixed to the lower end back surface of the award ball base 710 at the rear end upper portion and a locking portion 770 which is locked to the attachment locking portion 716 of the award ball base 710 substantially at the center top And a fixing portion 770b. The full tank branch unit 770 is suspended from the rear side of the mounting lock portion 716 by locking the locking portion 770a from the rear side to the mounting locking portion 716 of the winning ball base 710, and the winning ball base 770 By fixing the fixing portion 770b to the 710 with a predetermined screw, the full tank branching unit 770 can be attached and fixed to the lower end of the prize ball base 710.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the full tank branching unit 770 is formed in a box shape that becomes lower as it goes from the rear end to the front end, and opens upward at a substantially horizontal center in the upper part of the rear end. The prize ball receptacle 771 for receiving the game ball T flowing down the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710, and the branch space 772 disposed under the prize ball receptacle 771 and expanded in the left and right direction (see FIG. 79) ), The normal passage 773 (see FIG. 79) for guiding the game ball T directly from the bottom of the winning ball receptacle 771 in the branch space 772 to the front side, and the game ball T which has flowed through the normal passage 773 A normal ball outlet 774 opened at the front end right end of the front end, and a full channel 775 for guiding the game ball T forward from a position farther to the right in rear view than directly below the prize ball receiving port 771 in the branch space 772 Figure 9 and the reference), and includes full Tan passage 775 game balls T which has flowed through the full ball outlet 776 which opens in a front view the left side of the normal ball outlet 774 is discharged to the front, the.

  Further, the full tank branch unit 770 has a ball outlet 777 that receives the game ball T that opens upward at the left end in a front view at the upper end of the rear end and flows down the ball extraction passage 741 d of the prize ball device 740; A ball extraction passage 778 (see FIG. 79) for guiding the game ball T received at the ball extraction port 777 forward, and the game ball T flowing through the ball extraction passage 778 are released forward and a normal ball at the left end in front view. A ball outlet 779 opened at a position behind the outlet 774 and the full ball outlet 776.

  In the full tank branch unit 770 of this example, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank ball outlet 776 are the first of the far cover unit 540 in the door frame 5. The gaming ball T, which is in opposite communication with the ball inlet 542a and the second ball inlet 542c, and is usually discharged from the ball outlet 774, passes through the first ball inlet 542a of the far cover unit 540 and the dish unit 300. The game ball T supplied to the upper plate 301 of the tray and discharged from the full ball outlet 776 is supplied to the lower tray 302 of the tray unit 300 through the second ball inlet 542 c of the far cover unit 540. There is. Further, the ball outlet 779 is formed to communicate with the upper right end of the main frame base ball escape passage 622 in the main body frame base 600 in a back view, and the gaming ball T released from the ball outlet 779 is the main frame base The main body frame base ball extraction passageway 622 is delivered to 600.

  The full tank branching unit 770 receives the game ball T paid out to the prize ball passage 741c side of the prize ball device 740 at the prize ball receiving port 771 via the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710. In the normal state, the game ball T that has entered the prize ball receiving port 771 hangs down the branch space 772 and flows down into the normal passage 773 arranged immediately below the prize ball receiving port 771. The game ball T flowing down into the normal passage 773 enters the first ball inlet 542a of the foul cover unit 540 from the normal outlet 774, passes through the first ball passage 542b, and passes through the first ball outlet 544a to the dish unit 300. It will be supplied to the upper plate 301.

  By the way, when the game ball T is further paid out from the prize ball unit 700 (prize ball device 740) in a state where the upper plate 301 of the dish unit 300 is filled with the game balls T, the first of the far cover unit 540 The game ball T which has not been able to come out from the ball outlet 544a to the upper tray 301 is stagnated in the first ball passage 542b of the far cover unit 540, and eventually the normal passage 773 upstream through the normal ball outlet 774 in the full tank branch unit 770. The inside is also full. In this state, the gaming ball T which has entered into the branch space 772 from the winning ball receptacle 771 can not normally enter into the passage 773 and starts to move laterally in the branch space 772 and moves laterally. The game ball T enters the full tank passage 775, and from the full tank outlet 776, the bowl unit 300 via the second ball inlet 542c, the second ball passage 542d, and the second ball outlet 544b of the far cover unit 540. Is supplied to the lower plate 302.

  Note that the full-tan branch unit 770 of this example is entirely formed of a transparent synthetic resin so that the inside can be viewed from the outside. As a result, foreign matter such as dust and debris that has entered the full tank branch unit 770, the occurrence of clogging, etc. can be easily found without disassembling the full tank branch unit 7700. .

  Thus, when the gaming ball T becomes full in the upper tray 301, the full tank branching unit 770 of this example receives the game ball T paid out from the winning ball device 740 until the full tank is eliminated. Since it can be automatically supplied to the lower plate 302, the game ball T is supplied to the ball hitting and launching device by filling the upper plate and operating the ball extraction button of the upper plate as in a conventional pachinko machine It is possible to prevent the game ball T from being interrupted and to stop the game ball T from being interrupted, and it is possible to eliminate the troublesomeness during the game and to suppress the decrease in the interest for the game.

  In addition, as described above, the full tank branching unit 770 of the present example uses the path of the game ball T to be paid out immediately below the prize ball device 740, that is, at the rear part of the pachinko machine 1, when the upper plate 301 becomes full. Since the game balls T that are branched and stay in the normal passage 773 of the full tank branch unit 770 are paid out to the upper plate 301, the game balls T in the upper plate 301 and the game balls T in the normal passage 773 are discharged. Becomes a game ball T that can be directly shot by the hitting ball launcher 650, and the storage amount of the game ball T in the upper plate 301 is substantially the sum of the capacity of the upper plate 301 and the capacity of the normal passage 773. Become. That is, even if the capacity of the upper tray 301 is smaller than the capacity of the upper tray in the conventional pachinko machine, the capacity of the normal passage 773 is added. be able to. Accordingly, by reducing the size of the upper plate 301, the gaming window 101 in the door frame 5 can be relatively enlarged (widened), and the pachinko machine 1 having a wider gaming area 1100 can be obtained. A pachinko machine 1 with high appeal to the player can be provided, and the player can be entertained by the large game area 1100.

  Furthermore, since the two normal ball outlets 774 and the full ball outlets 776 of the full tank branch unit 770 are arranged side by side, the door frame 5 is provided with only one storage plate so that the receiving port (first Even when the ball inlet 542a and the second ball inlet 542c are only one, the game ball T can be sent to the door frame 5 without changing the main body frame 3 side (full tank branch unit 770). Therefore, the pachinko machine 1 can be made to correspond to the door frame 5 having different numbers of storage dishes without changing the flow path (full tank branch unit 770) of the game ball T in the main frame 3 Moreover, it can suppress that the cost concerning the lineup of the pachinko machine 1 provided with the door frame 5 from which the number of storage dishes differs differs.

  Further, as described above, even if the number of storage trays provided in the door frame 5 is changed, it is possible to cope without changing the main body frame 3, so the entire pachinko machine 1 according to the change of the door frame 5 The cost of the machine can be reduced, and various pachinko machines 1 can be provided at low cost.

  Furthermore, the game ball T sent from the normal ball outlet 774 to the door frame 5 through the normal passage 773 is preferentially driven into the game area 1100, and the door frame is provided with only one storage tray. Even if it is changed to 5, since the game ball T paid out from the prize ball device 740 can be immediately sent to the storage tray via the normal passage 773 and the normal ball outlet 774, the time lag from payout to storage is reduced. So that it is possible to prevent the player's interest from being lowered due to a lack of game balls T for hitting, and to be able to cope with the door frame 5 having a different number of storage dishes. It has become.

  In addition, as long as the upper plate 301 is not full, the game ball T paid out from the prize ball device 740 is sent to the upper plate 301. Therefore, the frequency at which the game ball T stored in the lower plate 302 is transferred to the upper plate 301 is increased. It is possible to reduce the amount, and the player can concentrate on the operation of hitting the game ball T and the like, and it is possible to suppress the decrease in the player's interest in the game.

  Even if the normal sphere outlet 774 and the full sphere outlet 776 of the full tank branching unit 770 are arranged side by side and the door frame 5 is provided with only one storage tray, the first sphere The position of the lower end of the receiving port corresponding to the inlet 542a and the like can be set to the same height as the first ball inlet 542a and the like corresponding to the upper plate 301 of the door frame 5 provided with two storage plates. It becomes possible to avoid the depth becoming shallower, the storage tray can be deepened to secure a sufficient storage amount of the game ball T, and the player is not frequently concerned about the storage amount. While being able to play a game, it is possible to correspond to the door frame 5 having a different number of storage dishes without changing the main body frame 3 side, and the cost for changing the model of the pachinko machine 1 and the like increases. Can be suppressed.

  Further, the position where the full tank passage 775 in the full tank branching unit 770 branches from the normal passage 773 is branched at a position as close as possible to the prize ball device 740, and the upper plate 301 is filled with the game ball T. Even if the game ball T can no longer come out from the normal ball outlet 774, the amount of the game ball T stored in the normal passage 773 from the normal ball outlet 774 to the branch position of the full tank passage 775 is as much as possible. The amount of storage of the substantial game balls T stored in the upper plate 301 can be increased as much as possible. When only one storage tray is provided in the door frame 5, the storage tray becomes full of game balls T, and the game balls T cannot be discharged from the normal ball outlet 773 or the full tank outlet 776. However, since the position where the full tank path 775 branches from the normal path 773 is arranged as close as possible to the prize ball device 740, not only the normal path 773 but also the full tank path 775 has many. The game ball T can be stored, and the substantial storage amount of the game ball T stored in the storage tray can be increased as much as possible. Therefore, even if the number of storage trays provided on the door frame 5 side is different, the storage amount of the game ball T in each door frame 5 is changed without changing the main body frame 3 side (full tank branching unit 770). The pachinko machine 1 can be made as many as possible and can be sufficiently adapted to different door frames 5.

  Further, the normal passage 773 and the full passage 775 in the full tank branch unit 770 have a size that allows the game balls T to be distributed in a plurality of rows, and the retention amount of the game ball T in the full tank branch unit 770 (storage amount ) Can be increased, so that even if the number of storage dishes provided in the door frame 5 is different, the substantial storage amount obtained by combining the game balls T in the full tank branching unit 770 is reduced. The pachinko machine 1 can be made to correspond to the door frame 5 having different numbers of storage dishes without changing the flow path of the game balls T in the main body frame 3.

  Further, since the inside of the normal passage 773 and the full passage 775 can be visually recognized from the outside by forming the full tank branch unit 770 with a transparent resin, the game ball T is clogged in the full tank branch unit 770 and there is a problem. When it occurs, it is possible to easily find a clogged spot from the outside of the full tank branch unit 770, and it is possible to solve the problem early and to improve the operation rate of the pachinko machine 1.

[1-3 E. Ball outlet opening and closing unit]
Next, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 80 to FIG. The ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is attached to an attachment portion 624 formed in the vicinity of the upper left end of the main body frame base 600 in the lower rear wall portion 604 when viewed from the front. When the door frame 5 is opened, the regular ball outlet 774 and the full ball outlet 776 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 in the winning ball unit 700 are closed, and from the winning ball unit 700 to the plate unit 300 of the door frame 5 It is possible to block the flow of the game ball T.

  The ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 is attached to a mounting portion 624 formed near the upper left end of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600 so as not to protrude from the upper end of the lower rear wall portion 604. A plate-like opening / closing shutter 792 slidably held on the shutter base 791, an opening / closing crank 793 for sliding the opening / closing shutter 792 in the up-down direction, and the opening / closing shutter 792 ascending through the opening / closing crank 793. And an open / close spring 794 for urging.

  The shutter base 791 of the bulb outlet opening / closing unit 790 has a pair of slide grooves 791a extending in the vertical direction for holding the open / close shutter 792 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction so as to protrude upward from the upper end of the shutter base 791; A rectangular opening 791b that penetrates between the pair of slide grooves 791a in the front-rear direction, and a crank that is disposed in front of the left end portion in front view and supports the open / close crank 793 so as to be rotatable about an axis extending in the front-rear direction. A support portion 791c and a spring locking portion 791d for locking one end (upper end) of the opening / closing spring 794 are provided. The crank support 791c of the shutter base 791 is disposed on the left side of the opening 791b in front view, and the spring locking portion 791d is disposed in the vicinity of the upper portion on the left side from the center in the left-right direction in front view.

  Further, the open / close shutter 792 of the ball outlet open / close unit 790 is a flat shutter body 792a, and a pair of sliding protrusions (not shown) which slide from the front of the shutter body 792 and slide in the slide groove 791a of the shutter base 791. And a laterally long rectangular drive hole 792b disposed in a position facing the opening 791b of the shutter base 791 between the pair of sliding projections and penetrating in the front-rear direction.

  Furthermore, the opening / closing crank 793 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 includes a shaft portion 793a that is supported by a crank support portion 791c of the shutter base 791 so as to be rotatable about a shaft extending in the front-rear direction, and a right-side outer periphery of the shaft portion 793a. From the front end of the opening 791b and projecting rearward from the front end of the driving lever 793b and slidably inserted into the driving hole 792b of the opening / closing shutter 792. A driving pin 793c, a contact portion 793d extending downward from the outer periphery on the lower side in front view of the shaft portion 793a, and a spherical shape at the tip, and the other end (lower end) of the open / close spring 794 formed on the upper surface of the driving rod 793b. And the spring locking portion 793e for locking the

  In the ball outlet opening and closing unit 790 of this example, the shutter base 791 and the opening and closing shutter 792 are formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and are disposed behind the opening and closing shutter 792 even when the opening and closing shutter 792 is lifted. A normal sphere outlet 774 and a full sphere outlet 776 in the full tank branching unit 770 are visible.

  In the ball outlet opening and closing unit 790 of this example, the drive pin 793c of the opening and closing crank 793 rotates up and down like an arc at the same time as the opening and closing crank 793 rotates about the axis extending in the front and rear direction. The open / close shutter 792 is slid in the vertical direction through the drive hole 792b in which the is inserted. In the ball outlet opening and closing unit 790, the contact portion 793d of the opening and closing crank 793 contacts the opening and closing operation piece 542g of the door cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 in a state where the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3. The contact portion 793d is pivoted in the clockwise direction in front view against the biasing force of the opening / closing spring 794, and the drive pin 793c is rotated in the clockwise direction in the front view together with the contact portion 793d. By moving, the open / close shutter 792 can be lowered to open the normal ball outlet 774 and the full ball outlet 776 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770.

  When the door frame 5 is opened with respect to the main body frame 3 from this state, the contact between the contact portion 793c of the open / close crank 793 and the open / close operation piece 542g of the full cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 is released. Is pivoted in the counterclockwise direction as viewed from the front by the biasing force of the opening / closing spring 794, and the opening / closing shutter 792 is lifted to close the normal ball outlet 774 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 and the full tank outlet 776. Be able to.

  As described above, in response to opening / closing of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 automatically switches the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank ball outlet 776 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700. Since it can be opened and closed, even if the door frame 5 is opened with the game ball T remaining in the full tank branching unit 770, the game ball T will be spilled from the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank ball outlet 776. Can be prevented.

[1-3F. Substrate unit]
Next, the substrate unit 800 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 83 to 89. The board unit 800 in the main body frame 3 includes a board unit base 810 attached to the rear surface of the lower rear wall 604 of the main body frame base 600, a speaker box 820 attached to the rear left side of the board unit base 810, and a board unit base. Of the power supply board box 830 attached to the rear face of the right end of the front view 810, the power supply board box holder 840 attached to the rear face of the board unit base 810 so as to surround the fired power supply board box 830 from the rear side, and A power supply board box 850 that is attached to the rear face and has a rear end that is substantially flush with the rear end of the speaker box 820, and a payout control board box 860 attached to the rear face of the power supply board box 850 and the speaker box 820. And the payout control board box A terminal board box 840 attached to the rear surface of the speaker box 820 so as to cover the left end of the front view 860; and a main relay terminal board 880 and a peripheral relay terminal board 882 attached to the front of the board unit base 810; Have.

  The substrate unit base 810 in the substrate unit 800 of this example is configured to extend in the left-right direction as shown in the figure, and the substantially central part in the left-right direction inclines gently upward as it goes down one step toward the left and right ends. A wall-shaped shielding wall 811 projecting forward from the front, an opening 812 disposed on the upper side of the shielding wall 811 at a position one step lower than the middle in the left-right direction and penetrating in the front-rear direction Board attachment portion 813 formed on the front surface near the left end in front view and for mounting the main side relay terminal board 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal board 882, and in a rectangular shape horizontally long in the front and rear direction in front view left side of the board attachment portion 813 A plurality of vertically long slits penetrating in the front-rear direction at positions corresponding to the tubular duct portion 814 that penetrates and the speaker 821 of the speaker box 820 fixed to the rear surface. A hole 815, and a rear view left (front view on the right) box accommodation portion 816 capable of accommodating the front is open rearwardly and upwardly to the rear surface of the upper firing power board box 830, the.

  In the substrate unit base 810, the shielding wall portion 811 is formed along the lower side of the main body frame base ball removal passage 622 formed on the rear surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 in the main body frame base 600. The gaming balls T can be prevented from dropping downward from the base ball removal passage 622, and the strength of the substrate unit base 810 can be enhanced. Also, the substrate base unit 810 transfers the gaming balls T flowing down the main frame base ball escape passage 622 through the opening 812 penetrating in the front-rear direction to the power supply substrate box holder 840 disposed on the rear side of the substrate unit base 810. You can send.

  Further, in the board unit base 810, the board attachment portion 813 for attaching the main side relay terminal board 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal board 882 is disposed at a position corresponding to the opening 614 opened in a rectangular shape in the main body frame base 600. In the state where the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 are attached to the board mounting portion 813, the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 are located on the front side from the opening 614 of the main body frame base 600. It comes to face. Further, the board unit base 810 can transmit sound from the speaker 821 of the speaker box 820 to the front side satisfactorily by the duct portion 814 and the plurality of through holes 815.

  Furthermore, the substrate unit base 810 is formed at a position corresponding to the front box storage portion 843 of the power supply substrate box holder 840 in which the box storage portion 816 is disposed on the rear side, and the box storage portion 816 and the front box storage portion 843. And a receiving recess for receiving the firing power supply substrate box 830 can be formed.

  The speaker box 820 in the board unit 800 is literally provided with a speaker 821 attached facing the front side. The speaker box 820 has a horizontally elongated opening 822 formed on the left side of the speaker 821 when viewed from the front, while covering the rear side of the speaker 821 in a sealed manner. Although not shown in detail, the opening 822 communicates with the space behind the speaker 821 through a predetermined labyrinth-like passage, thereby inverting the phase of the sound behind the speaker 821 and moving forward. The bass-reflex type speaker box is capable of emitting a deep bass to the diameter of the speaker 821. Note that the duct portion 814 in the board unit base 810 is formed at a position corresponding to the opening 822 of the speaker box 820, so that sound radiated from the opening 822 can be transmitted well forward. ing.

  The firing power supply substrate box 830 in the substrate unit 800 is formed in a box shape with an open rear, and includes a firing power supply substrate 831 attached so as to close the rear end opening. In the firing power supply substrate box 830, various electronic components attached to the firing power supply substrate 831 are accommodated internally, and heat from the electronic components etc. is provided through the slits 830a formed on the upper surface and the lower surface. Can be released to the outside.

  The firing power supply substrate box 830 is removed from above in the upwardly open accommodation recess formed by the box accommodation portion 816 of the substrate unit base 810 and the front box accommodation portion 844 of the power supply substrate box holder 840 described later. It is supposed to be accommodated. Thereby, in the assembled state of the main body frame 3, when a problem occurs in the firing power supply substrate box 830, the firing power supply substrate box 830 can be easily detached, replaced, or repaired from the front side of the main body frame 3. (See FIG. 63).

  Further, when the launch power supply substrate box 830 is described in detail, as shown in FIG. 89, the launch power supply substrate 831 is provided with a DC / DC converter 831a and an electrolytic capacitor SC0 charging and discharging electric power from the DC / DC converter 831a. And a combined current combining the current from the DC / DC converter 831a and the current due to the discharge from the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is driven by causing a current to flow to the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking and launching apparatus 650. In this firing power supply substrate box 830, slits 830a as heat dissipation holes are formed on the upper and lower surfaces in order to release the heat emitted from the DC / DC converter 831a mounted on the firing power supply substrate 831 and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 to the outside. ing.

  Further, since the electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the firing power supply substrate 831 is an electronic component that is more easily damaged by heat than the DC / DC converter 831a, the side surface of the firing power supply substrate box 830 on which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is disposed is a heat dissipation hole. A slit 830a is formed. Further, in the firing power supply substrate box 830, a partition wall 830b, which divides the internal space into two spaces of a space for housing the DC / DC converter 831a and a space for housing the electrolytic capacitor SC0, has an upper inner wall And the bottom inner wall are integrally formed from the bottom surface to the end opening edge. Accordingly, when the launch power supply board 831 is attached to the end opening of the launch power supply board box 830 and the internal space of the launch power supply board box 830 is closed, the internal space of the launch power supply board box 830 accommodates the electrolytic capacitor SC0 by the partition wall 830b. Partition wall 830b for housing the electrolytic capacitor SC0 and a housing space 830c for housing the electrolytic capacitor SC0, and a housing space 830d for housing the DC / DC converter 831a. , Functioning as a heat insulating wall that blocks heat from entering and exiting the housing space 830d for housing the DC / DC converter 831a.

  The heat in the housing space 830c in which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is housed, that is, the heat generated by the electrolytic capacitor SC0, is a slit as a heat dissipation hole formed on the upper surface, the side surface, and the lower surface for communicating the housing space 830c with the outside air. The released heat can be prevented from entering the storage space 830d in which the DC / DC converter 831a is stored by being released to the outside through 830a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the heat generated by the electrolytic capacitor SC0 from being transmitted to the DC / DC converter 831a. Further, the heat in the housing space 830d in which the DC / DC converter 831a is housed, that is, the heat generated by the DC / DC converter 831a, is a heat radiation hole formed on the upper surface and the lower surface communicating the housing space 830d with the outside air. By being released to the outside through the slits 830a, it is possible to prevent the released heat from entering the storage space 830c in which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is stored. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the heat generated by the DC / DC converter 831a from being transmitted to the electrolytic capacitor SC0.

  In the present embodiment, the DC / DC converter 831a and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for creating a combined current that flows to the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking device 650 are not provided on the power board 851, but are fired separately from the power board 851. By being provided on the power supply substrate 831, the size of the launch power supply substrate 831 can be made smaller than the size of the power supply substrate 851. Therefore, it becomes easy to handle by reducing the size of the launch power supply substrate 831 and the replacement work of the launch power supply substrate 831 is facilitated, which contributes to shortening the time spent for the replacement work. In this replacement operation, the launch power supply board box 830 can be exchanged in a state where the launch power supply board 831 remains attached to the end opening of the launch power supply board box 830, that is, the launch power supply board box 830.

  Also, even if the pachinko gaming machine 1 is operated and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 reaches its life, and even if the driving of the firing solenoid 654 suddenly becomes impossible to fire and the game has to be interrupted, replacement work of the firing power substrate 831 is Interruption of the game can be resolved at an early stage by being able to be performed easily. Therefore, the impossibility of firing due to the life of the electrolytic capacitor SC0 can be eliminated very easily, interruption of the game due to the impossibility of firing can be resolved at an early stage, the game can be resumed, and the interest of the player decreases. Can be suppressed.

  It should be noted that the electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the firing power supply substrate 831 deteriorates and reaches the end of life due to repeated charging and discharging, for example, at a frequency of 100 times per minute every time driving firing by the firing solenoid 654 is performed. On the other hand, the power supply board 851 creates a DC power supply from the AC power supply of an island facility such as a game hall, but is not repeatedly charged and discharged at the same frequency as the electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the launch power supply board 831. The life is extremely long as compared with the firing power supply substrate 831. In other words, the fired power supply board 831 reaches the end of its life due to deterioration associated with charging / discharging of the electrolytic capacitor SC0, while the power supply board 851 reaches the end of its life due to secular change. The DC / DC converter 831a and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for producing the combined current to be supplied to the discharge solenoid 654 are not provided on the power supply substrate 851, but are provided on the discharge power supply substrate 831 separate from the power supply substrate 851. Can be concentrated on the power supply substrate 851. As a result, it is possible to prevent the electronic component accompanying a long-life change over time from being replaced together with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 having a short life.

  In addition, since the firing power supply substrate 831 provided with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for controlling the hitting ball launching device 650 can be detached from the front side through the game board holding port 601 for holding the game board 4, it has a capacity for changing the driving characteristics. Even if an attempt is made to change the electrolytic capacitor SC0 to a different one, it is necessary to remove the game board 4 held in the game board holding port 601 in order to remove the launch power board 831 and it is difficult to replace the launch power board 831. It is possible to prevent fraud, and it is possible to suppress fraud that deliberately changes the driving strength of the launch power supply substrate 831 that has been tampered with and optimized, and to make fraud difficult. The pachinko machine 1 can be configured to be capable of preventing a player who has learned frustration etc. from developing into injustice such as injustice.

  In addition, since the launch power supply board 831 can be exchanged so as to be removable, even if an unauthorized operation is performed on the electrolytic capacitor SC0 or the like of the launch power supply board 831, the launch power supply board 831 can be replaced immediately and the unauthorized use can be made. It can be eliminated, and the interruption period of the game can be shortened as much as possible, and it is possible to eliminate the feeling of irritation or disappointment due to the interruption of the game at an early stage. It is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest in the game of the player.

  Furthermore, the firing power supply substrate 831 provided with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for controlling the bat firing device 650 is detachable from the front side through the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3 holding the game board 4. Since the firing power supply substrate 831 (launching power supply substrate box 830) can be easily replaced when replacing the game board 4, an electrolytic capacitor SC0 or the like which can realize the implantation characteristics matched to the concept of the new model to be replaced, etc. By replacing the launch power supply substrate 831 with the DC / DC converter 831a, it is possible to match the launch characteristics of the hitting launch device 650 previously provided in the main frame 3 with the new game board 4 it can. Therefore, since the hit characteristics of the game ball T can be easily matched to the concept of the game board 4, it is possible to sufficiently enjoy the game by the game board 4 of the new model, and the interest of the player is reduced. Can be suppressed.

  In addition, since the firing power supply substrate 831 can be detached from the front side, when replacing the firing power supply substrate 831, there is no need to open the main frame 3 for island facilities such as a game hall, etc. It can be simplified and can be exchanged in a short time, and an increase in the burden on the game hall can be suppressed. Further, since the firing power supply substrate 831 (the firing power supply substrate box 830) is made removable so that it can be replaced, the cost for changing the driving characteristics is reduced compared to the case where the entire dispensing control substrate 1101 is replaced. The burden on the hall side can be reduced.

  Furthermore, when changing the model, etc., only the game board 4 is replaced so that the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 can be used as they are. When the electrolytic capacitor SC0 or the like is deteriorated, as described above, since the firing power supply substrate box 830 can be easily replaced from the front side, a defect occurs due to the deterioration and the firing power supply substrate 831 is immediately replaced to eliminate the malfunction. As well as being able to shorten the interruption period of the game as much as possible, it is also possible to eliminate the feeling of frustration and feeling unhappy due to the interruption of the game at an early stage, the player It is possible to suppress the decrease in interest for the game of.

  In addition, the shooting power supply substrate 831 (the shooting power supply substrate box 830) is supported through the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3, and the game power holding board 601 is held by the game board holding port 601 Because it is necessary to remove the game board 4, even if a tool for fraudulent action is made to enter from the gap between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3, an illegal tool reaches the firing power substrate 831 by the game board 4. Thus, the pachinko machine 1 can be prevented from performing an illegal act on the launch power supply substrate 831 and has a high defense against the illegal act.

  Furthermore, since the firing power supply substrate box 830 is supported through the game board holding port 601 and the position for supporting the firing power supply substrate box 830 is on the rear side of the front surface of the main body frame 3, the firing power supply A space for supporting the board box 830 can be easily secured, and the pachinko machine 1 that supports the launch power board box 830 and exhibits the above-described effects can be reliably realized.

  Also, the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is provided on the firing power supply substrate 831 and the firing power supply substrate 831 can be easily detached from the front side of the main body frame 3. Therefore, power is supplied from the electrolytic capacitor SC0 to the firing solenoid 654. Even if the load applied to the electrolytic capacitor SC0 becomes large and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is easily deteriorated, the electrolytic capacitor SC0 (fired power supply substrate 831) can be easily replaced, so that the problem can be eliminated early and the game is interrupted. While being able to shorten time as much as possible, it can be set as the pachinko machine 1 which reliably plays the effect mentioned above.

  Further, the power supply board box holder 840 in the board unit 800 opens the game ball T released upward from the out ball discharge portion 1161 of the game board 4 to the upper left side of the left and right center in front view. The discharge ball receiving portion 841 to be received, the discharge passage 842 for guiding the game ball T received by the discharge ball receiving portion 841 downward and discharging, and the side of the discharge passage 842 and the discharge ball receiving portion 841 (right side in front view) A front box housing portion 843 that is open forward and upward to accommodate the rear side of the launch power supply board box 830 and the entire rear face of the power board box holder 840 are formed so as to be recessed forward. And a rear box housing portion 844 capable of housing the front end.

  The power supply substrate box holder 840 is configured such that the open front end side of the discharge passage 842 is closed by the rear surface of the substrate unit base 810 and the opening 812 of the substrate unit base 810 is in a position desired to the discharge passage 842 The back side of the substrate unit base 810 is formed and flows through the main frame base ball removal passage 622 formed on the rear surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600 through the opening 812 of the substrate base unit 810. The game ball T which has flowed down and the game ball T which is discharged from the out ball discharge portion 1161 of the game board 4 and is received by the discharge ball receiving portion 841 will be described later in detail, after the pachinko machine 1 through the discharge passage 842 It is possible to discharge the side downward.

  The power supply board box holder 840 is formed at a position corresponding to the box accommodation part 816 of the board unit base 810, and the box accommodation part 816 and the front box accommodation part 843 accommodate the emission power supply board box 830. A recess can be formed.

  Furthermore, the power supply board box 850 in the board unit 800 is formed in a horizontally long box shape with the front open, and includes a power supply board 851 attached so as to close the front end opening. The power supply board box 850 accommodates various electronic components attached to the power supply board 851, and externally transfers heat from the electronic parts and the like through a plurality of slits 850a formed on the upper surface and the lower surface. Can be released. As shown in FIG. 86, a power switch 852 attached to the power supply board 851 faces the rear surface of the power supply board box 850.

  In addition, power supply substrate box 850 is a standing wall projecting rearward along the lower side of the opening facing power supply terminal 853 (see FIGS. 84 and 86) mounted on the lower side of power supply switch 852 in power supply substrate 851. The wiring cord 854 can be inserted between the portion 850b, the protruding portion 850c protruding backward from both sides of the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b, and the front side and the lower side of the standing wall portion 850b and the outer periphery of the power supply substrate box 850 And a wiring guide portion 850d that forms a large gap. Although not shown in detail, the power supply terminal 853 mounted on the power supply substrate 851 has a locking piece for locking with the locking claw of the connector terminal 855, and the locking claw and the locking piece And the connector terminal 855 does not come off from the power supply terminal 853.

  As shown in FIG. 87, the power board box 850 has a standing wall 850b slightly behind the rear end of the connector terminal 855 in a state where the connector terminal 855 of the wiring cord 854 is connected to the power terminal 853 of the power board 851. It is formed so as to protrude. In the power supply board box 850 of this example, the wiring cord 854 is connected to the power supply terminal 853 of the power supply board 851 in a state where the wiring cord 854 is turned from the lower front side of the power supply board box 850 to the rear end so as to be hooked to the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b. A terminal 855 is connected.

  By the way, when the connector terminal where the wiring cord extends is connected to the connection terminal attached to the board, and then the wiring cord is pulled to the board side, the connector terminal is connected by the tension from the wiring cord. Since it is in a state of being pressed against the terminal side, there is a problem that it is difficult to remove the connector terminal from the connection terminal. However, according to the power supply board box 850 of this example, the front end side of the wiring cord 854 (the side opposite to the connector terminal 855 side connected to the power supply terminal 853) is directed to the power supply board 851 side (front side with respect to the main body frame 3). Even when pulled, the wiring cord 854 is routed around the connector terminal 855 so as to turn (turn back) from the connector terminal 855 by the standing wall portion 850b protruding rearward from the connector terminal 855. It is possible to prevent a force from pressing the terminal 855 toward the power supply terminal 853 side, and the connector terminal 855 connected to the power supply terminal 853 can be easily removed.

  In addition, since power supply substrate box 850 is provided with protruding portions 850c protruding backward on both sides of the rear end of standing wall portion 850b, even if wiring cord 854 slides along the rear end of standing wall portion 850b, the rear end The protrusions 850c provided at both ends can prevent the wiring cord 854 from sliding further outward, and the wiring cord 854 can be prevented from coming off the standing wall portion 850b.

  Further, by inserting the wiring cord 854 into the wiring guide portion 850d of the power supply substrate box 850, the wiring cord 854 folded back at the standing wall portion 850b can be brought closer to the standing wall portion 850b side. The wire cord 854 can be brought close to the standing wall portion 850b side by the wiring guide portion 850d immediately after the wiring cord 854 is folded back at the standing wall portion 850b, so that a series of operations can be continuously performed. It is possible to make it possible to simplify the working process involved in the assembly.

  The power supply board box 850 and the power supply board holder 840 are formed so that the dimensions in the front-rear direction in the assembled state are substantially the same as the dimensions in the front-rear direction of the speaker box 820. When mounted, the rear surface of the power supply substrate box 850 and the rear surface of the speaker box 820 are substantially flush.

  Further, in this example, after connecting the connector terminal 855 to the power supply terminal 853 facing from the opening of the power supply substrate box 850 covering the power supply substrate 851, the connector is formed by the standing wall portion 850 b projecting rearward than the rear end of the connector terminal 855 Since the wiring cord 854 extended from the rear end of the terminal 855 is folded back, the tension applied to the connector terminal 855 when the wiring cord 854 is pulled is a power supply terminal whose connection is fixed by a locking claw or the like. It becomes possible to act in such a direction as releasing the connection with the 853 and can prevent the connector terminal 855 from becoming unremovable by the wiring cord 854, and the connector terminal 855 connected to the power supply terminal 853 of the power supply substrate 851. Can be easily removed, and maintenance such as substrate replacement can be easily performed.

  Further, the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the standing wall portion 850b of the power supply board box 850, and the bending of the wiring cord 854 can be loosened as compared with the case where there is no standing wall portion 850b. It is possible to prevent an unreasonable force from acting on the 854 itself, and it is possible to prevent the wiring cord 854 from being disconnected due to the unreasonable force and causing a failure.

  Further, a standing wall portion 850b is provided in the vicinity of the opening of the power supply board box 850 facing the power supply terminal 853, and the standing wall portion 850b is positioned adjacent to the power supply terminal 853, so that it is connected to the power supply terminal 853. The wiring cord 854 extending from the connector terminal 855 can be extended to the rear side as straight as possible with respect to the connector terminal 855, and the joint between the connector terminal 855 and the wiring cord 854 is broken. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a force from acting and to prevent problems such as disconnection.

  Further, since the power supply board box 850 that covers the power supply board 851 is provided with the standing wall portion 850b, it is not necessary to provide the power supply board 851 with the standing wall portion 850b, and the assembly work of the power supply board 851 can be facilitated. . In addition, since the power supply board 851 is covered with the power supply board box 850, dust and dirt that cause a failure can be prevented from adhering to the power supply board 851 and mounted on the power supply board 851. It is possible to make it difficult to touch or replace electronic components (for example, resistors, capacitors, transistors, ICs, CPUs, memories, etc.) and to increase the defense against fraud. It has become.

  In addition, the direction in which the connector terminal 855 is connected to the power supply terminal 853 in the power supply board 851 is substantially perpendicular to the board surface (front-rear direction), and the connector terminal is connected to the power supply terminal 853 mounted on the power supply board 851. Since the force applied when connecting or removing the 855 can be easily applied to the surface of the power supply substrate 851, it is possible to prevent the shearing force from acting on the lead portion of the power supply terminal 853. Can be prevented from being energized and causing a failure of energization or the power supply terminal 853 being detached from the power supply board 851, and the pachinko machine 1 that is less prone to malfunction can be obtained.

  Furthermore, since the connection between the connector terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 is fixed by the fixing means by the locking claw and the locking piece, the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the standing wall portion 850b and the wiring cord 854 is Even if a force is applied to the connector terminal 855 in such a direction as to release the connection with the power supply terminal 853, the connection between the connector terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 can be prevented from being released. Connection between the terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 can be reliably maintained to prevent problems such as poor contact and poor energization.

  Further, since the protruding portions 850c that project backward are provided at both ends of the rear end where the wiring cord 854 in the standing wall portion 850b of the power supply substrate box 850 is folded back, the wiring cord 854 is folded back in the standing wall portion 850b. Even when sliding along the side, the protruding portions 850c provided at both ends of the side can prevent the wiring cord 854 from sliding further outward, and the wiring cord 854 can not be detached from the standing wall portion 850b. The pachinko machine 1 that reliably prevents the above-described effects can be realized.

  Further, since the wiring cord 854 folded at the standing wall portion 850b is brought closer to the standing wall portion 850b by the wiring guide portion 850d provided in the power supply substrate box 850, the wiring cord 854 is made difficult to be detached from the standing wall portion 850b. While the wire cord 854 is turned back by the standing wall portion 850b, the wiring cord 854 is immediately moved toward the standing wall portion 850b by the wiring guide portion 850d. Thus, a series of operations can be performed continuously, and the assembly process can be simplified to suppress an increase in cost.

  Further, the delivery control board box 860 in the board unit 800 has a thin box-like box base 861 that is wide and open at the rear, and a thin box-like cover that fits into the box base 861 from the rear side and opens at the front. And a delivery control substrate 1101 (see FIG. 125) attached to the rear surface of the box base 861 and covered by the cover 862. Further, the payout control board box 860 is provided with a plurality of separation / cutting portions 863 that protrude outward from the left end in rear view and are formed on both the box base 861 and the cover 862. The box base 861 and the cover 862 are fixed by caulking. Thus, in order to separate the box base 861 and the cover 862, the separation and cutting portion 863 can not be separated without being cut off, and the trace thereof is left when the delivery control substrate box 860 is opened. . Therefore, it can be determined whether or not the dispensing control board box 860 has been opened and closed illegally. In this example, the dispensing control board box 860 can be opened and closed only once for inspection or the like.

  In this payout control board box 860, an error release switch 860a, a ball pullout switch 860b, an inspection output terminal 860c, etc. attached to the payout control board 1101 face rearward through the cover 862 (see FIG. 62). ). Further, in the payout control board box 860, various connection terminals for connecting to the main control board 1113 and the like are configured to face rearward through the cover 862.

  Furthermore, the terminal board box 870 in the board unit 800 is attached to the rear face of the speaker box 820, and the board attachment part 871a formed on the upper left rear face in rear view and the board cover attachment part 871b formed on the rear right end rear face A peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 mounted from the rear side to the substrate mounting portion 871a of the substrate base 871 and a peripheral panel relay terminal 872a mounted on the rear surface, and a substrate cover mounting portion 871b of the substrate base 871 A connection terminal board cover 873 attached from the rear side and having an opening 873b extending vertically in the rear wall 873a, and a CR unit connection terminal 874a facing rearward from the opening 873a of the connection terminal board cover 873 are attached to the rear surface CR unit connection terminal plate 8 supported in the connected terminal plate cover 873 And 4, a substrate box cover 875 covering the rear side of the substrate base 871, together with the connection joint terminal plate cover 873.

  The peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 in the terminal board box 870 connects the pachinko machine 1 with a power indicator for displaying the operating state etc. of the pachinko machine 1 provided on the island equipment side where the pachinko machine 1 is installed. The CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is for connecting the ball lending machine (also referred to as a CR unit 6) installed adjacent to the pachinko machine 1 and the pachinko machine 1. The substrate base 871, the connection terminal plate cover 873, and the substrate box cover 875 in the terminal substrate box 870 are respectively formed of transparent synthetic resin, and the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 and the CR unit connection terminal are provided from the outside. The plate 874 and the like can be visually recognized. In addition, on the rear surface of the board box cover 875, if a problem such as ball clogged in the pachinko machine 1 occurs, the content of the error code displayed on the frequency indicator installed on the island equipment side or the CR unit 6 etc. The displayed status display sticker 876 is pasted.

  As shown in FIG. 88, the board base 871 in the terminal board box 870 has a board mounting portion 871a formed in a thin box shape with the rear end opened. The board base 871 is formed on the inner upper part of the board mounting part 871a and a fixing piece (not shown) for fixing the upper end of the peripheral panel relay terminal board 872, and is formed on the inner lower part of the board mounting part 871a. A locking claw 871c for locking the lower end of the terminal plate 872, and the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 can be detachably held from the rear side by the fixing piece and the locking claw 871c. ing.

  Further, the substrate base 871 is formed in a thin box shape with the substrate cover attachment portion 871b opened to the rear side, and the size of the inner periphery thereof is made such that the outer periphery of the connection terminal plate cover 873 can be inserted. In addition, the inner peripheral wall is an outer piece portion 871c extending in the front-rear direction. The substrate base 871 extends rearward from the bottom wall of the substrate cover attachment portion 871b and abuts on the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Two protrusions 871e extending in the vertical direction and a locking hole 871f penetrating in the front-rear direction are provided on the left outer side in back view of the substrate cover mounting portion 871b. The protrusion 871e of the substrate base 871 has a rearward protrusion amount slightly smaller than that of the outer piece portion 871c, and as shown in FIG. It is arranged to be close to the position.

  Further, the substrate base 871 is disposed on the rear surface right rear surface of the substrate cover attachment portion 871b so as to be vertically separated, and has a pair of bearing portions 871g for pivotally supporting the substrate box cover 875; And a rectangular tube-shaped locking portion 871h disposed on the rear surface in the vicinity of the portion and extending in the front-rear direction.

  The connection terminal board cover 873 in the terminal board box 870 surrounds the outer periphery of the CR unit connection terminal board 872 and can be inserted into the board cover mounting part 871b surrounded by the outer piece part 871c of the board base 871. A rear wall 873a closing the rear end of the outer wall 873c, a rectangular opening 873b extending vertically through the rear wall 873a, and a rear wall substantially along the inner periphery of the opening 873b The CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is held so that the front end of the inner wall 873d extending from the 873a to the front (substrate base 871 side) and the front end of the inner wall 873d abut the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 And a pair of claw-like substrate holding portions 873e formed in 873c.

  Further, the connection terminal plate cover 873 is arranged at a position corresponding to the plurality of internal connection terminals 874b attached to the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, and has a plurality of openings 873f penetrating through the rear wall portion 873a, and an approximately vertical direction. A box-shaped protective portion 873g that covers the rear side of the opening 873f disposed in the center and is opened on the left side when viewed from the back side, and extends outward (rightward) from the right side end when viewed from the back side of the outer wall portion 873c. A pair of fixing pieces 873h that can be inserted into the fixing hole 871d, and an elastic claw-like engagement that is formed at the left end of the outer wall portion 873c when viewed from the back and can be locked to the locking hole 871f of the substrate base 871. And a hooking piece 873i. In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, the inner wall part 873d extended ahead also in the upper and lower sides of the inner periphery in the center opening part 873f provided with the protection part 873g is formed.

  The connection terminal plate cover 873 has a thin box shape whose front side is opened by the outer wall portion 873c and the rear wall portion 873a. In addition, the connection terminal plate cover 873 can restrict the movement of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 rearward by the front end of the inner wall portion 873d by inserting the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 into the inside from the opened front side. In addition, the pair of substrate holding portions 873e can restrict the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 from moving forward, and thus the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 can be detachably held. It has become. Further, the connection terminal plate cover 873 has the fixing piece 873h inserted into the fixing hole 871d of the substrate base 871, and the locking claw piece 873i is locked to the locking hole 871f of the substrate base 871, thereby The base 871 can be detachably attached to the board cover attaching portion 871b.

  The CR unit connection terminal plate 874 in the terminal board box 870 has a CR unit connection terminal 874a for connecting the pachinko machine 1 and the CR unit 6 installed on the island facility side of the game hall on the front side (rear side). In addition, a plurality of internal connection terminals 874b for connecting to the payout control board 4110, the ball rental unit 360, and the like are provided. In the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 of this example, as shown in the figure, the CR unit connection terminal 874a is a D-sub connector having a locking function, and the internal connection terminal 874b is a square two-piece connector. Yes.

  Further, the board box cover 875 in the terminal board box 870 is formed in a thin box shape that covers the entire rear surface of the board base 871 and is opened to the front side, and is disposed on the right side surface as viewed from the rear side. A pair of shaft portions 875a pivotally supported by the bearing portion 871g, a through-hole 875b corresponding to the opening 873b in the connection terminal plate cover 873, penetrating in the front-rear direction, and forward from both left and right ends of the through-hole 875b And a locking piece 875d locked to the locking portion 871h of the substrate base 871.

  The board box cover 875 can cover the rear surface of the board base 871 so as to be openable and closable together with the connection terminal plate cover 873 by pivotally supporting the pair of shaft parts 875a on the bearing part 871g of the board base 871. There is. Further, the board box cover 875 has a length in which a wall 875c on the side close to the shaft portion 875a (side supported) extends to the rear surface of the substrate base 871, and a wall on the side far from the shaft portion 875a. The length 875c extends to the rear surface of the connection terminal plate cover 873. That is, in the terminal board box 870 of this example, when the board box cover 875 is closed, the front ends of the respective barrier walls 875c are substantially in contact with the rear surfaces of the board base 871 and the connection terminal board cover 873. It is supposed to be.

  In the terminal board box 870 of this example, since the CR unit connection terminal 874a of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is a D-sub connector, the CR unit is connected to the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 as shown in FIG. The main body of the connection terminal 874a is in a floating state, and the lead portion extending from the CR unit connection terminal 874a is also exposed to the outside on the rear surface side of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Further, the internal connection terminal 874b of the CR unit connection end plate 874 is a square two-piece connector, and is attached so that it can be fitted and connected from the rear as shown in the figure.

  In the terminal board box 870 of this example, as shown in FIG. 88, in the assembled state, the outer wall 873c of the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the substrate base 871 in the direction along the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. In the direction along the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, the outer rim 873c and the inner wall 873d of the connection terminal cover 873 and the shaft 875a of the board box cover 875 in the direction along the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Since each side has an opposing wall 875c, a multiple-layered barrier is constructed, and the cross-sectional shape of the boundary between the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the substrate base 871 becomes a meandering crank shape It has become. Therefore, even if an unauthorized flexible tool is introduced between the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the substrate base 871 (boundary), the tool is not bent along the boundary and the CR unit connection terminal An unauthorized tool can be reliably prevented from entering from the direction along the surface of the plate 874, and the unauthorized action on the CR unit connection terminal 874a provided on the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 can be surely prevented. It has become.

  Further, since the front end of the inner wall portion 873d of the connection terminal plate cover 873 is in contact with the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, the terminal board box 870 has a CR unit attached as a CR unit connection terminal 874a. Even if a D-sub connector in which a gap is formed between the connection terminal plate 874 and the outer periphery of the lead portion exposed by the inner wall portion 873d can be covered, illegal acts can be prevented. It is like that.

  The terminal board box 870 has a pair of shaft parts 875a on the shaft part 875a side of the through hole 875b where the CR unit connection terminal 874a faces the substrate box cover 875 pivotally supported rotatably on the rear surface of the substrate base 871. Since the partition wall 875c has a length extending between them, and the partition wall 875c can increase the strength and rigidity of the substrate box cover 875, a driver or the like is inserted between the substrate box cover 875 and the substrate base 871. Even if it is attempted to form a gap between the pair of shaft portions 875a, it is possible to prevent the substrate box cover 875 from being distorted and to prevent the gap from being formed, making it difficult to conduct fraudulent action and suppressing It can be made expensive.

  Further, the terminal board box 870 of this example is configured so that the rear side of the internal connection terminal 874b near the center of the CR unit connection terminal board 874 is covered with the protection portion 873g of the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board box cover 875. Therefore, an illegal act of inserting the needle-like electrode through the gap between the connector main body of the connection terminal and the wiring cord in a state where the connection terminal on the wiring cord side is fitted and connected to the internal connection terminal 874b formed as a two-piece connector. However, the protection part 873g and the board box cover 875 can prevent the insertion of the electrode, and can also prevent an illegal act on the internal connection terminal 874b.

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, the terminal board box 870 accommodating the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is attached to the rear surface of the main body frame 3, so the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 3 are viewed from the front side of the pachinko machine 1. Even if the incorrect tool is inserted through the gap etc. and the tip of the incorrect tool is made to enter the back side of the pachinko machine 1, the CR board connection terminal plate 874 housed is protected by the terminal board box 870. It is possible to prevent illegal acts against the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 with certainty.

  When the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is accommodated in the terminal substrate box 870, the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the substrate are in the direction along the front surface (back surface of the substrate) of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. The protrusion 871e and the outer piece portion 871c of the base 871, and the outer wall portion 873c, the inner wall portion 873d, and the substrate of the connection terminal plate cover 873 are arranged in the direction along the rear surface (surface of the substrate) of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Since the barrier wall 875c of the box cover 875 exists, a barrier wall is formed by multiple layers, and the cross-sectional shape of the boundary between the connection terminal board cover 873 and the substrate base 871 has a meandering crank shape. In addition, an attempt is made to infiltrate a flexible tool having an excellent flexibility between the connection terminal board cover 873 and the substrate base 871 (boundary). However, the tool does not bend along the boundary, and it is possible to reliably prevent an unauthorized tool from entering from the direction along the surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. The pachinko machine 1 can be configured to be capable of reliably preventing fraudulent acts on the unit connection terminals 874a and the internal connection terminals 874b.

  Further, since the front end of the inner wall portion 873d of the connection terminal plate cover 873 is in contact with the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, each lead portion is exposed as a CR unit connection terminal 874a with the substrate. Even if the D-sub connector is used, the outer periphery of the lead portion exposed by the inner wall portion 873d can be covered, and illegal acts can be surely prevented.

  Further, one end of the terminal base box 870 is pivotally supported on the rear surface of the substrate base 871 so as to rotatably cover the rear surface of the connection terminal plate cover 873 and to open and close the opening 873b of the connection terminal plate cover 873 And the board box cover 875 having a plate-like partition wall 875c extending forward from the side end on the pivotally supported side of the through hole 875b to the rear surface of the board base 871. Even if an attempt is made to insert a screwdriver or the like between the parts of the box cover 875 pivotally supported to the substrate base 871 to form a gap and allow an unauthorized tool to enter, the incorrect tool is a connection terminal by the partition wall 875c. Reaching to the plate cover 873 (CR unit connection terminal plate 874) side can be prevented, and illegal acts can be prevented. Kill.

  Further, in order to take out the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 in the terminal board box 870, it is necessary to open the connection box board cover 873 after opening the board box cover 875, which makes it difficult to take out the CR unit connection terminal board 874. And can increase deterrence against fraud. Further, since the strength and rigidity of the substrate box cover 875 can be increased by the barrier 875c, even if a driver or the like is inserted between the substrate box cover 875 and the substrate base 871 to form a gap, the substrate box cover 875 is formed. Can be prevented from being distorted to prevent the formation of a gap, and it is possible to make it difficult to conduct fraud and to have high deterrence.

  Furthermore, even if it is attempted to insert a needle-like electrode through the gap between the connector main body and the wiring cord in the terminal on the wiring cord side connected to the C internal connection terminal 874b of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, Since the rear side of the corresponding opening 873f, that is, the rear side of the opening of the gap along the wiring cord of the connector main body is covered with the protective portion 873g and the substrate box cover 875, the outside of the terminal substrate box 870 The needle-like electrode can not be inserted into the gap of the main body of the connector from the (rear side), and it is possible to prevent the fraudulent act on the terminal of the connected wiring cord, and the crime prevention capability is high. It can be

  In addition, since the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal plate cover 873 is provided with a substrate holding portion 873e for holding the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, the outer wall portion 873c extends to the front side from the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Even when a screwdriver or the like is inserted between the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the board base 871 to form a gap in order to perform an illegal act, the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 moves rearward together with the connection terminal plate cover 873. Therefore, the positional relationship between the front end of the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 does not change, and the outer periphery of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is the outer wall portion 873c (connection terminal plate cover 873). CR unit connection terminals on the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 can be kept protected by Can not be performed spamming like 74a, it is possible to prevent illegal acts targeting CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and CR unit connection terminals 874a and the like.

  Furthermore, since the terminal board box 870 is formed of a transparent resin and the inside of the terminal board box 870 can be visually recognized from the outside, the terminal board box 870 can be viewed from the outside without disassembling the terminal board box 870. Whether an unauthorized tool is inserted into the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 accommodated therein, or the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 itself is not replaced with an unauthorized one. Or, it is possible to easily check whether electronic parts (for example, ROM, IC, resistors, capacitors, etc.) mounted on the CR unit connection terminal board 874 have been replaced with unauthorized ones. Can make it easier to detect cheating, and it also makes it easier to detect cheating. Is to be able, it can increase the deterrent to fraud.

  In addition, since terminal board box 870 is mounted on the back surface side of main body frame 5 such that the front surface of CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and the like is directed to the rear side, the outer frame 2 can be When the main body frame 5 is pivoted to the front side and the rear side of the main body frame 5 appears, the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and the like accommodated in the terminal substrate box 870 face the worker side (player side). The unit connection terminal plate 874 and the terminal board box 870 can be easily inspected.

  The main side relay terminal board 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal board 882 in the board unit 800 are a peripheral control board 1116 provided on the game board 4 attached to the main body frame 3, a payout control board 4110 of the board unit 800, and the like. It is for relaying the connection with the handle device 500, the decoration substrate, the operation unit 400 and the like provided in the fifth embodiment. The main side relay terminal boards 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal boards 882 have a plurality of connection terminals for connecting to the main body frame 3 side and the door frame 5 side, and a substrate formed on the front surface of the substrate unit base 810 By attaching them to the attachment portion 813, the connection terminals face the front side from the front face of the main body frame base 600.

  As shown in FIGS. 61 and 63, main side relay terminal board 880 and peripheral side relay terminal board 882 are covered on the front side by relay terminal board cover 692 attached to the front of main body frame base 600. In addition, only the connection terminals for connecting to the door frame 5 side face the front side through the opening 692a of the relay terminal plate cover 692, and the wiring cord 196 is connected to these connection terminals. (See FIG. 1 and FIG. 28).

  Further, the main relay terminal plate 880 includes a ball rental button 361, a return button 362, a remaining loan display portion 363, and a rotational position detection sensor of the handle device 500 in the ball rental unit 360 in the dish unit 300 arranged on the door frame 5 side. 512, the touch sensor 516, the firing stop switch 518, and the full tank detection sensor 550 of the foul cover unit 540, and the connection of the payout control board 4110 disposed on the main body frame 3 side is relayed. In addition, the peripheral side relay terminal board 882 is used for the decoration units 200, 240 and 280 disposed on the door frame 5 side, the decoration substrates 430 and 432 provided in the dish unit 300 and the operation unit 400, and the operation unit 400. It is for relaying the connection between the provided dial drive motor 414 and sensors 432a, 432b and 432c and the peripheral control board 1116 of the game board 4 disposed on the main body frame 3 side.

[1-3G. Back cover]
Next, the back cover 900 in the main body frame 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 90 to 92. The back cover 900 of this example is formed of a transparent synthetic resin so that the inside of the main body frame 3 can be visually recognized from the rear side of the pachinko machine 1.

  The back cover 900 in the main unit frame 3 covers the rear side of the game board holding port 601 (game unit 4 attached to the main unit frame 3) for holding the game board 4 in the main unit frame 3 so as to be opened and closed. . The back cover 900 includes a plate-like main portion 902 closing the rear opening of the game board holding port 601, a side portion 904 extending forward from the right side of the main portion 902 in a front view, and a front end of the side portion 904. A plurality of support pins 906 arranged in the vertical direction and protruding downward and pivotally supported by the back cover support portion 623 of the main body frame base 600 and formed in the upper and lower portions of the left side of the main portion 902 in front view An engagement piece 908 engaged with the back cover engagement groove 718 of the base 710 and the back cover engagement groove 780a of the prize ball passage cover 780, and a back cover 900 near the lower engagement piece 908 3 is provided with a fastening mechanism 920 for fastening in a non-openable / closable manner.

  The fastening mechanism 920 in the back cover 900 has a circular insertion hole that penetrates in the front-rear direction to the left in the rear view of the lower locking piece 908 in the main body 902 of the back cover 900, as shown in FIGS. 921 and a longitudinally long rectangular lock port 922 disposed at a predetermined distance on the left side in the rear view of the insertion hole 921 and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and a lock that is elastically locked from the rear side with respect to the lock port 922 A plate-like guide member 923 having a piece 923a at one end and a laterally elongated long hole 923b corresponding to the insertion hole 921 at the other end, and the long hole 923b of the guide 923 are inserted from the rear side. A fastening member 924 having an external thread 924a screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b of the prize ball passage lid 780 through the insertion hole 921 and a guide member 923 on the external thread 924a of the fastening member 924. Includes a retaining member 925 attached so as to sandwich, the. Note that the guide member 923 in the fastening mechanism 920 is formed of a soft synthetic resin and is easily bent.

  The fastening mechanism 920 is configured such that the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is locked in a loosely fitted state with respect to the locking port 922 of the main body 902, and the guide member 923 is within a predetermined range. It is possible to play at Further, the fastening mechanism 920 is in a state in which the fastening member 924 is supported by the guide member 923 through the long hole 923b by the disk-shaped holding member 925 attached to the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924, and along the long hole 923b. It can be slid in the left-right direction and is not dropped from the long hole 923b. When the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is locked from the rear side to the locking port 922 of the main body 902, the fastening mechanism 920 has a fastening member 924 that protrudes forward through the elongated hole 923b of the guide member 923. The male screw portion 924a is inserted into the insertion hole 921 of the main body portion 902.

  The back cover 900 in this example can open and close the rear opening of the game board holding port 601 in the main frame 3 by pivoting the pivot pin 906 to the back cover pivot 623 of the main frame base 600. By engaging the engagement piece 908 with the main frame base 600 and the back cover engagement groove 718, 780a of the prize ball passage lid 780, the closed state can be achieved. When the back cover 900 is closed, the insertion hole 921 in the fastening mechanism 920 and the back cover fastening hole 780 b of the prize ball passage cover 780 are substantially in agreement.

  When the back cover 900 is closed, the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 inserted from the rear side to the front side into the insertion hole 921 is not naturally screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b. Even when the cover 900 is closed, the front end of the male screw portion 924a is stopped at the rear end of the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening member 924 protrudes rearward from the main body portion 902 of the back cover 900. By the way, in this example, since the fastening member 924 is supported in the long hole 923b of the guide member 923 locked to the main body portion 902 of the back cover 900, the fastening member 924 does not fall off from the back cover 900. A state of being positioned behind the main body 9002 is maintained.

  Then, by inserting the end of the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 into the back cover fastening hole 780b from this state and rotating the fastening member 924, the male screw portion 924a is screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b (screw The back cover 900 can be fastened and fixed). Note that the fastening mechanism 920 of the present example, when the fastening member 924 is screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b, even if the guide member 923 supporting the fastening member 924 is oblique to the main body 902, the fastening member 924 is Since it is supported by the long hole 923b, the fastening member 924 (male screw portion 924a) can be positioned straight with respect to the axial center of the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening member 924 can be favorably transferred to the back cover fastening hole 780b. It can be screwed in.

  Further, in this example, the back cover 900 is fastened and fixed to the main body frame 3 side by a single fastening mechanism 920, so that it can be easily fastened or fastened only by operating one fastening member 924. The maintenance work can be improved by simplifying the labor involved in opening and closing the back cover 900.

  The back cover 900 includes a connection notch 910 that is cut upward in a rectangular shape at the lower right end of the main body 902 when viewed from the front, and a confirmation opening that penetrates the connection cutout 910 in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front. 912 and a confirmation notch 914 notched in a rectangular shape at the lower left corner of the main body 902 in a front view.

  The back cover 900 is, as shown in FIG. 5, closed with respect to the main frame 3, through the connection notch 910, the RAM clear switch 1103a of the main control board box 1103 in the game board 4, the test terminal 1103b, etc. Is supposed to be on the back side. In addition, the back cover 900 has a board management seal 1103 c (see FIG. 5) attached to the back surface of the main control board box 1103 facing the back side through the confirmation opening 912 and for confirmation The sealing portion 1103d of the main control board box 1103 faces through the cutout portion 914. Thereby, even if the back cover 900 is not opened with respect to the main body frame 3, operation confirmation, appearance confirmation, control state confirmation, etc. of the main control board box 1103 and the main control board 1113 can be performed.

  Further, the back cover 900 is formed with a plurality of slits 916 penetrating thinly in the main body portion 902 and the side portion 904, and the heat generated in the game board 4 or the like through the slits 916 is of the main frame 3 (pachinko machine 1). It can be discharged to the rear outside. As shown in the figure, a plurality of through-holes 918 are provided at predetermined intervals in the left-right direction that are wide and extend long in the up-down direction at a position slightly to the left in front view from the center. These through-holes 918 are in a state in which the back cover 900 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3 and the rear side of the liquid crystal display device 1115 in the game board 4 in a state in which the game board 4 is accommodated and held in the main body frame 3. It is positioned behind the cooling fan for cooling the peripheral control board 1116 and the like provided in the apparatus, so that heat from the peripheral control board 1116 and the like can be exhausted satisfactorily. Incidentally, the width of the through hole 918 is set to be smaller than the outer diameter of the game ball T so that the game ball T does not enter the pachinko machine 1 through the through hole 918.

  Accordingly, in this example, the fastening member 924 that fastens the back cover 900 that closes the rear side of the game board 4 held by the main body frame 3 to the main body frame 3 is fixed to the guide member 923 attached to the back cover 900. When the game board 4 is held in the main body frame 3, the back cover 900 is opened from the rear side of the main body frame 3 and maintenance of the rear side of the game board 4 is performed. Even if the fastening of the fastening member 924 that fastens and fixes the back cover 900 to the main body frame 3 is released and the fastening member 924 is separated from the back cover fastening hole 780 b of the main body frame 3, the fastening member 924 remains the guide member 923. It is possible to prevent the fastening member 924 from being lost or left in the pachinko machine 1 from being attached to the back cover 900. 4 can be pachinko machine 1 capable of preventing falling off.

  Further, as described above, it is possible to prevent the fastening member 924 from dropping from the opened back cover 900, so that it is not necessary to store the fastening member 924 whose fastening has been released in a predetermined position during maintenance or the like. Further, it can be held in the vicinity of the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900 via the guide member 923, and maintenance can be facilitated.

  In addition, since the elongated hole 923b of the guide member 923 is extended at least to the side opposite to the locking port 922 side, even if the guide member 923 is inclined with respect to the surface of the back cover 900, The male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 923 can be positioned straight to the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3 through the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900, and the male screw portion 924a is assuredly correct with respect to the back cover fastening hole 780b. Can be concluded. Therefore, the back cover 900 can be properly fastened to the main body frame 3, and the crime prevention effect by the back cover 900 can be reliably exhibited.

  Further, since the holding member 925 that holds the fastening member 924 in a freely movable manner with respect to the guide member 923 in cooperation with the head of the fastening member 924 is attached to the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924, the fastening member 924 is provided. The guide member 923 is sandwiched between the head and the holding member 925, and the male screw portion 924 a of the fastening member 924 can be reliably prevented from coming out of the elongated hole 923 b of the guide member 923, and the holding member 925 can be prevented. The fastening member 924 can be held movably with respect to the guide member 923 by the gap and the long hole 923b.

  In addition, an accommodation recess capable of accommodating a holding member is provided around the insertion hole 921 in the back cover 900, and the male screw portion 924 a of the fastening member 924 is inserted into the back cover of the main body frame 3 through the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900. When the fastening hole 780b is fastened, the holding member 925 sandwiching the guide member 923 with the head of the fastening member 924 can be housed in the housing recess, so that the back cover 900 and the guide member 923 are brought into close contact with each other. Thus, the protrusion from the back cover 900 can be reduced as much as possible, and the possibility of other members coming into contact with the protruding portions of the guide member 923 and the fastening member 924 is reduced to reduce the occurrence of problems. Can improve the appearance.

  Further, since the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3 is used as a female screw portion and is screw-coupled to the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924, it is fastened only by pulling compared with engagement by a simple claw. Can not be released and the back cover 900 can be made difficult to remove, the crime prevention effect by the back cover 900 can be further enhanced, and the pachinko machine 1 with high deterrence against fraudulent acts can be obtained.

  Furthermore, since the guide member 923 has flexibility, and the guide member 923 can be bent, it is possible to further increase the freedom of movement of the fastening member 924 with respect to the back cover 900 (insertion hole 921). The male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 is easily positioned at a straight position with respect to the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3, and the male screw portion 924 is easily moved straight with respect to the back cover fastening hole 770b. The male screw portion 924a can be securely fastened to the back cover fastening hole 780b.

  In addition, in the state where the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is in contact with the inner wall extending in the direction perpendicular to the axis connecting the insertion hole 921 in the locking port 922 of the back cover 900, the locking port Since it is elastically locked to 922, the shaft extending in the direction perpendicular to the axis connecting the insertion hole 921 on the distal end side (the long hole 923b side) of the guide member 923 that is movably mounted It can be moved so as to rotate around the center, and the locking piece 923 a can be pivotally supported with respect to the locking port 922. Therefore, the fastening member 924 held in the long hole 923b on the distal end side of the guide member 923 can be rotated so as to open and close the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900, that is, the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3. Therefore, the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 can be easily inserted into the insertion hole 921 and the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening work by the fastening member 924 can be easily performed.

  Further, a plurality of back cover engagement grooves 718 and 780a are further provided at positions different from the back cover fastening holes 780b in the main body frame 3, and the back cover 900 is elastically engaged with the back cover engagement grooves 718 and 780a, respectively. A plurality of engaging pieces 908 to be engaged, and by engaging the engaging pieces 908 of the back cover 900 with the back cover engaging grooves 718 and 780a of the main body frame 3, the fastening by the fastening member 924 is described. Separately, since the back cover 900 can be fixed to the main body frame 3, the fastening work can be reduced as much as possible by using only one fastening part using the fastening member 924, and work such as assembly and maintenance can be performed. Can increase the sex. Further, as described above, the back cover 900 can be fixed to the main body frame 3 by the engagement of the engagement piece 908 and the back cover engagement grooves 718 and 780a separately from the fastening member 924, so that the closed range is wide. Even in the back cover 900, the rear side of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3 (the rear side of the game board 4) can be closed in a good state without increasing the number of fastening points by the fastening member 924.

  Further, the back cover 900 can be pivotally supported with respect to the main body frame 3 by pivotally supporting the pivot pins 906 of the back cover 900 on the back cover pivot support portion 623 of the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600). Therefore, by simply rotating the back cover 900 in the closing direction and closing the rear side of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3, the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900 and the back cover fastening of the main body frame 3 are fastened. The hole 780b can be easily aligned, and the fastening member 924 held by the back cover 900 through the insertion hole 921 can be easily fastened to the back cover fastening hole 780b. Further, since the back cover 900 is pivotally supported with respect to the main body frame 3, the back cover 900 can be opened even when the fastening by the fastening member 924 is released and the back cover 900 is opened during maintenance or the like. It is possible to keep the cover 900 pivotally supported on the main body frame 3, and it is not necessary to remove the back cover 900 from the main body frame 3, and the time and effort required to open and close the back cover 900 can be simplified.

[1-3H. Lock device]
Subsequently, the lock device 1000 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 93 to FIG. The lock device 1000 in the main body frame 3 is attached from the substantially upper end to the lower end of the main body frame 3 along the outer side surface on the open side of the peripheral wall portion 605 in the main body frame base 600 of the main body frame 3, as shown in FIG. In addition, a door hook hole 620 formed in the upper part of the right side (open side) of the front end frame part 602 in the main body frame base 600 and a lock locking hole 621 formed in the lower part, and a peripheral wall in the main body frame base 600 It can be attached to a plurality of lock attachment portions 625 formed on the right side surface of the portion 605 in a front view.

  As shown in FIGS. 93 to 95, the lock device 1000 includes a U-shaped base 1001 as a lock base formed in a U-shaped cross section and a door frame slidably provided in the U-shaped base 1001. The sliding wedge 1040, the sliding slide 1050 for the main frame slidably provided in the U-shaped base 1001, and the sliding slide 1050 for the main frame can not be illegally slid. And tamper-proof members 1023 and 1032 attached to the lower part of the base body 1001.

  The U-shaped base 1001 in the lock device 1000 is formed by bending a predetermined metal plate so as to have a U-shaped cross section, and the sliding frame 1040 for the door frame and the sliding frame 1050 for the main body frame are formed therein. And are arranged slidably. The U-shaped base 1001 is extremely thin in comparison with a lock device integrated in a conventional L-shaped cross section. This makes it possible to make the size in the left and right direction of the lock device 1000 as thin as possible, and the size in the left and right direction of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3 can be relatively enlarged. It is possible to provide a large 1,400 game board 4.

  The U-shaped base 1001 can be attached in a state where the open side of the U-shaped cross section faces the back surface of the main body frame base 600, and in the state where the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame The open side of the base 1001 is closed to the main frame base 600. As a result, the door frame sliding wedge 1040 and the main frame sliding wedge 1050 disposed inside the U-shaped base 1001 form the U-shaped base 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054 and 1065. It is in a completely covered state, and has a fraud prevention structure in which it is difficult to perform fraudulent acts on the lock device 1000 from the outside.

  Further, the U-shaped base 1001 in the lock device 1000 has a rectangular shape in which the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main frame sliding wedge 1050 can penetrate up and down on the closed side (front side) up and down opposite to the open side (rear side). A hook through opening 1002 and a screw fixing portion 1003 protruding outward in the middle and the upper portion of a side surface 1001b (see FIG. 95) in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 of the main body frame base 600 on the front side Protruding forward from the lower end of the upper end and the middle part of the open side (front side) of the side 1001a (see FIG. 95) opposite to the side 1001b where the 1003 is provided and the lower side of the open sides 1001a and 1001b The locking protrusion 1004 is provided.

  The screwing portion 1003 and the locking projection 1004 of the U-shaped base 1001 are for attaching the locking device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame base 600, and the locking projection 1004 is a hook hole 620 for the door of the main body frame base 600. When the screw locking portion 1003 is inserted into the lock locking hole 621 from the rear side and moved upward, the screw fixing portion 1003 and the lock mounting portion 625 of the main body frame base 600 are aligned with each other. By screwing a screw (not shown) to the lock attachment portion 625, the lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the main body frame base 600 (main body frame 3).

  The lock device 1000 is attached with screws not only at the upper and middle screw stop portions 1003 but also in the vicinity of the screw lock portion 1003 formed on the lock attachment piece 1008 described later and the upper portion of the cylinder lock through hole 611 The lock mounting portion 625 is also fixed to the main frame base 600 with a screw (not shown), and the lower side of the lock device 1000 can also be mounted.

  In addition, when the lock device 1000 is attached, the lock projections 1004 formed at three locations on the upper, middle, and lower sides of the open side (front side) of the U-shaped base 1001, the hook hole 620 for the door in the upper and the lock lock hole 621 is inserted and positioned and locked, and the screw fixing portion 1003 of the U-shaped base 1001 is fixed to the lock attaching portion 625 with a screw. It can be fixed firmly to (body frame 3).

  In other words, even when the lock device 1000 is integrated into a very thin U-shaped base 1001 having a very small width, the lock device 1000 is firmly fixed to the main body frame 3 by the locking and fixing on the front and back sides of the lock device 1000. It can be fixed to. In particular, in the case of the present embodiment, after the locking projections 1004 constituting the front locking structure (which may be the fixing structure) project from the side surface 1001 a not in contact with the peripheral wall 605 of the U-shaped base 1001, Since the screw fixing portion 1003 constituting the rear side fixing structure protrudes from the side surface 1001 b in close contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped base 1001 toward the peripheral wall portion 605 side, the front locking structure is the peripheral wall portion 605 The locking device 1000 can be fixed to the main body frame 3 so as not to be loose as compared with the case where it is formed on the side surface 1001b which is dense with the main body frame 3.

  The U-shaped base 1001 is provided with insertion holes 1005 penetrating left and right in the upper, middle, and lower sides of both side surfaces 1001a and 1001b. The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are inserted inside the U-shaped base 1001 by inserting and crimping the rivet 1006 into the insertion hole 1005 with the body frame sliding rod 1050 stored. Can be mounted slidably in the vertical direction.

  That is, as shown in FIG. 94 (C), while the rivet 1006 penetrates the upper end portion of the rivet long hole 1042 formed at three places at the top, middle, bottom of the door frame sliding wedge 1040. As shown in (B), a rivet 1006 penetrates the lower end portion of the rivet elongated holes 1055 and 1061 respectively formed on the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the main frame sliding wedge 1050. The door frame sliding rod 1040 can be moved upward, and the body frame sliding rod 1050 can be moved downward.

  Furthermore, the U-shaped base 1001 protrudes laterally from the front end of the side surface 1001b in contact with the side wall portion 605 in the tamper-proof notch 1007 formed in the lower closed side surface and the open side main body frame base 600. A lock attachment piece 1008 for attaching the cylinder lock 1010 and an insertion vertical opening 1020, a spring engagement piece 1021, and a relief horizontal hole 1022 are formed on the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605, respectively. The fraud prevention notch 1007 of the U-shaped base body 1001 will be described later in detail, but the stopper piece 1027 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is advanced and retracted. Further, the lock attachment piece 1008 of the U-shaped base 1001 is located on the side surface 1001 b below the lower end side of the game board holding port 601 in a state where the lock device 1000 is attached to the back surface of the body frame base 600. A lock insertion hole 1009, which is projected laterally from the front end, through which the cylinder lock 1010 penetrates, and an attachment hole 1013 formed on the lock attachment substrate 1011 of the cylinder lock 1010 with two screws 1012 A mounting hole 1014 drilled in the screw and a screw stopper 1003 drilled to mount the lower part of the lock device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame 3 are formed.

  The U-shaped base 1001 has an insertion vertical opening 1020 through which the first engagement protrusion 1017 and the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 fixed to the cylinder lock 1010 enter when the cylinder lock 1010 rotates. A spring locking piece 1021 for locking the spring 1035 that urges the second tamper-proof member 1032 upward, and a clearance lateral hole 1022 that forms a clearance hole so as not to obstruct the movement of the connecting pin 1034; Is equipped.

  The cylinder lock 1010 in the lock device 1000 is attached to the lock attachment piece 1008 in the U-shaped base 1001. In this cylinder lock 1010, a lock mounting substrate 1011 for mounting to the lock mounting piece 1008 is fixed to the rear end of the cylindrical cylinder lock main body, and the lock shaft 1015 of the cylinder lock main body extends from the rear surface of the lock mounting substrate 1011. An engagement cam 1016 is fixed to the rear end of the lock shaft 1015 by a screw 1019. The engagement cam 1016 is formed into a boomerang shape, and one end side thereof is a first engagement protrusion 1017 engaged with the downward engagement hole 1062 of the main frame sliding rod 1050 at the time of rotation, The end side is a second engagement protrusion 1018 that engages with the rising engagement hole 1045 of the door frame sliding wedge 1040 when it is rotated.

  This cylinder lock 1010 has a cylindrical cylinder lock main body portion inserted into a lock insertion hole 1009 formed in the lock attachment piece 1008 from the rear side, and attachment holes 1013 formed at two positions on the lock attachment substrate 1011. The cylinder lock 1010 can be fixed to the U-shaped base 1001 by screwing the screw 1012 into the mounting hole 1014 of the lock mounting piece 1008 through the above.

  The fraud prevention members 1023 and 1032 attached to the U-shaped base body 1001 of the lock device 1000 do not rotate the cylinder lock 1010 with an official key, but fraudulently for the main body frame with a piano wire, a wire, or the like. To prevent lowering of the The fraud prevention members 1023 and 1032 have a structure in which a first fraud prevention member 1023 and a second fraud prevention member 1032 are connected by a connecting pin 1034 as shown in FIG. The first fraud prevention member 1023 has a vertically long plate shape and is supported by the U-shaped base body 1001 so as to be swingable about the swing shaft hole 1025 at the upper end. More specifically, the first tamper-proof member 1023 is positioned together with the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 disposed inside the U-shaped base body 1001 through the swing shaft hole 1025. The lower insertion hole 1005 and the rivet 1006 are attached.

  Further, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is opened longitudinally at a position overlapping the insertion longitudinal opening 1020 of the U-shaped base 1001 in the plate-like surface, and the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 can be inserted. Provided with the projecting piece insertion hole 1026. The second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 passes through the protrusion insertion hole 1026 and the insertion vertical opening 1020 to slide the door frame sliding wedge 1040 provided inside the U-shaped base 1001. The raised engagement hole 1045 and the second engagement protrusion 1018 are engaged with each other. In addition, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is inclined obliquely to be able to abut the rear surface side of the first engagement protrusion 1017 when the engagement cam 1016 rotates on the outer side of the front upper side of the protrusion insertion hole 1026. Provided with the inclined portion 1024, and the inclined portion 1024 abuts on the first engagement protrusion 1017 when the engagement cam 1016 rotates, so that the first fraud prevention member 1023 centers on the swing shaft hole 1025. As shown in FIG. 97 (B).

  Furthermore, the first fraud prevention member 1023 further includes a stopper piece portion 1027 that protrudes toward the U-shaped base 1001 side from an obliquely lower lower side of the protruding piece insertion hole 1026, and a position where the stopper piece portion 1027 protrudes. A downward projecting restriction protrusion 1031 and a pin hole 1029 and a connection hole 1030 which are vertically penetrated in the left and right direction on the front side of the restriction protrusion 1031 are provided. The stopper piece 1027 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is intruded into and engaged with the fraud prevention cutout portion 1007 and the engagement cutout portion 1066 of the main body frame slide rod 1050 when the main body frame slide rod 1050 is locked. Thus, the main frame sliding rod 1050 can be prevented from sliding improperly. In addition, the control projection 1031 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 abuts on the second fraud prevention member 1032 biased upward by the spring 1035 so that the second fraud prevention member 1032 moves upward (biasing direction). The movement can be restricted.

  Further, the pin hole 1029 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is configured such that the guide pin 1028 is inserted and fixed from the back side of the first fraud prevention member 1023, and the guide pin 1028 fixed to the pin hole 1029 is The first fraud prevention member 1023 is guided along the side surface 1001b of the U-shaped base 1001 by engaging with a horizontally long opening formed at the lowermost end of the insertion vertical opening 1020 in the U-shaped base 1001. It is possible to Further, the connection hole 1030 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is for pivotally connecting the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 by the connection pin 1034.

  On the other hand, the second fraud prevention member 1032 connected to the first fraud prevention member 1023 is formed of an inverted "-" shaped plate material, a connection hole 1033 at its upper end, and a spring engagement hole 1036 at its upper other end. And are provided with abutments 1037 at their lower ends. The second fraud prevention member 1032 may be connected to the first fraud prevention member 1023 so as to be rotatable relative to the first fraud prevention member 1023 by inserting the connection pin 1034 after aligning the connection hole 1033 with the connection hole 1030 of the first fraud prevention member 1023. It can be done. Further, the second fraud prevention member 1032 locks the lower end (other end) of the spring 1035 whose upper end (one end) is locked to the spring locking piece 1021 of the U-shaped base 1001 in the spring locking hole 1036. Thus, the spring 1035 is biased upward. Furthermore, the second tampering prevention member 1032 is configured such that the abutment portion 1037 abuts on the closing plate 25 fixed to the inner lower portion of the outer frame 2 when the main body frame 3 is closed.

  Next, the door frame sliding rod 1040 in the lock device 1000 is slidably supported inside the U-shaped base 1001 and is formed of a vertically long metal plate-like member. The door sliding rod 1040 includes door frame hook portions 1041 projecting forward at three locations on the upper, middle, and lower sides of one vertical side. The door frame hook portion 1041 of the door sliding rod 1040 protrudes forward from the open side of the U-shaped substrate 1001 in a state where the door sliding rod 1040 is housed in the U-shaped substrate 1001. When the locking device 1000 is fixed to the back surface of the main body frame base 600, the door frame 5 protrudes forward from a door hook hole 620 (see FIGS. 63 and 68) formed in the main body frame base 600. It can be locked to a hook cover 165 (see FIG. 18) formed on the back surface of the cover. In addition, the door frame hook portion 1041 has a downward engaging hook shape as shown in the figure, whereby the door frame hook portion 1041 and the hook cover are raised by raising the door frame sliding lever 1040. The locked state with 165 can be released.

  In addition, the sliding frame for door frame 1040 is provided at the bottom of the longitudinally long rivet long hole 1042 which is drilled at the center of the side in the upper, middle and lower and through which the rivet 1006 is inserted and the bottom of the rivet long hole 1042 at the top A guide protrusion 1043 protruding in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the door frame sliding rod 1040 is provided at the lowermost end of the sliding rod 1040. The rivet long hole 1042 of the door sliding wedge 1040 is configured such that a rivet 1006 inserted through the insertion hole 1005 of the U-shaped base 1001 is inserted, and the rivet 1006 is a sliding door wedge. It is formed to be vertically long so as not to disturb the lifting operation of 1040. In the normal state, the rivet 1006 penetrating the upper end of the rivet slot 1042 is in contact. In the door frame sliding wedge 1040, the guide projection 1043 is inserted into the projection moving holes 1056 and 1064 formed in the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the main frame sliding wedge 1050. Thus, the sliding movement between the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 can be guided.

  Further, the door frame sliding rod 1040 is formed at its upper end with a spring hook portion 1046 for locking one end of the spring 1048. The other end of the spring 1048 locked to the spring hook portion 1046 is locked to the spring hook portion 1057 of the upper hook member 1051 in the main body frame sliding rod 1050, and the door frame sliding is performed by the spring 1048. The wedges 1040 are biased downward, and the main frame sliding wedges 1050 are biased upward, respectively. Further, the door frame sliding rod 1040 includes a contact elastic piece 1047 formed in a convex shape in the middle in the vertical direction, and is stamped from one side surface of the door frame sliding rod 1040 by press molding. It is formed in a convex shape. The contact elastic piece 1047 is configured to contact the inner surface of the U-shaped base 1001, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 can be prevented from rattling inside the U-shaped base 1001. It is like that.

  Furthermore, the sliding door for a door frame 1040 is provided with a vertically-long play hole 1044 and a rising engagement hole 1045 on the side surface of the lower portion. The play hole 1044 is provided at the tip of the first engagement protrusion 1017 so as not to obstruct the rotation of the engagement cam 1016 when the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted and rotated. This constitutes a space in which the part can move. Further, when the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted into the rising engagement hole 1045 and rotated, the door frame sliding rod 1040 is raised by the rotation operation of the engagement cam 1016. It is for engaging with. The door frame sliding wedge 1040 is provided with a relief notch 1049 that is cut out in the vertical direction at the lower part of the lower side of the vertical side in the vertical direction. This escape notch 1049 is obstructed by the door frame sliding rod 1040 so that the stopper piece 1027 of the first tamper-proof member 1023 is securely engaged with the tamper-proof notch 1007 and the engagement notch 1066. The corresponding part is notched so as not to become.

  On the other hand, the body frame sliding rod 1050 includes an upper hook member 1051 made of a metal plate, a lower hook member 1052 made of a metal plate, a connecting wire rod 1052 connecting the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052, and It has. That is, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is not formed of a single vertically long metal plate as in the prior art, and the upper hook member 1051 having the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the lower hook member 1052 are made of metal. A plate material is formed by a press, and the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 made of metal are connected by a thin metal connection wire rod 1053. As a result, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 can be efficiently stored in the narrow space of the U-shaped base 1001.

  The upper hook member 1051 of the body frame sliding wedge 1050 has a hook portion 1054 formed rearward at the upper end portion, and a rivet long hole 1055 penetrating in the left-right direction in a plate surface portion adjacent to the hook portion 1054 A protrusion moving hole 1056 penetrating in the left and right direction below the rivet elongated hole 1055; a spring hook portion 1057 formed at a lower end of a front longitudinal side of the protrusion moving hole 1056; and a lower side of the spring hook portion 1057 And a contact portion 1059 formed on the upper side and the lower side of the upper hook member 1051. The hook portion 1054 of the upper hook member 1051 penetrates the hook through opening 1002 above the U-shaped base 1001 and engages with the closing plate 24 provided at the upper inside of the open side of the outer frame 2. The locking claw is formed upward.

  Further, the rivet slot 1055 of the upper hook member 1051 is disposed at a position corresponding to the rivet slot 1042 formed in the upper part of the door frame sliding rod 1040. In a normal state in which the rivet 1006 has penetrated, the rivet 1006 has penetrated the lowermost end portion of the rivet slot 1055 so that the upper hook member 1051 can move downward. The upper hook member 1051 has a protruding piece moving hole 1056 into which the guide protruding piece 1043 above the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1040. The mutual movement with 1050 can be guided.

  Further, the spring hook portion 1057 of the upper hook member 1051 is adapted to be engaged with the other end of the spring 1048. Further, the upper end of the connecting wire wedge 1053 is bent and inserted into the connecting hole 1058 of the upper hook member 1051. Furthermore, the contact portion 1059 of the upper hook member 1051 is adapted to contact the inner side wall of the U-shaped base 1001 when stored in the U-shaped base 1001, and the sliding action of the upper hook member 1051 There is no backlash and it can slide smoothly.

  On the other hand, the lower hook member 1052 of the main frame sliding wedge 1050 is for a rivet which penetrates in the lateral direction in the vicinity of the upper end of the hook portion 1065 projecting backward from the lower end and the plate surface of the lower hook member 1052 A long hole 1061, a downward engaging hole 1062 disposed below the long hole 1061, a play hole 1063 extending downward from the lower rear side of the downward engagement hole 1062, and a downward direction of the idle hole 1063 A protrusion moving hole 1064 formed in the vicinity of the lower end, a connection hole 1060 bored on the front end side of the upper end of the vertical side of the lower hook member 1052, and an engagement formed in the lower lower side of the rear side of the lower hook member 1052. A joint notch portion 1066 and a contact portion 1067 formed on the upper side and the lower side of the lower hook member 1052 are provided.

  The hook portion 1065 of the lower hook member 1052 passes through the hook penetration opening 1002 below the U-shaped base body 1001 and engages with the closing plate 25 formed at the lower portion on the open side of the outer frame 2. A locking claw is formed upward. The rivet slot 1061 of the lower hook member 1052 is formed at a position corresponding to the rivet slot 1042 formed in the lower portion of the door frame sliding rod 1040, and the rivet slot 1061 has a rivet. In a normal state in which 1006 is penetrated, the rivet 1006 is in a state of penetrating the lowermost end portion of the rivet long hole 1061. As a result, the lower hook member 1052 can move downward.

  Further, when the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted into the lower engagement hole 1062 of the lower hook member 1052 and rotates, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is lowered by the rotation operation. It is for engaging. In addition, when the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted and rotated, the play hole 1063 of the lower hook member 1052 does not interfere with the pivoting operation of the second engagement protrusion 1018. It is possible to form a space in which the distal end portion of the can move. Further, the guide piece 1043 below the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted into the protruding piece moving hole 1064 of the lower hook member 1052, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding plate are inserted. The mutual movement with the palpit 1050 can be guided.

  The lower end of the connecting wire rod 1053 is inserted into the connecting hole 1060 of the lower hook member 1052. Further, the abutting portion 1067 of the lower hook member 1052 comes into contact with the inner side wall of the U-shaped base 1001 when stored in the U-shaped base 1001, and is lower than the U-shaped base 1001. When the hook member 1052 slides, it can be smoothly slid without play.

  Next, assembly of the lock device 1000 of this embodiment will be described. In order to assemble the lock device 1000, the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the main frame sliding wedge 1050 are connected by the connecting wire ridge 1053, and in that state, the guide protrusion of the door frame sliding wedge 1040 The piece 1043 is inserted into the protruding piece moving holes 1056 and 1064 of the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052, and the rivet elongated holes 1042 and the rivet elongated holes 1055 and 1061 are aligned and overlapped. In the combined state, the hook portion 1054 of the upper hook member 1051 and the hook portion 1065 of the lower hook member 1052 are passed through the hook penetration opening 1002 of the U-shaped base body 1001, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the main body frame slide are inserted. After inserting the pallet 1050 into the U-shaped space of the U-shaped base 1001, the rivet 1006 is inserted through the insertion hole 1005.

  When the rivet 1006 is inserted, the rivet 1006 is inserted so as to pass through the rivet long holes 1055, 1061, 1042. When inserting the lowermost rivet 1006, it is necessary to insert the rivet 1006 also into the swinging shaft hole 1025 of the first fraud preventing member 1023 and simultaneously attach the first fraud preventing member 1023 to the U-shaped base 1001. In addition, before attaching the first fraud prevention member 1023 to the U-shaped base 1001, the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 are connected by the connecting pin 1034, and the guide pin 1028 is a pin hole. It is necessary to insert the guide pin 1028 into the opening at the lowermost end of the insertion vertical opening 1020 after it is fixed at 1029 with a screw (not shown).

  Furthermore, with the rivet 1006, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are housed and fixed in the U-shaped base 1001, and the spring 1048 is spanned between the spring hook portions 1046 and 1057, The frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are biased in opposite directions, and the spring 1035 is stretched over the spring locking piece 1021 and the spring locking hole 1036 to prevent the second fraud. It is assumed that the member 1032 is in contact with the restriction protrusion 1031. Thereafter, the cylindrical main body portion of the cylinder lock 1010 is inserted into the lock insertion hole 1009 of the lock attachment piece 1008, and the cylinder lock 1010 is fixed to the attachment hole 1014 with the screw 1012. At this time, the tip end portion of the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is slightly inserted into the insertion longitudinal opening 1020 outside the inclined portion 1024 and the second engagement protrusion of the engagement cam 1016 The cylinder lock 1010 is attached to the lock attachment piece 1008 such that the tip end of the piece 1018 is slightly inserted into the protrusion insertion hole 1026 and the insertion vertical opening 1020 of the first fraud prevention member 1023.

  In order to attach the assembled locking device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame base 600 in this way, the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted into the door hook hole 620 formed in the main body frame base 600. While being inserted, the locking protrusion 1004 protruding in a bowl shape is inserted into the door hook hole 620 and the lock locking hole 621 of the main body frame base 600 and moved upward, and in this state, the screw fixing portion 1003 protruding in the horizontal direction is provided. The lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the back surface of the main body frame base 600 by matching the lock mounting portion 625 and screwing a screw (not shown) into the matched hole. In particular, in the case of the present embodiment, the locking projection 1004 constituting the locking structure of the front portion is formed to protrude from the side surface 1001a not in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped base 1001, while the rear portion is fixed. Since the screw fixing portion 1003 constituting the structure is formed so as to project in the horizontal direction from the side surface 1001b that contacts the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped base body 1001, the front locking structure contacts the peripheral wall portion 605. Compared with the case where it is formed on the side surface 1001b, the locking device 1000 can be fixed to the main body frame base 600 so as not to be loose.

  Next, the operation of the lock device 1000 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 96 and 97. As shown in FIG. 96, as shown in FIG. 96 (A), when the main body frame base 600 (main body frame 3) is closed to the outer frame 2 and the door frame 5 is closed to the main body frame 3. Of the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding wedge 1040 and the door frame 5 in which the closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 and the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the sliding frame 1050 for the main frame are engaged. The hook cover 165 is locked. In this state, when a key (not shown) is inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 and the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 pivots in a direction to enter the insertion longitudinal opening 1020, as shown in FIG. The tip end of the first engagement projection piece 1017 engages with the downward engagement hole 1062 of the main frame sliding wedge 1050 to push down the lower hook member 1052 against the biasing force of the spring 1048 and connect it The connecting wire rod 1053 and the upper hook member 1051 are also pushed down and descended. Thereby, the locked state between the closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 and the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main frame sliding wedge 1050 is released, and the main frame 3 is pulled out by pulling the main frame 3 to the front side. The frame 2 can be opened.

  When the main body frame 3 is closed, the hook portions 1054, 1065 are in a state of being lifted by the biasing force of the spring 1048 (the same elevated position as shown in FIG. 96A). Since the upper side of 1065 is inclined downward toward the outer side, the upper side inclined portions of the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the closing plates 24 and 25 are forcedly pressed against the outer frame 2. Since it abuts on the lower end, the main frame sliding wedge 1050 descends downward, and the upward claws of the hook portions 1054, 1065 are engaged again with the closing plates 24, 25 and the main frame sliding The hook 1050 is raised and returned to the locked state.

  On the other hand, when a key (not shown) is inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 and the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 rotates in a direction to enter the insertion vertical opening 1020, as shown in FIG. The front end of the two engaging protrusions 1018 engages with the ascending engagement hole 1045 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 and pushes the door frame sliding rod 1040 upwardly against the urging force of the spring 1048. For this reason, the hook state 165 of the door frame 5 and the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 are released, so that the door frame 5 is pulled by pulling the door frame 5 to the front side. It can be opened to the main body frame 3.

  When the door frame 5 is closed, the door frame hook portion 1041 is lowered by the urging force of the spring 1048 (the same lowered position as in the state shown in FIG. 96A). Since the lower side of the hook part 1041 for the door is inclined upward toward the outside, the lower side inclined part of the hook part 1041 for the door frame is hooked to the hook cover 165 by forcibly pressing the door frame 5 against the main body frame 3. The door frame sliding rod 1040 is raised upward, and the downward claw portion of the door frame hook portion 1041 and the hook cover 165 are re-engaged with each other. The pail 1040 descends and returns to the locked state. The door frame sliding weir 1040 in this embodiment is formed to have substantially the same length as the entire length of the U-shaped base 1001, and the U-shaped base 1001 is substantially the same as the side surface of the main body frame 3 in the longitudinal direction. The door frame hook portion 1041 that is attached over the entire length and is a locking portion with the door frame 5 is formed at three locations of the upper end portion, the center portion, and the lower end portion of the door frame sliding rod 1040. Therefore, it is possible to securely lock the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 in the entire length in the vertical direction, and forcibly open the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 and insert an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire from the inside. The act cannot be performed.

  As described above, the lock device 1000 of the door frame 3 of the present embodiment unlocks the lock of the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 by rotating the key inserted in the cylinder lock 1010 in one direction. The locking of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 can be released by rotating. In addition, the lock device 1000 of this example performs a fraudulent action such as hooking a piano wire or the like on the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main frame sliding rod 1050 without inserting a key into the cylinder lock 1010 and lowering the same. Can not be The first structure for preventing such fraud is a lock mechanism composed of a first fraud prevention member 1023 and a second fraud prevention member 1032, and the second fraud prevention structure is a U-shaped base 1001. The sliding door 1040 for the door frame and the sliding door 1050 for the main frame are housed in the closed space of the above.

  First, the operation of the lock mechanism which is the first fraud prevention structure will be described with reference to FIG. First, when the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 3 are closed, as shown in FIG. 97 (A), the closing plate 25 of the outer frame 2 and the contact portion 1037 of the second fraud prevention member 1032 are in contact. It has become a state. In this state, the biasing force of the spring 1035 causes the first fraud prevention member 1023 to rotate in the counterclockwise direction, and the stopper piece 1027 intrudes into the fraud prevention notch 1007, and the stopper piece 1027 is the fraud prevention notch The main body frame sliding rod 1050 at a position corresponding to 1007 is engaged with an engagement notch 1066 formed on the lower hook member 1052. As a result, even if a piano wire or the like is hooked to the main frame sliding rod 1050 and pulled down, the stopper piece 1027 and the engagement notch portion 1066 are engaged with each other. Unauthorized pulling down (unlocking) becomes impossible, and an illegal act of opening the main body frame 3 cannot be performed.

  On the other hand, when the main body frame 3 is properly unlocked by inserting a key into the cylinder lock 1010, the first engagement protrusion of the engagement cam 1016 is rotated by rotating the key as shown in FIG. The piece 1017 is pivoted to penetrate into the insertion longitudinal opening 1020. When the first engagement protrusion 1017 is rotated, the inclined portion 1024 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the side surface of the first engagement protrusion 1017 come into contact with each other. The stopper piece 1027 starts to rotate around the angle 1025 in the clockwise direction shown in the figure, and also moves so as to be retracted from the tamper-proof notch 1007. As a result, the engagement between the stopper piece 1027 and the engagement notch 1066 is released. At this time, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is in a position where the spring 1035 is extended and the contact portion 1037 is retracted. When the engagement cam 1016 is further rotated in this state and the first engagement protrusion 1017 is also rotated, the tip of the first engagement protrusion 1017 is engaged with the lower engagement hole 1062 of the lower hook member 1052. Since the entire body frame sliding rod 1050 is lowered, the hooked state of the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 is released, and the main body frame 3 is released from the outer frame 2. It can be done.

  In addition, when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is in a state of being in contact with the control projection 1031, so the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member The positional relationship with 1032 is substantially the same as the state shown in FIG. When the main body frame 3 is closed in this state, the closing plate 25 of the outer frame 2 and the contact portion 1037 of the second fraud preventing member 1032 abut from the front, and finally the state shown in FIG. 97 (A) is obtained. Thereby, the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 do not get in the way when closing the main body frame 3. Further, in the present embodiment, the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 prevent only the lowering operation of the main frame sliding wedge 1050 from being performed illegally, the main body If the frame sliding rod 1050 is opened improperly, the door frame sliding rod 1040 can be easily opened manually after being released, and the illegal act of raising the sliding rod with a piano wire or the like is practically difficult to perform. For this reason, it has been devised to prevent unauthorized operation of the body frame sliding rod 1050.

  Further, even in the lock mechanism that is the above-described first fraud prevention structure, it is impossible to disable the function of the lock mechanism by swinging the first fraud prevention member 1023 with a piano wire or the like. Absent. Therefore, assuming that the lock function of the lock mechanism is disabled by an unauthorized action, in the present embodiment, in the state where the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600), the internal The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 provided in the housing are housed in the closed space of the U-shaped base body 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, and 1065, and are completely covered. Therefore, even if an attempt is made to pull down the body frame sliding rod 1050 provided inside the closed space of the U-shaped base 1001 by inserting a piano wire or the like, both side surfaces 1001a, 1001b of the U-shaped base 1001 Prevents unauthorized devices from entering the enclosed space, making it a structure that can not be easily tampered with.

  As described above, the lock device 1000 according to the present embodiment has the sliding door 1040 for the door frame and the slide frame 1040 inside the U-shaped base 1001 which is extremely thin as compared with the lock device in which the width dimension is concentrated on the conventional L-shaped base. The attachment position of the cylinder lock 1010 to the U-shaped base 1001 for operating the lock device 1000 with the main frame slide lever 1050 slidably set to a position below the lower edge of the game board 4 Therefore, even if the size in the horizontal and vertical directions of the game board 4 is made extremely large and the space surrounded by the side walls 540 to 543 of the main body frame 3 is made large, It can be attached firmly.

  In addition, the U-shaped base 1001 is attached so that the open side of the U-shaped cross section of the U-shaped base 1001 faces the back surface of the main body frame 3. The door frame sliding wedge 1040 and the main frame sliding wedge 1050 arranged in the above are completely covered with the U-shaped base 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, and 1065, respectively. It is impossible to easily perform an illegal act such as pulling down a body frame sliding rod 1050 provided inside by inserting a piano wire or the like.

  Further, when the lock device 1000 is attached, the locking projections 1004 formed at three locations on the upper, middle, and lower sides of the open side (front portion) of the U-shaped base 1001 are inserted into the door hook holes 620 and the lock locking holes 621. The structure is such that the positioning and locking is performed and the screw fixing portions 1003 formed at three places on the upper, middle and lower of the closed side (rear portion) of the U-shaped base 1001 are fixed to the lock mounting portion 625 with screws. The lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600) with the above structure.

  In the locking device 1000 of this example, the screw fixing portion 1003 formed in the lock mounting piece 1008 and the upper portion of the cylinder lock through hole 611 of the main body frame 3 as a structure for fixing the lower portion of the U-shaped base 1001 with screws. Although the structure in which the formed lock attachment portion 625 is screwed is shown, instead of this, a screw 1012 for attaching the cylinder lock 1010 to the lock attachment piece 1008 is used, and the tip of the screw 1012 is attached to the lock. It is good also as a structure which forms the lock attachment hole screwed by penetrating the piece 1008 in the upper and lower sides of the cylinder lock through hole 611. Even if the lower portion of the U-shaped base 1001 is not screwed, the locking device 1000 can be attached to the main body frame 3 (main body frame only by fixing the screw fixing portion 1003 and the lock mounting portion 625 at the rear of the locking device 1000. It can be sufficiently firmly fixed to the back of the base 600).

  In the lock device 1000 of this embodiment, the door frame sliding wedge 1040 and the main frame sliding wedge 1050 are completely covered with the U-shaped base 1001 having the left and right side surfaces 1001a and 1001b. For example, the door frame sliding wedge 1040 and the main frame sliding wedge 1050 are slidably attached to the opposite side surface 1001a not in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 with a rivet or the like, and the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 is omitted. A sliding door 1040 for a door frame and a sliding door for a main body frame in a closed space formed by an L-shaped base (lock base) and the side surface 1001a of the L-shaped base (lock base) and the first side wall 540 It is good also as a structure which accommodates 1050, and can exhibit the same effect as lock device 1000 mentioned above.

  As described above, according to the main body frame 3 of the present example, the transparent prize ball base 710 having the peripheral wall portion 710a extending rearward (front-rear direction) on the rear side of the body frame base 600, and the upper side of the prize ball base 710 The prize ball tank 720 for storing the game balls T supplied from the island facility side of the game hall in which the pachinko machine 1 is installed is aligned with the game balls T discharged from the prize ball tank 720 to align the rear wall of the prize ball base. A transparent tank rail unit 730 attached to the rear side of the portion 710b, and a game ball T released from the tank rail unit 730 is delivered to the upper plate 301 of the door frame 5 based on a predetermined payout instruction. A part of the award ball device 740 attached to the rear side of the wall portion 710b and a side portion 904 extending to the rear end of the main body frame base 600 and the rear surface of the tank rail unit 730 and the prize ball device 74 are provided. Since it has a transparent back cover 900 arranged substantially in the same plane as the rear surface, the game board 4 held in the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame base 600 through the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, etc. The rear side and the rear side surface can be visually confirmed, and the rear side of the game board 4 can be easily inspected (visually inspected) without opening the back cover 900 that covers the rear side of the game board 4. A pachinko machine 1 can be obtained.

  Further, not only the rear side (rear surface) of the game board 4 but also the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be visually recognized through the transparent prize base 710, the back cover 900, etc. When the game board 4 is removed from the front side to the 601, even if tools such as a screwdriver or pliers, cleaning waste, dust or dirt remain between the game board 4 and the back cover 900, remove them. It is easy to find out from and can prevent the occurrence of any failure due to the residue.

  Furthermore, as described above, since the rear side and the rear side of the game board 4 can be viewed from the outside, an unauthorized device, tool, etc. for performing cheating on the rear side or the side of the game board 4 are attached Even if it has been, it can be easily found, and it is possible to prevent fraud from being conducted, and it is also possible to easily find an unauthorized device or the like attached to the game board 4 from the outside. The pachinko machine 1 having a high deterrence against fraudulent behavior can be provided, which can be used to prevent unauthorized installation of devices.

  Also, since the rear side of the game board 4 is covered with the prize ball base 710 and the back cover 900, other members in the island facility where the game machine 4 is installed come into contact with the game board 4 or the game board 4 It is possible to prevent foreign matters such as dust and dust from adhering to the rear side, and it is possible to keep the game board 4 in a good state and suppress the occurrence of problems.

  In addition, the rear surface of the award ball tank 720 is positioned approximately twice as deep as the depth D of the main body frame base 600 from the front end of the main body frame base 600, that is, the depth D of the main body frame base 600. Is approximately half the depth of the main body frame 3, so the rear side and rear side of the game board 4 can be more easily seen through the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, etc. be able to. In addition, since the depth D of the main body frame base 600 is about half of the depth of the main body frame 3, the height when the main body frame base 600 is turned down can be made as low as possible to make a flat shape. The mounting operation can be facilitated by attaching the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, the tank rail unit 730, the prize ball device 740 and the like to the rear side of the main body frame base 600.

  Further, the rear surface (main body portion 902) of the transparent back cover 900 is substantially flush with the rear surfaces of the prize ball tank 720, the tank rail unit 730, the prize ball device 740 and the like attached to the prize ball base 710. As a result, the rear surface of the pachinko machine 1 can be made into a substantially flat surface, and it can be caught or brought into contact with other members in the island facility to be installed by eliminating protrusions on the rear side. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of problems. In addition, since the rear surface of the pachinko machine 1 is substantially flat, when the pachinko machine 1 is transported, it is possible to use a buffer material with a simple shape and to increase the accumulation efficiency (storage efficiency). The cost of the machine 1 can be reduced.

  In addition, the back cover 900 is provided with a plurality of slits 916 and through-holes 918, and the rear side and the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be directly visually recognized through the slits 916 and the like. The rear side of 4 and the like can be further easily viewed, and the above-described effects can be reliably achieved. Further, even if the back side of the game board 4 held by the main body frame base 600 is covered with the back cover 900, heat from the game board 4 can be released to the outside through the slits 916 and the like of the back cover 900. The heat from the game board 4 can be prevented from accumulating, and the control of the game is unstable due to the heat, and the occurrence of problems due to deformation of members such as synthetic resin is suppressed. be able to. Furthermore, since the slit 916 and the through hole 918 of the back cover 900 are set to a size that the game ball T cannot pass through, for example, even if the game ball T spills on the rear side of the pachinko machine 1 in the island facility, the slit 916 Thus, it is possible to prevent the game ball T from entering the pachinko machine 1 through the above, and it is possible to prevent a malfunction from occurring due to the game ball T entering.

[2. Configuration of the game board]
The gaming board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment will be described in detail with reference mainly to FIGS. As shown in FIG. 98, the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment is attached to a frame-shaped front component member 1111 that partitions the outer peripheral side of the game area 1100, and to the rear side of the front component member 1111. And a flat-shaped game panel 1112 for partitioning the rear end side of the game area 1100.

  The front component member 1111 is formed in a quadrangular outer periphery shape, and the inner peripheral shape is formed in a substantially semicircular shape on the left side and a substantially U-shaped right side from the center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. This front component member 1111 forms a first inner wall portion 1111a that is smoothly connected to the entire semicircular arc portion on the inner peripheral surface and a portion extending to the left and right above the U-shaped portion, A second inner wall portion 1111 b is formed by connecting the remaining vertically extending portions and the lower left and right extending portions of the U-shaped portion to each other in an L shape. Further, the front component member 1111 is a guide wall extending in an arc shape along the first inner wall portion 1111a from the lower end of the second inner wall portion 1111b (the left end in front view of the portion extending in the left and right direction) to the vicinity of the upper left corner in the front view. And 1111 c, and a non-return piece 1111 d rotatably attached to the upper end of the guiding wall 1111 c.

  In the game panel 1112, an out port 1112 a penetrating in the front-rear direction is formed at a position corresponding to the lower end of the inner periphery of the front component 1111 at the center in the left-right direction in front view. The out port 1112 a is formed at a position where the lower end of the second inner wall portion 1111 b of the front component 1111 and the lower end of the guide wall 1111 c are connected. In addition, the gaming panel 1112 is formed with an opening penetrating in the front-rear direction substantially at the center of the gaming area 1100.

  Further, the game board 4 includes a substrate holder 1102 (see FIG. 6) attached to the lower rear portion of the game panel 1112, a main control board box 1103 attached to the substrate holder 1102, and a main control board box 1103. A main control board 1113 (see FIG. 125) that controls the game content that is housed inside, and a function that displays the game state and the like based on a control signal from the main control board 1113 and is attached to the front component member 1111 Display 1114.

  Furthermore, the game board 4 is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1112 so as to be visible from the front side through the opening of the game panel 1112, and is attached to the rear side of the liquid crystal display device 1115, and is mainly controlled. And a peripheral control substrate 1116 for controlling the liquid crystal display device 1115 and the like based on a control signal from the substrate 1113. The game board 4 includes a front unit 1120 attached to the front surface of the game panel 1112 in the front view game area 1100, and a back unit 3000 (see FIG. 6) attached to the rear side of the game panel 1112. And.

  The front unit 1120 is attached to the approximate center in the game area 1100 when viewed from the front, and a center accessory 1130 that divides the game area 1100 right and left, and a winning opening attached to the lower side of the center accessory 1130. A unit 1150.

[2-1. Center feature]
The center accessory 1130 is formed in a frame shape penetrating in the front-rear direction, and is attached to the game panel 1112 in a state of being inserted from the front side with respect to the opening of the game panel 1112. The center character 1130 releases the warp entrance 1131 to which the gaming ball T can enter the outer peripheral surface on the left in front view, and the gaming ball T which has entered the warp entrance 1131 and opens at the lower part in the center in the horizontal direction in front view And a warp outlet 1132.

  The center character 1130 is a right channel 1133 through which the game ball T can flow in the right side in a front view, and a gate member 1134 disposed in the right channel 1133 and through which the game ball T can pass. And a gate sensor 1135 for detecting the passage of the game ball T in the gate member 1134.

  The right flow path 1133 of the center accessory 1130 is opened upward at the lower side of the stop portion 1111e where the first inner wall portion 1111a and the second inner wall portion 1111b at the upper right corner of the front component member 1111 intersect. The entrance gate 1133a, the entrance passage 1133b for guiding the game ball T downward from the entrance entrance 1133a, and a gate of a predetermined width connected to the lower end of the entrance passage 1133b and having a gate member 1134 disposed at the center A space 1133c, a guide path 1133d for guiding the game ball T downward from a lower end of the gate space 1133c along a part of the second inner wall portion 1111b of the front component member 1111 and an opening at the lower end of the guide path 1133d And an outlet 1133 e for releasing the ball T downward.

  In the right channel 1133, the entrance 1133a is opened larger than the outer diameter of the game ball T, and the entrance path 1133b following the entrance 1133a has a width slightly lower than the outer diameter of the game ball T on the lower end side. Thus, it is formed to become narrower as it goes downward. The gate space 1133c extends greatly vertically and horizontally on the lower side of the approach path 1133b, and is formed in such a size that the game ball T can flow down on both the left and right sides of the gate member 1134 disposed at the approximate center. In the gate space 1133 c, the gate member 1134 is disposed at a position slightly closer to the front in the front view than directly below the approach path 1133 b. The gate space 1133c is inclined so that the bottom surface is lowered to the right side when viewed from the front, and the upper end of the guide path 1133d is opened at the lowest right end.

  The guiding path 1133 d extends in an arc along the vertically extending portion of the second inner wall 1111 b of the front component 1111. As shown in FIG. 98 and the like, the inner wall of the guide path 1133d is provided with a plurality of projections, and the outflow velocity of the game ball T can be suppressed by contacting the game balls T with these projections. The guide path 1133 d extends downward to about half the height of the entire height of the game area 1100. The discharge port 1133e at the lower end of the guide path 1133d opens slightly leftward in front view.

[2-2. Schematic configuration of the winning opening unit]
The winning opening unit 1150 is disposed below the outlet 1133e of the right channel 1133 in the center character 1130 and can receive the game ball T at all times, and the warp outlet 1132 of the center character 1130. A first start opening 1152 which is disposed on the lower side and can always receive the game ball T, and a second start opening which is disposed on the right side of the first start opening 1152 in front view and always opens into the game area 1100 1153, placed on the lower side of the first starting port 1152, and placed on the right side of the front view of the second starting port 1153, and a big winning port 1154 that allows the game ball T to be received by opening and closing according to the gaming state. The winning combination winning hole 1155 that allows the game ball T to be received by opening and closing depending on the gaming state and the winning combination winning hole 115 arranged below the winning combination winning hole 1155. Includes a V winning opening 1156 that is capable accepted, the game balls T received in.

  As shown in FIGS. 98 to 103, the winning opening unit 1150 is provided with the first starting port 1152 and is attached to the front surface of the game panel 1112 and the flat base plate 1160 attached to the front surface of the base plate 1160. A transparent front flow path forming member 1161 which is provided with a general winning opening 1151 and forms a flow path of the game ball T, and a transparent front surface attached to the front side of the front flow path forming member 1161 A decorative board 1162, an attacker unit 1200 that is disposed at the center in the left-right direction in the game area 1100 and that has a special winning opening 1154 and is attached to the rear side of the base plate 1160, and the front surface of the attacker unit 1200 The variable start is disposed at the upper right of the view and provided with the second start port 1153 and attached to the rear side of the base plate 1160. The accessory unit 1220 is disposed on the right side of the front unit 1210 and the variable start port unit 1210, and is provided with an accessory winning port 1155 and a V winning port 1156, and is attached to the rear side of the base plate 1160. And.

  Furthermore, the winning opening unit 1150 is attached to the rear side of the base plate 1160 and guides the gaming ball T received in the first starting opening 1152 downward, and the first starting opening 1161 Ball detection sensor 1164 attached to the guide member 1163 for detecting the game ball T received in the first start opening 1152, and an LED mounted on the front side of the first start opening 1152 The first start opening decoration substrate 1165, the substrate stay 1166 supporting the first start opening decoration substrate 1165 and attached to the first start opening guide member 1163, and a base at a lower position of the attacker unit 1200 A large winning opening decoration substrate 1167 mounted on the rear side of the plate 1160 and having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the upper surface thereof.

  The winning opening unit 1150 is disposed on the rear side of the base plate 1160 and above the second starting port 1153, and includes a second starting port decoration board 1168 on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted on the front surface, and a second starting port. A start opening reflector 1169 that covers the front side of the decorative substrate 1168 and is attached to the variable start opening unit 1210, and a second start opening 1153 that is attached to the rear side of the base plate 1160 at a position below the variable start opening unit 1210. The second starting port guide member 1170 for guiding the game ball T received in the first position downward, and the game ball T received in the second starting port 1153 that is attached to the second starting port guide member 1170 is detected. A ball detection sensor (not shown), an attacker solenoid 1204 of the attacker unit 1200 attached to the rear side of the second start port guide member 1170, and A first relay board 1172 that relays the connection between the start opening solenoid 1215 of the start opening unit 1210 and the main control board 1113, and the rear side of the first relay board 1172 is attached to the rear side of the second start port guide member 1170. And the substrate cover 1173 being provided.

  Furthermore, the prize opening unit 1150 is attached to the rear side of the accessory unit 1220 and covers the rear side of the accessory unit 1220, and the accessory unit cover 1174 is located above the accessory winning opening 1155. A prize winning board decoration board 1175 arranged at the upper part of the front face and having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front face, and a prize winning prize attached to the accessory unit cover 1174 that covers the front side of the winning prize prize decoration board 1175. The mouth reflector 1176, the vibration sensor 1177 attached to the center of the front surface of the accessory unit cover 1174, the vibration sensor 1177 attached to the lower part of the front surface of the accessory unit cover 1174, and the accessory winning solenoid 1225 of the accessory unit 1220. And a second relay for relaying the connection between the V prize solenoid 1232 and the main control board 1113 A plate 1178, a general winning opening guide member 1179 that is attached to the rear side of the accessory unit cover 1174 and guides the game ball T received in the general winning opening 1151 downward, and a general winning opening guide member 1179. And a general winning port sensor 1180 (see FIG. 125) that detects the game ball T that is attached and received in the general winning port 1151.

  The base plate 1160 of the winning opening unit 1150 protrudes forward in the upper portion of the left portion in the front view and is open at the top and the rear, and has a receiving portion 1160a forming the first starting opening 1152 and a receiving portion 1160a. An attacker opening 1160b which penetrates from the lower side to the front and back and extends to the left and right, and a large winning opening opening and closing member 1203 of the attacker unit 1200 to be described later is inserted from the rear side A second start-up opening 1160c which penetrates back and forth and the second start-up port 1153 faces the rear side, and extends in a slit shape penetrating leftwardly from the second start-up opening 1160c to be described later The door opening 1160 d and the door opening 1160 d above the door slit 1160 d, through which the front side of the engine opening door member 1214 of the engine opening unit 1210 can pass, is the engine opening reflector 116. Comprises of a second start hole upper shelf emitting decorative unit 1160e emitted decorated on the left and right on the front side and a position by arrayed has been and second start hole LED decorative substrate 1168, the.

  Moreover, the base plate 1160 penetrates back and forth in the front view right side of the second starting opening upper shelf light emission decoration part 1160e, and forms the prize winning hole 1155 of the prize winning hole unit 1220A in the prize unit 1220 described later It is inserted so that the front part of the upper housing 1222 and the lower housing 1223 protrudes forward from the rear side, and the prize winning hole reflector 1176 is located above the prize winning hole opening 1160 f. The character winning hole luminous decoration part 1160g which is lined up in the right and left in the front position and lighted and decorated by the LED of the character winning hole decoration board 1175 and penetrates back and forth under the character winning hole opening 1160f The ball guiding member 1238 (described later) of the V prize opening unit 1220B in the accessory unit 1220 is inserted so as to protrude forward from the rear side. And the game ball T received in the general winning opening 1151 of the front flow path forming member 1161 in the form of a bowl extending backward at the top of the right portion in a front view and opened upward. And a collar portion 1160i that is guided rearward and delivered to the general winning opening guide member 1179.

  The front flow path forming member 1161 protrudes into the front game area 1100 from the front surface of the flat plate 1160, and is formed in a shallow box shape with the rear side open with the flat front plate portion 1161a as the front surface. ing. The front flow path forming member 1161 has a receiving portion 1161b that is open at the upper right and rear in the front view and guides the game ball T received from the upper side to form a general winning opening 1151, and a receiving portion 1161b. From the right side of the receiving part 1161b to the left side of the extension line of the receiving part 1161b so that the left side is lower than the receiving part 1161b. 1161c, a receiving portion lower right wall 1161d that extends downward from the left end of the receiving portion lower shelf portion 1161c to the upper part of the prize winning hole 1155, and a left side from the receiving portion 1161b that is larger than the outer diameter of the game ball T. The position of the game ball T from the prize winning opening opening and closing member 1221 of the prize winning opening unit 1220A of the prize winning opening unit 1220A below the jack receiving portion lower shelf portion 1161c and above the prize winning opening 1155 The receiving portion left standing wall portion 1161e extending vertically to a position slightly higher than the left end of the receiving portion left standing wall portion 1161e along the upper side of the accessory winning port 1155 and on the right side of the left end of the accessory winning port 1155. An accessory winning opening upper ceiling wall portion 1161f extending leftward to the upper side.

  Further, the front flow path forming member 1161 is lowered leftward from a position in contact with the left end of the prize winning opening 1155 (prize winning prize opening and closing member 1221) lower than the left end of the prize winning opening upper ceiling portion 1161f. A second winning opening area right standing wall 1161h extending vertically below the second starting opening 1153 from the right end of the winning combination left opening 1161g and the right opening of the left winning combination 1161g A second starting opening area lower shelf 1161i extends leftward so that the left side is lower from the lower end of the second starting opening area right standing wall 1161h to the left end of the front flow passage forming member 1161.

  Furthermore, the front flow path forming member 1161 is separated to the left side by a distance slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball T from the second starting opening area right standing wall portion 1161h and from the upper surface of the prize winning opening left shelf 1161g The second starting port region lower shelf 1161i extends leftward from the center in the left-right direction to a position above the left side so that the left side becomes lower from a position that is lower than the outer diameter of T. The second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j disposed at a position immediately above the second starting opening 1153 and the lower end of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j so as to cover the right side of the second starting opening 1153. The second starting port right standing wall portion 1161k, the guide piece 1161l protruding leftward from the second starting port right standing wall portion 1161k, and the outer diameter of the game ball T from the left end of the second starting port upper shelf portion 1161j Than And a, a second start hole area left vertical wall 1161m extending vertically to a position downward from the upper position than the second start hole upper shelf portion 1161j are separated into slightly larger left.

  The winning opening unit 1150 of the present embodiment includes a ball detection sensor 1164 attached to the first start opening guide member 1163 and a ball detection sensor 1208 (described later) attached to the attacker unit 1200. A first starting opening sensor 1190 is formed to detect the game ball T received by the motor 1152. Further, a ball detection sensor (not shown) attached to the second start port guide member 1170 and a ball detection sensor 1213 (described later) attached to the variable start port unit 1210 are received in the second start port 1153. A second start port sensor 1191 that detects the game ball T is formed.

  In addition, although details will be described later, the winning opening unit 1150 includes a special winning opening sensor 1206 for detecting the game ball T received by the special winning opening 1154 of the attacker unit 1200, and a prize winning opening 1155 of the bonus unit 1220. A prize winning opening sensor 1224 for detecting the accepted gaming ball T and a V prize opening sensor 1239 for sensing the gaming ball T accepted by the V prize opening 1156 of the prize unit 1220 are provided.

[2-2A. Attacker unit]
As shown mainly in FIGS. 104 to 106, the attacker unit 1200 of the winning opening unit 1150 includes a large winning opening 1154 that opens toward the front and extends in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and a large winning opening 1154. An attacker lower base 1201 that forms the lower part, an attacker upper base 1202 that is attached to the upper side of the attacker lower base 1201 and is attached to the base plate 1160 and that forms the upper part of the big prize opening 1154, and the attacker lower base 1201 and the attacker upper part A large winning opening opening / closing member 1203 that is supported by a base 1202 so as to be rotatable about an axis extending in the left-right direction and opens / closes the large winning opening 1154, and is attached between an attacker lower base 1201 and an attacker upper base 1202. And an plunger having a plunger 1204a that moves forward and backward according to the gaming state. A link member 1205 for transmitting and receiving the advancing and retracting of the plunger 1204a of the attacker solenoid 1204 and the plunger 1204a of the attacker solenoid 1204 and a game ball which is attached to the attacker lower base 1201 and received in the prize opening 1154 A large winning opening sensor 1206 for detecting T, a guiding member 1207 attached to the lower side of the lower attacker base 1201 for guiding the game ball T detected by the large winning opening sensor 1206 to the rear, and an upper attacker 1202 And a ball detection sensor 1208 attached to the upper portion for detecting the game ball T received by the first starting opening 1152.

  The big prize opening 1154 formed in the attacker unit 1200 is a horizontally long rectangular shape whose length in the left-right direction is 4 to 6 times the diameter of the game ball T and whose vertical direction is slightly longer than the diameter of the game ball T. The opening is opened and opened by a plate-shaped special prize opening / closing member 1203. The special prize opening 1154 is configured such that the special prize opening opening / closing member 1203 is rotatable about the lower side as a rotation axis. When the special prize opening opening / closing member 1203 is in a substantially vertical state, the game ball T cannot be received. This is a so-called variable prize opening that allows the game ball T to be received when the big prize opening opening / closing member 1203 is in a substantially horizontal state.

  The attacker lower base 1201 of the attacker unit 1200 is disposed to the left from the center in the left-right direction, and extends vertically through the bottom wall of the horizontally elongated box lower housing 1201a and the lower housing 1201a with the front and upper open. A through hole 1201b through which the sphere T can pass, a sensor support hole 1201c that is formed below the through hole 1201b and into which the big prize opening sensor 1206 is inserted from the rear side, and a lower front side at both left and right ends of the storage unit lower 1201a It is formed in a U shape on the pair of bearing lower parts 1201 d arranged, the solenoid support part 1201 e formed on the rear side of the right part of the storage lower part 1201 a, and the front side of the solenoid support part 1201 e and the right side of the storage lower 1201 a The game ball T is formed on the rear side of the lower housing portion 1201a at the center in the left-right direction and the support portion 1201f. And a, a passage hole 1201g that over can penetrate vertically.

  The lower housing portion 1201a of the lower attacker base 1201 forms the lower half of the special winning opening 1154, and is inclined so that the bottom wall becomes lower toward the through hole 1201b. The pair of lower bearing portions 1201d is for rotatably supporting the prize winning opening / closing member 1203 in cooperation with a later-described bearing upper portion 1202b of the attacker upper base 1202. The shaft support 1201f can support the link member 1205 by inserting the rotation shaft 1205a of the link member 1205 from above. The passing hole 1201g is passed through the through hole 1202e of the upper attacker base 1202 that is received by the first starting port 1152 and passes through the game ball T.

  The attacker upper base 1202 of the attacker unit 1200 is disposed on the left side from the center in the left-right direction, and is disposed on the horizontally long box-shaped accommodation unit 1202a that is open front and lower, and on the lower front surfaces on both the left and right sides of the accommodation unit 1202a. A pair of bearing portions 1202b, a shaft hole 1202c through which the rotation shaft 1205a of the link member 1205 is inserted in the front and rear sides on the right side of the housing portion 1202a, and an upper rear side of the housing portion 1202a. A sensor support portion 1202d into which the ball detection sensor 1208 is inserted from above, and a through hole 1202e through which the game ball T passes vertically so as to allow passage through the right portion of the sensor support portion 1202d. .

  The upper housing portion 1202 a of the attacker upper base 1202 cooperates with the lower housing portion 1201 a of the lower attacker base 1201 to form a special winning opening 1154. The pair of upper bearing portions 1202b cooperate with the lower bearing portion 1201d of the lower attacker base 1201 to rotatably support the special prize opening opening / closing member 1203. The shaft hole 1202c is for rotatably supporting a rotation shaft 1205a (described later) of the link member 1205. Through the through hole 1202e, the game ball T received by the first start port 1152 and detected by the ball detection sensor 1208 passes.

  The prize winning opening / closing member 1203 of the attacker unit 1200 includes a flat door 1203a extending to the left and right, a pair of shaft pins 1203b extending outward from the lower left and right ends of the door 1203a, and the door 1203a. And a working pin 1203c projecting rightward from a position obliquely below the right end side shaft pin 1203b.

  The door portion 1203a of the big prize opening / closing member 1203 is formed to have a size capable of closing the big prize opening 1154 formed by the lower attacker base 1201 and the upper attacker base 1202. The pair of shaft pins 1203b are rotatably supported by a pair of bearing lower portions 1201d and a pair of bearing upper portions 1202b of the lower attacker base 1201 and the upper attacker base 1202, respectively. The action pin 1203 c is inserted between a pair of actuation pins 1205 c described later of the link member 1205.

  The attacker solenoid 1204 of the attacker unit 1200 is supported between the lower attacker base 1201 and the upper attacker base 1202 while being inserted into the solenoid support portion 1201 e of the lower attacker base 1201 so that the plunger 1204 a advances and retracts from the right end side. . Further, the plunger 1204a of the attacker solenoid 1204 has a disk-shaped tip. The attacker solenoid 1204 includes a coil spring (not shown), and when not energized, the plunger 1204a protrudes due to the biasing force of the coil spring.

  The link member 1205 of the attacker unit 1200 includes a rotating shaft 1205a extending in the front-rear direction, an engaging portion 1205b protruding rearward from a position eccentric from the axis of the rotating shaft 1205a, and a rotating shaft 1205a. A pair of actuating pins 1205c projecting forward from a position deviated from the axis of the shaft. The rotation shaft 1205 a of the link member 1205 is rotatably supported by the shaft support portion 1201 f of the lower attacker base 1201 and the shaft hole 1202 c of the upper attacker base 1202. The engaging portion 1205b is formed with a notch into which the disc-shaped tip of the plunger 1204a in the attacker solenoid 1204 is inserted. The action pin 1203c of the big prize opening / closing member 1203 is inserted between the pair of operation pins 1205c.

  In the link member 1205, the engagement portion 1205b mainly moves in the left and right direction in a state where the relationship between the engagement portion 1205b and the pair of operation pins 1205c is attached to the lower attacker base 1201 and the upper attacker base 1202. The pair of operating pins 1205c are arranged so as to move mainly in the vertical direction. Then, the link member 1205 pivots in a clockwise direction as viewed from the front, when the plunger 1204a of the attacker solenoid 1204 moves from the projecting state in the direction of retraction (left direction in front view).

  The guiding member 1207 of the attacker unit 1200 is formed in a box shape with its upper and rear portions open, and is attached to the lower side of the through hole 1201 b in the lower attacker base 1201.

  In the normal state, the plunger 1204 a of the attacker unit 1200 of the present embodiment protrudes in the right direction by the biasing force of a coil spring (not shown). In this state, the upper operating pin 1205c of the pair of operating pins 1205c is in contact with the operating pin 105c of the big prize opening / closing member 1203 from the upper side, and the flat door 1203a is in an upright state. The grand prize opening 1154 is closed. That is, the game ball T cannot be received in the special winning opening 1154.

  When power is applied to the attachment solenoid 1204 by a big hit game or the like, the attachment unit 1200 moves in the left direction of the plunger 1204a and is in a state of being retracted except for the disk-like tip. By the leftward movement of the plunger 1204a, the engaging portion 1205b of the link member 1205 engaged with the disk-like tip of the plunger 1204a revolves to move in the left direction, and the link member 1205 is rotated. It rotates clockwise around the moving shaft 1205a.

  When the link member 1205 rotates clockwise, the pair of operating pins 1205c revolves so as to move upward, and the upper operating pin 1205c moves upward from the action pin 1203c of the big prize opening opening / closing member 1203. The lower operation pin 1205c comes into contact with the action pin 1203c from the lower side and further moves the action pin 1203c upward. Then, the special winning opening opening / closing member 1203 rotates so that the upper end moves forward about the shaft pin 1203b, and the flat door 1203a becomes substantially horizontal. As a result, the special winning opening 1154 is opened, and the gaming ball T to the special winning opening 1154 can be received.

[2-2B. Variable start port unit]
The variable start port unit 1210 of the winning port unit 1150 includes a second start port 1153 that opens forward in the front right part of the front view as shown mainly in FIGS. The second starting opening 1153 is formed in a size where only one game ball T can pass. The variable start port unit 1210 includes a shallow box-shaped lower case 1211 that is open on the front and upper sides, a box-shaped upper case 1212 that is attached to the upper side of the lower case 1211 and that is partially open on the front and opened on the lower side. A ball detection sensor 1213 that is attached to the lower case 1211 and detects the game ball T received in the second start port 1153, a start port door member 1214 that is slidably supported by the lower case 1211, and a lower case A start port solenoid 1215 provided with a plunger 1215a supported between 1211 and an upper case 1212 and advancing and retracting according to the game state and transmission and reception of a plunger 1215a of the start port solenoid 1215 to transmit and receive the start port door member 1214 The sliding position of the link member 1216 to be slid and the start door member 1214 is detected. A slide detection sensor 1217 that includes a.

  The lower case 1211 of the variable start port unit 1210 is formed in a state of being inclined so as to be lowered from the front side toward the rear side at the position of the right part of the upper surface, and a ball guiding part 1211a capable of guiding the game ball T; A through hole 1211b that passes vertically through the rear end side of the ball guiding portion 1211a and allows the game ball T to pass therethrough, and is opened forward on the lower side of the ball guiding portion 1211a. The ball detection sensor 1213 supports insertion. A sensor support hole 1211c, a pair of slide grooves 1211d that are formed at the center in the left-right direction and face each other and extend in the front-rear direction, and a columnar support pin 1211e that protrudes upward from the left part of the upper surface. And.

  The upper case 1212 of the variable start port unit 1210 has a passage upper portion 1212a which is open at the front right portion of the front face and is inclined so that the upper wall becomes lower as it goes rearward. In the case 1212, a second start opening decoration is formed between a front end opening forming portion 1212 b that forms a lower surface on the front end side on the left side in front of the passage upper portion 1212 a and a base plate 1160 formed above the front end opening forming portion 1212 b. A rear substrate holding portion 1212c for holding the substrate 1168 and the starting opening reflector 1169; a solenoid covering portion 1212d formed on the rear side of the rear substrate holding portion 1212c and the front end opening forming portion 1212b and covering the starting opening solenoid 1215 from the upper side; It has.

  The passage upper portion 1212 a of the upper case 1212 forms a second start port 1153 at a position above the ball guiding portion 1211 a and the passage hole 1211 b in the lower case 1211. The passage upper portion 1212a is formed in a U-like shape with the opening directed downward, and a right side extending downward longer than the left side in a front view. Also, the passage upper part 1212a can guide the gaming ball T to the rear by cooperating with the ball guiding part 1211a.

  The front end opening forming portion 1212b of the upper case 1212 has a front end formed at the same position as the front end of the passage upper portion 1212a in the front-rear direction. Further, the front end opening forming portion 1212 b extends in a plate shape from the front end to the vicinity of the center of the upper case 1212 in the front-rear direction. The front end opening forming portion 1212b has a shape in a front view that is 1/3 of the height of the left side of the passage upper portion 1212a at a small angle (about 5 degrees) to the left from near the lower end of the left side of the passage upper portion 1212a. It extends further to the left at a large angle (about 45 degrees) to the same height as the passage top 1212a, and further extends horizontally to the left from the top of the passage 1212a. It is formed in a shape extending downward to an intermediate height between the lower end of the left side and the lower end of the right side of 1212a.

  In other words, the front end opening forming portion 1212b has a front shape that extends upward from the vicinity of the left end at the lower end of the upper case 1212 to the same height as the passage upper portion 1212a, extends horizontally from the upper end to the right, and then extends to the lower right. It extends from the lower end of the left side of the passage upper portion 1212a to a height of about 1/3 of the height of the left side at an angle of about 45 degrees with respect to the horizontal, and further, the right side is lowered from there to the vicinity of the lower end of the left side of the upper passage portion 1212a. So as to extend diagonally long. The first guiding portion 1214a, the second guiding portion 1214b, the third guiding portion 1214c, and the like of the starting opening door member 1214 are disposed below the front end opening forming member 112b and the passage upper portion 1212a.

  The start port member 1214 of the variable start port unit 1210 includes a flat plate-like first guide portion 1214a extending obliquely toward the lower right in front view (an angle of about 45 degrees with respect to the horizontal), and a first guide portion. A flat plate-like second guide portion 1214b extending obliquely from the right end of 1214a to the lower right of the front view at a smaller angle (about 5 degrees) than the first guide portion 1214a with respect to the horizontal, and the second guide portion 1214b A flat plate-like third guide portion 1214c that is provided on a right side of the right end and lower than the right end of the second guide portion 1214b and is inclined to be lowered rearward, and a front end of the third guide portion 1214c The front wall portion 1214d extending to the same height as the right end of the second guide portion 1214b, and the flat standing wall portion 12 extending upward from the right end of the third guide portion 1214c to the upper side of the front wall portion 1214d. Includes a 4e, the.

  In addition, the start opening door member 1214 has a hanging portion 1214f extending downward from the rear end of the second guiding portion 1214b, a flat slider portion 1214g extending rearward from the lower end of the hanging portion 1214f, and a slider A cylindrical connection pin 1214h protruding from the upper surface of the portion 1214g, and a detection portion 1214i formed at the rear end of the slider portion 1214g.

  The first guiding portion 1214a, the second guiding portion 1214b, the third guiding portion 1214c, the front wall portion 1214d, and the standing wall portion 1214e of the starting opening door member 1214 have the same width in the front-rear direction. The width in the front-rear direction of the first guide portion 1214 a and the like is formed to be substantially the same as the outer diameter of the gaming ball T. In addition, the left and right length (length from the left end of the first guide portion 1214a to the right end of the standing wall portion 1214e) of the starting opening door member 1214 is about four times as long as the outer diameter of the gaming ball T Has been. Furthermore, the left and right length in plan view of the first guide portion 1214a is formed to be about 2/3 times the outer diameter of the gaming ball T. The first guiding portion 1214 a and the second guiding portion 1214 b are disposed below the front end opening forming portion 1212 b of the upper case 1212. Further, the third guide portion 1214 c, the front wall portion 1214 d, and the standing wall portion 1214 e are disposed between the ball guiding portion 1211 a of the lower case 1211 and the passage upper portion 1212 a of the upper case 1212.

  The slider portion 1214g of the start door member 1214 is inserted into the pair of slide grooves 1211d of the lower case 1211 at both left and right ends. Thus, the start port door member 1214 is supported by the pair of slide grooves 1211d of the lower case 1211 so as to be slidable back and forth. The connection pin 1214 h is slidably inserted into a connection hole 1216 e of the link member 1216 to be described later, so that the connection pin 1214 h is connected to the link member 1216 to transmit and receive the advancing and retracting of the plunger 1215 a of the start port solenoid 1215. The detection unit 1214i can be detected by the slide detection sensor 1217.

  The start port solenoid 1215 of the variable start port unit 1210 is supported in the solenoid covering portion 1212d of the upper case 1212 between the lower case 1211 and the upper case 1212 so that the plunger 1215a advances and retreats from the left end side. The plunger 1215a of the start-up solenoid 1215 is formed in a disk shape having a large diameter at the tip. Further, the start-up solenoid 1215 includes a coil spring (not shown), and when not energized, the plunger 1215a protrudes (extends) due to the biasing force of the coil spring.

  The link member 1216 of the variable start port unit 1210 has a cylindrical main body 1216 a rotatably fitted on the support pin 1211 e of the lower case 1211 from the upper side, and a first piece 1216 b extending outward from the main body 1216 a And an engagement portion 1216c that protrudes upward from the tip of the first piece 1216b and can be engaged with the tip of the plunger 1215a of the start-up solenoid 1215, and the direction in which the first piece 1216b extends from the main body 1216a. And a second piece 1216d extending longer than the first piece 1216b at a right angle, and extending in the same direction as the second piece 1216d extends through vertically at the tip of the second piece 1216d And a long hole-like connection hole 1216e into which the connection pin 1214h of the cage opening door member 1214 is slidably inserted from the lower side. There.

  The first piece 1216b of the link member 1216 extends from the upper end of the main body 1216a in a direction perpendicular to the central axis of the main body 1216a. The second piece 1216 d extends perpendicularly to the first piece 1216 b in a clockwise direction in plan view from below the first piece 1216 b in the main body 1216 a. The second piece 1216 d is formed to have a length such that its tip end is located near the center in the left-right direction of the lower case 1211 in a state in which the main body 1216 a is fitted into the support pin 1211 e of the lower case 1211.

  As shown in FIG. 112 and the like, the variable start port unit 1210 is configured such that the slider portion 1214g of the start port door member 1214 is positioned below the first guide portion 1214a, the second guide portion 1214b, and the third guide portion 1214c. And a starting port solenoid 1215 is disposed on the upper side of the slider portion 1214g on the rear side of the first guiding portion 1214a and the second guiding portion 1214b so as to be horizontally long. On the lower side, the link member 1216 transmits the advance / retreat of the plunger 1215 a to the start port door member 1214. Thereby, the distance (size) in the front-rear direction of the variable start port unit 1210 can be made as small as possible. Therefore, the space on the rear side of the variable start port unit 1210 can be relatively widened.

  In a normal state (a state where the start port solenoid 1215 is not energized), the variable start port unit 1210 of the present embodiment has a plunger 1215a of the start port solenoid 1215 protruding leftward by a biasing force of a coil spring (not shown). In this state, as shown in FIG. 112, the engaging portion 1216c at the tip of the first piece 1216b of the link member 1216 is located on the left side of the center of the support pin 1211e of the lower case 1211 and the first piece 1216b. The connection hole 1216e at the tip of the second piece 1216d, which extends at right angles in the clockwise direction, is located rearward of the center of the support pin 1211e. The front end of the starting opening door member 1214 provided with the connection pin 1214 h inserted into the connection hole 1216 e of the link member 1216 substantially coincides with the front surface of the base plate 1160. That is, the start-up opening door member 1214 is in a retracted state (in the non-acceptable position) from the inside of the game area 1100. In this normal state, the detection portion 1214i of the starting opening door member 1214 is detected by the slide detection sensor 1217.

  When the start opening solenoid 1215 is energized in accordance with the normal lottery result drawn by the game ball T passing through the gate member 1134 of the center accessory 1130, the variable start opening unit 1210 enters the plunger 1215a in the right direction. (See FIG. 113). When the plunger 1215a of the start-up solenoid 1215 moves to the right and is immersed, the entire link member 1216 is viewed in plan with the support pin 1211e of the lower case 1211 as the center by the engaging portion 1216c engaged with the tip of the plunger 1215a. Rotate clockwise.

  By rotating the link member 1216 in the clockwise direction, the connecting hole 1216e at the end of the second piece 1216d is moved so as to relatively move forward, and is inserted into the connecting hole 1216e. The connection pin 1214h of the starting opening door member 1214 is pushed forward by the inner surface of the connecting hole 1216e, and the starting opening door member 1214 is slid forward as a whole. As a result, the front end of the starting opening door member 1214 protrudes forward more than the front surface of the base plate 1160, and the first guiding portion 1214a, the second guiding portion 1214b, the third guiding portion 1214c, and the front wall portion 1214d of the starting opening door member 1214. , And the standing wall portion 1214 e appears in the game area 1100 (a state of an acceptable position). In a state in which the starting opening door member 1214 is slid forward to appear in the game area 1100, the detecting portion 1214i of the starting opening door member 1214 is not detected by the slide detection sensor 1217.

  When the game ball T flows down on the first guide portion 1214a in the state where the start opening door member 1214 appears in the game area 1100, the game machine rolls to the right due to the inclination of the first guide portion 1214a, and the second guide portion 1214b Sent up. Then, the gaming ball T sent to the second guiding portion 1214b is further rolled to the right by the inclination of the second guiding portion 1214b, and to the third guiding portion 1214c disposed on the right side of the second guiding portion 1214b. Will be sent.

  Since the third guide portion 1214c is inclined so that the rear end is lowered, the direction of the game ball T sent to the third guide portion 1214c changes to the rear, and the third guide portion 1214c rolls backward. From the rear end of the third guiding portion 1214c, it is sent between the ball guiding portion 1211a of the lower lower case 1211 and the passage upper portion 1212a of the upper case 1212 from the rear. That is, the game ball T is received in the second starting opening 1153. At this time, in the start port door member 1214, the right end of the third guide portion 1214c is provided with an upright wall portion 1214e that is about half the height of the outer diameter of the game ball T. The game ball T rolling from the left direction to the third guide portion 1214c comes into contact with the standing wall portion 1214e and is prevented from rolling to the right side of the third guide portion 1214c. In addition, the game ball T rolled from the left direction to the third guiding portion 1214c can also be rolled backward by the guiding piece 1161l of the front flow path forming member 1161.

  The game ball T released backward from the third guide portion 1214c flows down onto the ball guide portion 1211a of the lower case 1211 disposed below the third guide portion 1214c, and is guided to the ball guide portion 1211a. Then, the ball enters the passage hole 1211b opened at the rear end of the ball guiding portion 1211a, is detected by the ball detection sensor 1213, and is sent to the second start port guide member 1170.

[2-2 C. Schematic Configuration of Feature Unit]
The accessory unit 1220 of the winning opening unit 100 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 114 to 120. The accessory unit 1220 includes an accessory winning port 1155 that allows the game ball T to be received according to a special lottery result drawn by receiving the game ball T into the first start port 1152 and the second start port 1153. The prize winning port unit 1220A, and the game ball T received in the prize winning port 1155 of the prize winning unit 1220A can be distributed, and the V winning slot 1156 that can receive the game ball T by distribution is provided. V prize opening unit 1220B.

[2-2C1. Prize winning hole unit]
The prize winning opening unit 1220A of the prize unit 1220 supports the prize winning opening opening / closing member 1221 for opening / closing the prize winning opening 1155 and the prize winning opening / closing member 1221 slidably in the front-rear direction and the prize winning for prize An upper housing 1222 that divides the left and right ends of the mouth 1155, a lower housing 1223 that is attached to the lower side of the upper housing 1222 and that receives the game ball T received by the prize winning opening 1155, and is attached to the lower housing 1223 It has a prize winning opening sensor 1224 for detecting the game ball T received by the prize winning opening 1155, and a plunger 1225a supported between the upper housing 1222 and the lower housing 1223 and advancing and retracting according to the gaming state The prize winning solenoid 1225 and the plunger 1225 a of the prize winning solenoid 1225 A link member 1226 that slides the prize winning opening / closing member 1221 by transmitting the withdrawal, and an opening / closing detection sensor 1227 that detects opening / closing of the prize winning opening 1155 by detecting the movement of the link member 1226 are provided. .

  The prize winning opening / closing member 1221 of the prize winning opening unit 1220A has a flat door 1212a extending in the left and right directions with a constant width and inclined so that the left side in front view is lowered, and the door An extending piece 1221b extending rearward from the rear end of the center in the left-right direction of 1221a, and a connecting hole 1221c penetrating vertically near the front end of the extending piece 1221b and extending left and right. .

  The upper housing 1222 of the prize winning opening unit 1220A has a box shaped upper housing main body 1222a with the prize winning opening opening / closing member 1221 placed on the upper surface and the lower side opened, and the front from the left and right ends at the front end A pair of flat plate-like partition pieces 1222b protruding to the top and bottom and front and back, and formed on the left and right ends of the upper front of the upper housing main body 1222a, the door 1221a left and right ends of the prize winning opening / closing member 1221 A pair of groove-shaped first supports 1222c slidably supporting the opening 1222d, and an opening 1222d vertically extending through the upper housing main body 1222a between the pair of first supports 1222c; An extension piece formed in the upper rear portion of the upper housing main body 1222a and in the prize winning opening / closing member 1221 A groove-shaped pair of second support portion 1222e of the left and right ends of 221b slidably supported, and a. In the upper housing 1222, the upper surface of the upper housing main body 1222a and the upper surfaces of the pair of first support portions 122b coincide with each other.

  The lower housing 1223 of the prize product winning opening unit 1220A is in the form of a box whose upper side is open and extends left and right in the front housing of the upper housing body 1222a of the upper housing 1222 with the same length as the distance between the pair of partition pieces 1222b. The ball receiving part 1223a which becomes lower toward the left and lowers backward near the left end, the notch part 1223b formed at the rear of the left end of the ball receiving part 1223a and through which the game ball T can pass, and the notch part 1223b Sensor support part 1223c which is formed on the rear side and lower side and has a shallow box shape opened on the upper side and into which the prize winning hole sensor 1224 is fitted, and vertically penetrating at the bottom wall of the sensor support part 1223c A discharge port 1223d through which the game ball detected by the winning port sensor 1224 can pass and a right rear side of the ball receiving portion 1223a And a link member 1226 which is formed on the left side of the solenoid accommodating portion 1223e (the central rear side in the left-right direction of the ball receiving portion 1223a) of the solenoid accommodating portion 1223e. A link accommodating portion 1223f that accommodates rotatably.

  The prize winning solenoid 1225 of the prize winning opening unit 1220A is accommodated and supported in the solenoid accommodating portion 1223e of the lower housing 1223 so that the plunger 1225a moves forward and backward from the front end side. The plunger 1225a of the prize winning solenoid 1225 is formed in a disk shape having a large diameter at its tip. The prize winning solenoid 1225 is provided with a coil spring (not shown), and in a non-energized state, the plunger 1225a is in a projecting (extending) state by the biasing force of the coil spring.

  The link member 1226 of the prize winning unit 1220A is rotatably supported at the bottom of the link housing portion 1223f of the lower housing 1223 and extends to the left and right, and the upper housing 1222 extends from the rotating shaft 1226a. A band plate-like flange 1226b extending to the upper side of the upper surface of the upper housing main body 1222a through the opening 1222d and a columnar extending to the left and right at the upper end of the flange 1226b A connecting portion 1226c inserted from the lower side into the connecting hole 1221c of the opening / closing member 1221 and a tip of the plunger 1225a of the prize winning solenoid 1225 that protrudes rightward at a lower position from the upper and lower centers of the collar 1226b Between the engaging portion 1226d, and the engaging portion 1226d and the pivot shaft portion 1226a in the collar 1226b. And a, a detection piece 1226e detected by and close detection sensor 1227 extends to put al rearward.

  In the normal state (when no power is supplied), the winning combination winning unit 1220A of the present embodiment is such that the plunger 1225a of the winning combination solenoid 1225 protrudes forward by the biasing force of the coil spring, and the tip of the plunger 1225a The engaging portion 126e of the link member 1226 engaged with the hook member 1226 is in a state in which the flange portion 1226b of the link member 1226 rises substantially vertically from the rotating shaft portion 1226a. In this state, the prize winning opening / closing member 1221 having the connection hole 1221c into which the connection portion 1226c at the upper end of the flange portion 1226b of the link member 1226 is inserted is pushed forward by the connection portion 1226c through the connection hole 1221c. As a result, the prize winning opening / closing member 1221 is slid forward.

  Thereby, the door portion 1221a of the prize winning opening opening / closing member 1221 protrudes forward more than the front end of the upper housing main body 1222a of the upper housing 1222, and the front end of the door portion 1221a is substantially the same as the front end of the partition piece 1222b of the upper housing 1222. It is in position. Further, the left and right ends of the door portion 1221a of the prize winning opening opening / closing member 1221 are in contact with the upper surfaces of the pair of partition pieces 1222b which are separated to the left and right of the upper housing 1222. Therefore, the prize winning opening 1155 opened upward is closed by the door 1221a of the prize winning opening / closing member 1221, and the game ball T can not be received (FIG. 124 (b ) Etc.). In this state, the game ball T which has flowed down on the door 1221a rolls leftward according to the door 1221a inclined so that the left side becomes lower and is discharged leftward from the left end of the door 1221a Ru. In the state where the prize winning opening 1155 is closed by the prize winning opening opening / closing member 1221, the detection piece 1226 e of the link member 1226 is in a state of being detected by the open / close detection sensor 1227.

  When the bonus winning unit 1220A is energized to the bonus winning solenoid 1225 in accordance with a special lottery result that is drawn when the game ball T is received at the first starting port 1152 or the second starting port 1153, the plunger 1225a Move backwards to immerse. When the plunger 1225a of the prize winning solenoid 1225 moves rearward, the engaging portion 126c of the link member 1226 engaged with the tip of the plunger 1225a is pulled backward. Thereby, the link member 1226 rotates in the direction in which the upper end of the flange portion 1226b moves rearward around the rotation shaft portion 1226a. And since the connection part 1226c of the upper end of the collar part 1226b will move back, the prize winning opening opening / closing member 1221 will slide back through the connection hole 1221c in which the connection part 1226c is inserted. .

  At this time, the engagement portion 1226d of the link member 1226 that is engaged with the tip of the plunger 1225a of the prize winning solenoid 1225 has the length (height) of the flange portion 1226b extending from the rotation shaft portion 1226a. Since the rotation shaft portion 1226a is arranged at the center rather than the center, the connecting portion 1226c at the upper end of the flange portion 1226b largely moves backward with respect to the movement amount of the plunger 1225a backward. Accordingly, the front end of the prize winning opening / closing member 1221 (door part 1221a) moves to the vicinity of the front end of the upper housing main body 1222a in the upper housing 1222 (near the rear ends of the pair of partition pieces 1222b), and the prize winning opening 1155 The game ball T is opened upward to be able to receive the game ball T (see FIG. 124 (a)). In a state where the prize winning opening 1155 is opened by the prize winning opening / closing member 1221, the detection piece 1226 e of the link member 1226 is not detected by the opening / closing detection sensor 1227.

  When the game ball T is received by the prize winning opening 1155 while the prize winning opening opening / closing member 1221 is retreated and the prize winning opening 1155 is opened to be acceptable, the gaming ball T is It flows down between the pair of partition pieces 1222b of the housing 1222 and onto the ball receiving portion 1223a of the lower housing 1223 and rolls left on the ball receiving portion 1223a by the inclination of the bottom surface of the ball receiving portion 1223a. The lower housing is detected by the prize winning hole sensor 1224 which is discharged rearward from the notch 1223b on the left end rear side of the ball receiving portion 1223a and supported on the lower side behind the notch 1223b. From the discharge port 1223d of 1223, it discharges | emits on the ball | bowl inlet 1238d of the ball | bowl guide member 1238 mentioned later of the V prize port unit 1220B below.

[2-2C 2. V winning opening unit]
The V winning opening unit 1220B of the prize unit 1220 is attached to the rear side of the base plate 1160 below the prize winning opening unit 1220A, and a unit front base 1230 in which a V prize opening 1156 is formed, and a unit front base 1230 A rear unit base 1231 attached to the rear side, a V-winning solenoid 1232 having a plunger 1232a that is sandwiched between the front unit base 1230 and the rear unit base 1231 and moves forward and backward according to the gaming state; A drive gear member 1233 that is rotatably supported by the front unit base 1230 on the rear side and rotates by the advancement and retraction of the plunger 1232a of the V winning solenoid 1232, a driven gear member 1234 that meshes with the drive gear member 1233, and a driven gear member 1234. The back end is attached to the center of the Front while being rotatably supported by and unit before the base 1230 is provided with a shaft member 1235 which projects forward from the unit before the base 1230.

  In addition, the V winning opening unit 1220B is disposed on the front of the unit front base 1230 and attached to the front end of the shaft member 1235, and has a receiving portion 1236a that can receive only one game ball T on the circumferential surface. It is attached to the front of the unit front base 1230 so as to cover the outer periphery of the rotating body 1236, the disk-like rotating body front plate 1237 attached to the front of the rotating body 1236, and the outer periphery of the rotating body 1236 And a ball guiding member 1238 for guiding the game ball T discharged from the discharge port 1223 d of the mouth unit 1220 A to the upper outer periphery of the rotating body 1236 and guiding the game ball T from the rotating body 1236 to the V winning hole 1156. .

  Further, the V prize opening unit 1220 B is attached to the rear side of the unit front base 1230 and has a pair of V prize opening sensors 1239 for detecting the game ball T received by the V prize opening 1156 and the unit front base 1230 behind A V loss sensor 1240 for detecting the game ball T not attached to the V prize opening 1156 after being attached to the side and accepted by the prize winning opening 1155, and attached to the rear side of the unit rear base 1231 to rotate A rotation detection sensor 1241 for detecting the rotation position of the body 1236.

  The unit front base 1230 of the V prize opening unit 1220B has a front surface 1230a in which the V prize opening 1156 penetrates back and forth on the right side in front of the center with a flat surface extending vertically and horizontally, and near the center of the front surface part 1230a. And a bearing hole 1230b for pivotally supporting the shaft member 1235, and a loss hole 1230c that penetrates forward and backward on the bearing hole 1230b and allows the game ball T to pass therethrough. .

  In addition, the unit front base 1230 is formed on the rear surface of the front surface portion 1230a, and guides the game ball T received the V winning hole 1156i downward and the first discharge path 1230d whose rear side is opened, and the front surface portion 1230a It is formed on the upper side of the first discharge path 1230d by the second discharge path 1230e, which is formed on the rear surface and guides the gaming ball T passing through the missing hole 1230c downward and the rear side is opened, and the rear surface of the front portion 1230a And a solenoid accommodating portion 1230f in which a cage V winning solenoid 1232 is accommodated. A pair of V winning hole sensors 1239 are attached in the first discharge path 1230 d. Further, a V loss sensor 1240 is attached in the second discharge passage 1230 e. The opened rear side of the first discharge path 1230d, the second discharge path 1230e, and the solenoid housing portion 1230f is closed by the unit rear base 1231.

  The V winning solenoid 1232 of the V winning opening unit 1220B is accommodated in the solenoid accommodating portion 1230f of the unit front base 1230 so that the plunger 1232a advances and retreats from the lower end side. The plunger 1232 a of the V prize solenoid 1232 is formed in a disk shape having a large diameter at its tip. Further, the V winning solenoid 1232 includes a coil spring (not shown) that biases the plunger 1232a in a protruding direction, and the plunger 1232a protrudes downward when the coil spring is not energized.

  The drive gear member 1233 of the V prize opening unit 1220B extends in the front-rear direction and has a shaft portion 1233a that is rotatably supported on the rear side of the unit front base 1230, and a plate-like shape extending from the shaft portion 1233a in a direction perpendicular to the shaft. An extension piece 1233b, a drive gear 1233c formed at the tip of the extension piece 1233b and extending in an arc shape with respect to the center of the shaft portion 1233a, and projecting forward from the front surface of the extension piece 1233b and receiving a V prize And an engaging portion 1233 d engaged with the tip end of the plunger 1232 a of the solenoid 1232.

  The driven gear member 1234 of the V winning opening unit 1220B is attached to the rear end of the shaft member 1235, extends in an arc shape with respect to the center of the shaft member 1235, and engages with the driven gear of the drive gear member 1233 and the driven gear 1234a. , And a detection piece 1234b extending in a direction perpendicular to the axis from the rear surface of the driven gear 1234a. The arc-shaped driven gear 1234a in the driven gear member 1234 is formed with an arc having a radius of about 1/3 of the radius of the arc of the driving gear 1233c extending in the arc-like shape of the drive gear member 1233 Yes.

  The rotating body 1236 of the V prize opening unit 1220B is formed with a receiving portion 1236a capable of accommodating only one game ball T opened to the front and the outer periphery. In the front view, the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 extends in a direction in which two sides (two sides spaced apart in the circumferential direction) from the outer peripheral surface toward the bottom side move away from each other toward the outer periphery. Specifically, when the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 is opened upward, the center line passing through the center of the rotating body 1236 and the center of the bottom of the receiving portion 1236a is on the left side of the front view. While the sides extend in parallel, the right side extends away from the bottom side toward the outer peripheral side (see FIG. 120 (a)).

  Further, the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 is formed so that the outer diameter from the outer peripheral surface to the bottom is substantially equal to the outer diameter of the gaming ball T (see FIG. 124 (a)). In the receiving portion 1236a, the rear wall is cut away from the outer peripheral surface toward the bottom side, and is formed lower than two sides separated in the circumferential direction. Further, the open front end side of the receiving portion 1236 a of the rotating body 1236 is closed by the rotating body front plate 1237. Thus, the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 can make the game ball T enter and leave only from the radially outer side of the rotating body 1236.

  The ball guiding member 1238 of the V prize opening unit 1220B is formed by cutting a cylindrical peripheral wall portion 1238a covering the outer periphery of the rotating body 1236 and an upper portion of the peripheral wall portion 1238a so that the game ball T can pass therethrough. 1238b and a right part mouth 1238c that is formed by notching the right part of the peripheral wall part 1238a in front view (position of 90 degrees in the clockwise direction in front view with respect to the upper part 1238b) and through which a game ball can pass. A ball inlet 1238d disposed immediately below the outlet 1223d of the lower housing 1223 in the prize winning hole unit 1220A above the peripheral wall 1238a and opening upward, and from the ball inlet 1238d to the top opening 1238b The lower guiding portion 1238e through which the game ball T can be circulated and the V winning opening 1 at the lower right of the front view from the right port 1238c. Game ball T has become lower toward the 56 is provided with a right guiding section 1238f can flow.

  The ball guiding member 1238 is open at the rear end side of the upper guiding portion 1238e and the right guiding portion 1238f, and is attached to the unit front base 1230, whereby the rear end side opened by the front surface portion 1230a is closed.

  In the V winning opening unit 1220B of the present embodiment, the shaft portion 1233a of the drive gear member 1233 is rotatably supported at a position near the right end in the front view on the unit front base 1230 at a position slightly above the vertical center. On the other hand, the shaft member 1235 to which the driven gear member 1234 and the rotating body 1236 are attached is attached to the unit base 1230 so as to be rotatable at a position slightly to the left of the front view center. The drive gear 1233c of the drive gear member 1233 and the driven gear 1234a of the driven gear member 1234 are meshed between the shaft portion 1233a and the shaft member 1235 of the drive gear member 1233, and the V winning solenoid 1232 is disposed. Has been.

  In the V winning opening unit 1220B, a V winning opening 1156 opens forward at a position directly below the shaft portion 1233a of the drive gear member 1233 below the center of the rotating body 1236.

  Energization / non-energization of the V prize solenoid 1232 is performed in a constant cycle by the control of the main control board 1113. When the V winning solenoid 1232 is in a non-energized state, the plunger 1232a protrudes downward by the biasing force of a coil spring (not shown). In this state, the engaging portion 1233 d of the drive gear member 1233 is pushed downward by the plunger 1232 a which protrudes downward, and the drive gear member 1233 is rotated counterclockwise around the shaft portion 1233 a, In the vicinity of the end in the clockwise direction in the front view of the gear 1233c, it meshes with the vicinity of the end in the counterclockwise direction of the driven gear 1234a in the driven gear member 1234 (see FIG. 120 (b)). At this time, the detection piece 1234b of the driven gear member 1234 extends upward with respect to the center of the shaft member 1235, and is detected by the rotation detection sensor 1241.

  Then, the rotating member 1236 attached to the front end side of the shaft member 1235 faces the open side of the receiving portion 1236a to the right in the front view by the shaft member 1235 having the rear end side attached to the driven gear member 1234. It is in a state of In this state, the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 coincides with the right opening 1238c of the ball guiding member 1238, and the receiving portion 1236a and the right guiding portion 1238f are in a erected state. Further, the upper opening 1238 b of the ball guiding member 1238 is in a state of being closed by the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1236.

  Thus, when a game ball is received in the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236, the game ball is guided from the receiving portion 1236a to the V winning opening 1156 through the right port 1238c and the right guiding portion 1238f. The game ball T received in the V winning opening 1156 is guided downward by the first discharge path 1230d on the rear side of the unit front base 1230, and is detected by the pair of V winning opening sensors 1239, and the first discharge path 1230d. It is discharged downward from the lower end of.

  On the other hand, the game ball T that has been received by the accessory prize winning opening 1155 of the accessory winning prize opening unit 120B and reached the upper opening 1238b through the ball inlet 1238d and the upper guiding portion 1238e of the ball guiding member 1238 is the outer periphery of the rotating body 1236. The surface and the peripheral wall portion 1238a prevent the receiving portion 1236a from being received, and the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1236 that is inclined so that the rear end side is narrowed opens the lower rear portion of the upper guiding portion 1238e. The unit front base 1230 enters the loss hole 1230c of the front surface portion 1230a, is guided downward by the second discharge path 1230e on the rear side of the unit front base 1230, is detected by the V loss sensor 1240, and is detected by the second discharge path 1230e. It is discharged downward from the lower end of.

  In a state where the V winning solenoid 1232 is energized, the plunger 1232a rises so as to be immersed against the urging force of the coil spring. As the plunger 1232a rises, the driving gear member 1233 rotates clockwise around the shaft 1233a by the engaging portion 1233d of the driving gear member 1233 engaged with the tip (lower end) of the plunger 1232a. Move. By rotating the drive gear member 1233 clockwise, the driven gear member 1234a of the driven gear member 1234 meshed with the drive gear 1233c causes the entire driven gear member 1234 to rotate 90 degrees counterclockwise around the shaft member 1235. Rotate. Accordingly, the rotating body 1236 attached to the front end side of the shaft member 1235 also rotates 90 degrees counterclockwise as viewed from the front via the shaft member 1235 attached to the driven gear member 1234 on the rear end side. Become.

  Then, the rotating body 1236 rotates 90 degrees counterclockwise, so that the receiving portion 1236a is opened upward, and the opening side of the receiving portion 1236a coincides with the upper opening 1238b of the ball guiding member 1238. . As a result, the receiving portion 1236a is in communication with the upper guiding portion 1238e through the upper opening 1238b (see FIG. 120 (a)).

  With the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 directed upward, when the gaming ball is discharged from the prize winning opening unit 1220A side and enters the ball inlet 1238d of the ball guiding member 1238, it passes through the upper guiding portion 1238e and the upper portion It is received by the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 from the mouth 1238b. When the game ball enters the ball inlet 138b with the game ball T being received by the receiver 1236a of the rotor 1236, the entered game ball T passes through the upper guide 1238e and receives the rotor 1236. It comes in contact with the game ball T received by the part 1236a from above, enters into the backward hole 1230c, and is discharged downward through the second discharge part 130e of the unit front base 1230. Ru. At this time, the gaming ball T received by the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 is supported by the rear wall of the receiving portion 1236a, and may come off from the receiving portion 1236a even if the gaming ball T contacts from above Absent.

[3. Game contents]
The game contents using the gaming ball T in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. 121 to FIG. In the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment, the player operates the handle device 500 to drive the game balls T stored in the dish unit 300 one by one into the upper part of the game area 1100 of the game board 4. Can. The game ball T that has been driven into the game area 1100 flows down so as to pass through either the left or right of the center bonus 1130 and is discharged from an out port 1112a that opens at the lower end of the game area 1100. In the game area 1100, a plurality of obstacle nails G, a windmill, a decorative body including a center accessory 1130, and the like are arranged. The game ball T abuts the obstacle nail G and the like, and the flow speed is suppressed. At the same time, the player can be moved in various directions, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball T.

  Further, when the game ball T is received in the general winning opening 1151, the first starting opening 1152, the second starting opening 1153, the big winning opening 1154, the winning combination winning opening 1155, etc., which are arranged in the gaming area 1100, the receiving is accepted. The game balls T of the number corresponding to the winning opening are paid out to the dish unit 300. Note that the game balls T discharged from the out port 1112a, the general winning port 1151, the first starting port 1152, the second starting port 1153, the big winning port 1154, and the prize winning port 1155 are not returned to the player.

  When the game ball T driven into the game area 1100 flows downward from the top of the center character 1130 in the left direction, it flows between the center character 1130 and the induction wall 1111 c in the game area 1100. Become. At this time, when the game ball T enters the warp entrance 1131 opened in the outer peripheral surface on the left side of the center character 1130, the game is played again from the warp exit 1132 opened in the lower center of the center article 1130 in the left-right direction. It is released into region 1100. The first starting opening 1152 of the winning opening unit 1150 is always open upward directly under the warp outlet 1132, and the gaming ball T released from the warp outlet 1132 has an extremely high probability of the first starting aperture. Accepted by 1152.

  In addition, even if the game ball T flowing down the left side of the center character 1130 does not enter the warp entrance 1131, a plurality of obstacle nails G lower the center character 1130 to the center side in the horizontal direction of the game area 1100. Therefore, the first start port 1152 may be accepted.

  Then, when the gaming ball T is received in the first starting opening 1152, the gaming ball T is detected by the first starting opening sensor 1190, and the detection signal is sent to the main control board 1113. The main control board 1113 transmits a payout command to the payout control board 1101 in response to a detection signal from the first starting opening sensor 1190, and the payout control board 1101 controls the winning ball device 740 to respond to the payout command received. The game balls T of the same number (for example, three) are paid out to the dish unit 300.

  The game ball T that flows down the left side of the center accessory 1130 and is not received in the first start port 1152 is discharged from the out port 1112a at the lower end of the game area 1100.

  On the other hand, when the game ball T driven into the game area 1100 flows down from the upper part of the center accessory 1130 in the right direction, the game ball T enters the right channel 1133 from the entrance 1133a of the center accessory 1130, and enters the game area. It is released into the game area 1100 from an outlet 1133 e disposed substantially at the center in the vertical direction of the 1100. Below the discharge port 1133e, the general winning port 1151 of the winning port unit 1150 is always open upward.

  Then, when the mail T is received in the general winning opening 1151, it is detected by the general winning opening sensor 1180, and the detection signal is sent to the main control board 1113. The main control board 1113 transmits a payout command to the payout control board 1101 in response to a detection signal from the general winning opening sensor 1180, and the payout control board 1101 controls the winning ball device 740 to respond to the payout command received. A number (for example, 10) of game balls T are paid out to the dish unit 300.

  The game ball T which has flowed down the right side of the center character 1130 and has not been received by the general winning opening 1151 plays a role through the left or right of the receiving portion 1161 b of the front flow path forming member 1161 forming the general winning opening 1151. It flows down to the upper surface of the door part 1221a of the accessory prize winning opening / closing member 1221 that closes the prize winning prize opening 1155 of the article unit 1220. And game ball T which flowed down on the upper surface of the door 1221a rolls the upper surface of the door 1221a to the left under the prize winning opening upper sky wall 1161f, and from the left end of the door 1221a, the prize winning opening It rolls on the upper surface of the left shelf 1161 g and is discharged from the left end of the left winning combination prize shelf 1161 g to the lower left.

  Then, the game ball T released from the prize winning port left shelf 1161g flows down to the upper surface of the second starting port upper shelf 1161j, rolls left on the upper surface of the second starting port upper shelf 1161j, and It is discharged from the left end of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j to the lower left. The game ball T released from the left end of the second starting port upper shelf portion 1161j abuts on the second starting port region left standing wall portion 1161m on the left side, and moves downward along the right side of the second starting port region left standing wall portion 1161m. Flow down. The game ball T that has flowed down along the right side of the second starting port area left standing wall portion 1161m flows down onto the second starting port area lower shelf portion 1161i, and the upper surface of the second starting port region lower shelf portion 1161i is moved to the left. Is then discharged to the lower left so as to pass through the front face of the big prize opening 1154 from the left end of the second start opening area lower shelf 1161i.

  When the game ball T flows down the right side of the center character 1130, in the right channel 1133 of the center character 1130, the game ball T forms the gate member 1134 disposed in the gate space 1133c below the entrance path 1133b. When it passes, it is detected by a gate sensor 1135 provided on the gate member 1134. Then, when passage of the game ball T is detected by the gate sensor 1135, the main control board 1113 acquires an ordinary random number as an ordinary lottery result, collates the acquired ordinary random number with the ordinary symbol table, and the acquired ordinary random number hits It is determined whether or not. At this time, after the normal symbol is variably displayed on the function display 1114, the result of the normal lottery is displayed. After that, when the normal lottery is hit ("normal hit"), the starting port solenoid 1215 of the variable starting port unit 1210 is energized for a predetermined time (for example, for 0.3 seconds to 10 seconds). In the lottery of the normal lottery result, the probability that the “normal hit” is drawn is set to be higher than 1/2 (for example, 49/50 to 299/300).

  When the starting opening solenoid 1215 is energized, the starting opening door member 1214 moves forward and passes through the second starting opening opening 1160c and the door slit 1160d of the base plate 1160 to form the first guiding portion 1214a and the second guiding portion 1214b, The third guide portion 1214 c, the front wall portion 1214 d, and the standing wall portion 1214 e protrude more forward than the front surface of the base plate 1160. In this state, when the game ball T is released to the left from the left end of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j, the second starting opening region abuts on the left standing wall portion 1161m and then the first guide of the starting opening door member 1214 It abuts on the portion 1214a, and the flow direction is directed to the right by the inclination of the first guide portion 1214a. Then, the gaming ball T rolls from the first guiding portion 1214a to the third guiding portion 1214c through the second guiding portion 1214b, and the inclination of the third guiding portion 1214c and the guiding piece 1161l of the front flow path forming member 1161 Thus, the rolling direction is directed rearward and is received by the second start port 1153 that is open rearward.

  When the game ball T is received by the second start port 1153 and detected by the second start port sensor 1191, the main control board 1113 transmits a payout command to the payout control board 1101 according to the detection signal, and the payout control board In 1101, the prize ball device 740 is controlled to cause the number of game balls T corresponding to the received payout command to be paid out to the dish unit 300.

  The periphery of the second starting port 1153 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described in more detail. As shown in FIGS. 121 to 123, etc., the second starting port 1153 is open to the front in such a size that only one game ball T can be received. Immediately above the second start port 1153, the second start port upper shelf 1161j of the front flow path forming member 1161 is disposed. The second starting port upper shelf portion 1161j is about three times as long as the outer diameter of the game ball T and extends to the left and right so that the left end side is lower, and the higher right end side is the second starting port. It is placed directly above 1153. That is, the left end side of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j extends to the left side relative to the second starting opening 1153. Further, in the second starting port upper shelf portion 1161j, the difference in height between the right end portion side and the left end portion side is set to about 約 of the outer diameter of the game ball T.

  A second starting opening area left standing wall 1161m is disposed on the left outside from the left end of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j with an interval slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball T and extending vertically. The upper end of the second start opening area left erected wall portion 1161m is located about 1/2 the outer diameter of the game ball T above the upper end of the second start opening upper shelf 1161j, and the lower end is the second start opening The upper end of the upper shelf 1161 j extends vertically above the left end of the first guiding portion 1214 a of the starting opening door member 1214 at a distance approximately the same distance as the outer diameter of the gaming ball T than the upper left end of the upper shelf 1161 j.

  The start opening door member 1214 has a space at which only one game ball T can circulate between the second start opening area left standing wall portion 1161m and the second start opening upper shelf portion 1161j so that only one game ball T can flow. It is disposed below the upper shelf portion 1161 j. The length from the left end of the first guide portion 1214a of the start port door member 1214 to the right end of the third guide portion 1214c (standing wall portion 1214e) is about four times the outer diameter of the game ball T.

  The second start port 1153 is always open forward in the game area 1100. In other words, the game ball T can be received regardless of the game state. However, since the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j is disposed above the second starting opening 1153, the game ball T can not be received by the second starting opening 1153 even if the gaming ball T flows downward from the upper side. On the other hand, if the game ball T dropped to the second starting opening area lower shelf 1161i disposed below the second starting opening 1153 jumps up to the height of the second starting opening 1153, the second starting opening 1153 There is a possibility that it will be accepted, but in practice it is almost never accepted. That is, the second starting opening 1153 is arranged in the area where the game balls T are difficult to circulate in the game area 1100.

  As described above, the start opening door member 1214 of the variable start opening unit 1210 protrudes forward from the front surface of the base plate 1160 to the second start opening 1153 so that the game ball T can be received. Since this start door member 1214 moves forward and backward, it is difficult to determine whether the start door member 1214 is moving forward or backward when viewed from the player (front) side. Therefore, the start opening door member depends on whether or not it abuts on the start opening door member 1214 by actually flowing the game ball T between the second start opening upper shelf 1161j and the second start opening area left standing wall 1161m. 1214 must be recognized, and the player must make a right turn so that the game ball T circulates between the second starting port upper shelf 1161j and the second starting port region left standing wall 1161m. Accordingly, attention can be paid to the movement of the game ball T, and it is possible to make the player enjoy the movement of the game ball T and prevent the interest from deteriorating.

  Then, in the normal state (the start port solenoid 1215 is not energized), as shown in FIG. 123 (a) etc., the front end of the start port door member 1214 does not project forward beyond the front surface of the base plate 1160. It has become. Therefore, in this state, even if the game ball T flows down between the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j and the second starting opening area left upright wall 1161 m, it does not contact the starting opening door member 1214, and the lower side The second starting opening area lower shelf 1161i disposed in

  Then, when the starting opening solenoid 1215 is energized according to the result of the normal drawing which is drawn by the game ball T passing through the gate member 1134, the front end of the starting opening door member 1214 is more forward than the front surface of the base plate 1160 It will protrude to the

  The second start opening upper shelf 1161 j and the second start opening area left standing wall portion in a state where the front end of the start opening door member 1214 protrudes forward relative to the front surface of the bed plate 1160 (the second start opening 1153 can be received) When the gaming ball T flows down to between 1161 m, it abuts on the upper surface of the first guiding portion 1214 a. Since the first guide portion 1214a is inclined so that the left end side is high, the game ball T is guided to the right by this inclination. By the way, since the distance between the starting opening door member 1214 and the lower surface of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball T, the left side of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j is left The game ball T which is rolled to the left and is in contact with the second start opening area left upright wall portion 1161 m from the left end of the second start opening upper shelf 1161 j and then is guided in the right direction by contacting the first guide portion 1214 a The motion of the motion is a motion of making a U-turn rapidly, which can strongly attract the player's attention (see FIG. 122 (b) and FIG. 123 (b)).

  Then, the gaming ball T guided to the right by the first guiding part 1214a rolls on the second guiding part 1214b on the right side. Since the second guide portion 1214b has a smaller inclination angle from the horizontal than the first guide portion 1214a, the increase in the rolling speed of the game balls T is delayed. The gaming ball T, which has rolled the second guiding portion 1214b to the right, rolls to the third guiding portion 1214c on the right side. In the third guide portion 1214c, a bottom surface is lowered rearward, and a guide piece 11611l that protrudes leftward from the right side of the third guide portion 1214c toward the front is provided on the third guide portion 1214c. Therefore, the game ball T is guided rearward and is received by the second starting port 1153 that is open to the rear side.

  Since the front plate portion 1161a of the front flow path forming member 1161 is present on the front side of the front end of the start door member 1214 protruding forward from the front surface of the base plate 1160, the game ball T moves forward. It will not fall out (see FIG. 113 etc.).

  When energization of the starting opening solenoid 1215 is completed, the plunger 1215a which has been retracted is protruded by the biasing force of the coil spring provided in the starting opening solenoid 1215, and the starting opening door member 1214 is retracted via the link member 1216. By the retraction of the starting opening door member 1214, the amount of projection of the first guide portion 1214a, the second guiding portion 1214b and the like protruding from the front surface of the base plate 1160 gradually decreases and the front end of the starting opening door member 1214 And the rear surface of the front plate portion 1161a in the front flow path forming member 1161 gradually increase.

  When the starting opening door member 1214 is retracted, the game ball T flows down between the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j and the second starting opening area left standing wall 1161 m or the first guiding portion 1214 a or When the game ball T is rolling on the second guide portion 1214b, the amount of protrusion of the first guide portion 1214a, the second guide portion 1214b, etc. gradually decreases, so the game ball T rolling to the right side Before it reaches the third guiding portion 1214c, it does not fall downward from the gap between the front end of the starting opening door member 1214 and the front plate portion 1161a and is not received by the second starting opening 1153 (FIG. see c)).

  As a result, when energization of the starting opening solenoid 1215 is finished, the reception of the gaming ball T to the second starting opening 1153 can be immediately disabled, and therefore extra receiving of the gaming ball T is reduced. It is possible to suppress an increase in the burden on the game hall side where the pachinko machine 1 is installed. On the other hand, for the player, since the game ball T falls from the middle of the starting opening door member 1214, anticipation is given to an opportunity when the second starting opening 1153 can be accepted next. It is possible to suppress the decrease in the interest for the game.

  By the way, in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, when the gaming ball T is received by the first starting opening 1152 and the second starting opening 1153 and detected by the first starting opening sensor 1190 and the second starting opening sensor 1191 The control board 1113 acquires a special random number as a special lottery result. And the acquired special random number is collated with a special symbol table, and it is determined whether the acquired special random number is hit or not. As a hit by the special symbol table, there are "big hit", "medium hit", and "small hit" where the big winning opening 1154 can be accepted, and "per hit" where the bonus character winning opening 1155 can be accepted. Further, the special symbol table includes information such as presence / absence of probability change, presence / absence of time reduction, variation time of special symbol, variation pattern of special symbol, etc. in addition to a lost hit.

  The main control board 1113 causes the function display 1114 to variably display the special symbol on the basis of the variation time and variation pattern collated by the special symbol table regardless of the hit result of the special lottery result, and after the variation time has elapsed Make a display indicating the special lottery result. The function display 1114 also displays the type of hit such as "big hit" or "small hit". Then, if the special lottery result is a hit, according to the hit, it is possible to energize the attachment solenoid 1204 or the prize winning solenoid 1225 in a pattern according to the hit, and receive the special prize mouth 1154 or the prize winning hole 1155. I assume.

  For example, when the "winning" is drawn as a special lottery result, after the special winning opening 1154 is opened, a lapse of a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds to 30 seconds) or a predetermined number (for example, 8 pieces or more) The opening / closing pattern to be closed based on the reception of the 15 game balls T is made one round, and the round is repeated according to the type of "hit". For example, “2R big hit” is repeated for two rounds, and “15R big hit” for 15 rounds, repeatedly generating an advantageous gaming state advantageous to the player as a “hit”.

  In this example, when "per player" is drawn as a special lottery result, the main product control solenoid 1125 causes the main product control solenoid 1125 and the V-type solenoid 1232 to be energized substantially simultaneously. Further, the V winning solenoid 1232 is energized longer than the bonus winning solenoid 1225. That is, the reception of the game ball T to the prize winning opening 1155 and the reception of the game ball T to the rotating body 1236 and the receiving portion 1236a are simultaneously started, and the first time (for example, 1 second to 5 seconds) After the elapse of time, the prize winning opening 1155 is closed, and after the second time (for example, 2 to 30 seconds) elapses, the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 is rotated to the V winning opening 1156 side. As a result, when the prize winning opening 1155 becomes acceptable, the rotary body 1236 rotates to receive the game ball T while the gaming ball T is received by the prize winning opening 1155 and does not reach the lower rotary body 1236. It prevents that 1236a can not be accepted.

  Then, when the game ball T is received in the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 and the V winning solenoid 1232 is deenergized and the rotating body 1236 rotates clockwise, the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 receives the game ball T. The game ball T which has been played is accepted by the V winning opening 1156. When the game ball T is received by the V winning opening 1156 and detected by the V winning opening sensor 1239, the main control board 1113 opens and closes the big winning opening 1154 and the accessory winning opening 1155 in a predetermined pattern as “big hit”.

  When the game ball T is received in the grand prize winning opening 1154 or the prize winning opening 1155 and detected by the big winning prize sensor 1206 or the bonus winning prize sensor 1224, the main control board 1113 pays out to the payout control board 1101. The command is transmitted, and the payout control board 1101 controls the prize ball device 740 to pay out the number (for example, 10) of the game balls T according to the received payout command to the dish unit 300.

  By the way, when the game ball T is received in the first start port 1152 or the second start port 1153 while the special symbol is variably displayed on the function display 1114, the main control board 1113 is specially related to the reception of the game ball T Up to four random numbers (special lottery results) are stored (reserved), and if the number exceeds 4, the special random numbers are discarded. Further, in the main control board 1113, the number of special random numbers stored (held) is displayed on the function display 1114. Then, as soon as the variation display of the special symbol is finished, the stored special random number is released, and the variation display of the special symbol related to the special random number is started.

  By the way, in the present embodiment, the special lottery result includes a “special jackpot” in which the player enters a more advantageous gaming state. This “specified jackpot” can be accepted twice in a total of once for each of the special winning opening 1154 and the special prize winning opening 1155, or twice for the special prize winning opening 54. Specifically, when the player performs a left strike and causes the first starting opening 53 to receive the game ball T, and the "specified big hit" is drawn as a special drawing result, the special winning opening 1154 and the prize winning opening The game ball T can be received once each 1155. First, the game ball T can be received by opening and closing the large winning opening 1154 a plurality of times (for example, once to three times) for a short time (for example, one second to five seconds) for the first time.

  Thereafter, after the effect image for prompting the player to hit the right is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1115, after a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds to 60 seconds) elapses after the acceptance of the first large winning opening 1154 is finished. As a second time, the bonus character winning opening 1155 is opened for a short time (for example, 1 to 5 seconds) to allow the game ball T to be received, and the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236 is rotated upward to be game ball T Make it acceptable. Then, after a predetermined time (for example, 2 seconds to 30 seconds) has elapsed since the game ball T can be received in the receiving portion 1236a of the rotating body 1236, the receiving portion 1236a faces the V winning opening 1156 side Rotate to. At this time, if the game ball T is received in the receiving unit 1236 a, the game ball T is received in the V prize opening 1156. When the game ball T is received in the V winning opening 1156, the big winning opening 1154 opens and closes with a predetermined number of rounds (for example, 15 rounds) as an advantageous gaming state.

  In this "specified big hit", from the gate sensor 1135 which detects the passage of the game ball T in the gate member 1134 between the opening and closing of the first big winning opening 53 and the opening and closing of the second winning combination prize opening 54. The detection is received, and when a "normal hit" is drawn as a normal lottery result, the starting opening door member 1214 advances, and the game ball T can be received into the second starting opening 1153. Note that, while the advantageous gaming state is being generated, acceptance of the detection signal from the gate sensor 1135 is interrupted, and the start opening door member 1214 is advanced so that the second start opening 1153 can not be received. And, when the second starting port 1153 is acceptable, the game ball T is accepted, and the special lottery result is drawn, and the drawn special lottery result is stored up to 4 (or 8) ( Be put on hold)

  When a "specified big hit" is drawn by the game ball T being received in the second start opening 1153, the winning combination 1155 is opened and closed twice to make it possible to receive the game ball T. First, once the game ball T is received in opening and closing of the first prize winning opening 1155, if it is accepted in the V winning opening 1156, as in the above, the special winning opening 1154 is a predetermined round as an advantageous gaming state Open and close with a number (for example, 15 rounds). Then, after the end of the advantageous gaming state, the second winning a prize winning opening 1155 is opened and closed, and the gaming ball T is received in the V prize opening 1156 in the same manner as described above. A gaming state occurs.

  Since the detection signal from the gate sensor 1135 is accepted even during the opening and closing of the two prize winning opening 1155, the start door member 1214 moves forward by lottery of “normal hit”, and the second The game ball T can be received at the start port 1153, and a predetermined number (for example, four or eight) of special lottery results are stored (held).

  Thus, since it becomes possible to generate an advantageous gaming state continuously, it is possible to receive more gaming balls T into the big winning opening 1154 and pay out the gaming balls T to the dish unit 300, Entertaining a person and suppressing the interest from deteriorating.

  In this embodiment, in addition to the display by the function display 1114, the peripheral control board 1116 causes the liquid crystal display device 1115 to display various effect images based on a command from the main control board 1113. , To entertain the player.

[4. Relationship between the present embodiment and the present invention]
The second start port 1153 of the present embodiment is the receiving port of the present invention, the lower case 1211 and the upper case 1212 in the variable start port unit 1210 of the present embodiment are the case members of the present invention, and the ball guiding portion 1211a of the present embodiment. Are the guide part of the present invention, the start door member 1214 in the present embodiment is the door member of the present invention, and the first guide part 1214a, the second guide part 1214b and the third guide part 1214c in the present embodiment are of the present invention. In the guide portion, the third guide portion 1214c in the present embodiment corresponds to the inclined portion of the present invention, and the start port solenoid in the present embodiment corresponds to the solenoid of the present invention.

[5. Characteristic effects of the present embodiment]
Thus, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the second starting opening 1153 extends in the left-right direction with the slider portion 1214g of the starting opening door member 1214 in the variable starting opening unit 1210 and the gaming ball T is disposed on the right end side. The slider portion of the start opening door member 1214 on the left side of the second start opening 1153 after making the heights of the first guide portion 1214a, the second guide portion 1214b, and the third guide portion 1214c different from each other different. The lower case 1211 and the upper case 1212 of the start opening solenoid 1215 so that the plunger 1215a advances and retracts on the opposite side to the left and right with the second start opening 1153 on the upper side of the 1214g and the rear of the first guide 1214a and the second guide 1214b The game ball T is driven into the game area 1100 by the link member 1216 below the starting opening solenoid 1215. The lower case 1211 supports the movable plunger 1215a so that it can slide back and forth by the lower case 1211 according to the gaming state which is changed by the lower case 1211 (according to the normal lottery result drawn by passing the game ball T through the gate member 1134). Since the start opening door member 1214 is made to slide back and forth by transmitting it to the start opening door member 1214, the front and back and up and down of the mechanism (variable start opening unit 1210) for sliding the start opening door member 1214 Can be made smaller than the conventional one. Therefore, since the installation space for providing the variable start opening unit 1210 having the start opening door member 1214 which slides back and forth according to the gaming state can be reduced, the start opening door sliding back and forth in the game area 1100 The degree of freedom of arrangement of the member 1214 can be increased, and the atmosphere in the game area 1100 can be greatly changed by arranging the start door member 1214 in a place where the conventional pachinko machine could not be arranged. Thus, the pachinko machine 1 having a high appeal to the player who wants to select it as a pachinko machine to play with a strong interest of the player can be obtained.

  Further, as described above, the installation space for providing the variable start port unit 1210 can be reduced. Even if the variable start port unit 1210 having the start port door member 1214 is provided, the decorative body, the movable decorative body, In addition, since the other members can be provided in the pachinko machine 1 without any problem, the decoration effect and the production effect by the other members can be sufficiently exhibited. It is possible to improve the appeal of the player by improving the appearance of the pachinko machine 1.

  Further, the second start port 1153 is disposed on the right end side of the lower case 1211 and the upper case 1212, and the first guide portion 1214a, the second guide portion 1214b, and the third guide portion that extend to the left and right of the start port member 1214. Since the game ball T is guided to the second starting opening 1153 by 1214 c, when the starting opening door member 1214 is protruded into the game area 1100 according to the gaming state, the first guidance of the starting opening door member 1214 When the game ball T flows down onto the portion 1214a, the game ball T rolls rightward on the first guide portion 1214a, the second guide portion 1214b, and the third guide portion 1214c and is accepted by the second starting opening 1153. As a result, the game ball T rolls toward the second start port 1153 on the first guide portion 1214a, the second guide portion 1214b, and the third guide portion 1214c. Second for the acceptance of the starting opening 1153 can cause enhanced expectation, interest and to entertain the player it can be prevented from being lowered relative to the person. At this time, when the starting opening door member 1214 sliding forward and backward slides the gaming ball T to the second starting opening 1153 by the first guiding portion 1214a, the second guiding portion 1214b and the third guiding portion 1214c. Since the action of the starting opening door member 1214 is opposite to that of a conventional pachinko machine variable receiving port (variable winning hole), a strong impact may be given to a player or the like who is used to the conventional pachinko machine. The pachinko machine 1 can have high appeal.

  In addition, the first guide portion 1214a, the second guide portion 1214b, and the third guide portion 1214c of the start door member 1214 are slid forward and protruded into the game area 1100 according to the game state. When the game ball T flows down on the portion 1214a, the game ball T can be guided to the right end side, so that it rolls on the first guide portion 1214a, the second guide portion 1214b, and the third guide portion 1214c extending to the left and right. The movement of the moving game ball T can be shown to the player, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball T rolling on the first guide portion 1214a, the second guide portion 1214b, and the third guide portion 1214c. It is possible to suppress the decline in interest.

  Further, when the plunger 1215a of the start port solenoid 1215 is moved back and forth in accordance with the game state, the engaging portion 1216c of the link member 1216 engaged with the tip of the plunger 1215a is moved left and right as the plunger 1215a moves back and forth. The main body 1216a revolves around the axis extending up and down around the main body 1216a so as to move, and the main body 1216a also extends up and down through the first piece 1216b connecting the engaging portion 1216c and the main body 1216a. It will rotate around the axis. A connecting hole 1216e at the tip of the second piece 1216d extending from the main body portion 1216a at a right angle to the first piece 1216b is fitted and connected to a connecting pin 1214h protruding from the slider portion 1214g of the starting port door member 1214. Therefore, when the main body 1216a rotates, the connecting hole 1216e at the tip of the second piece 1216d revolves around the vertically extending axis, and the revolving of the connecting hole 1216e causes the connecting pin 1214h and the slider 1214g to pass through. Thus, the start port door member 1214 slides back and forth. Therefore, the pachinko machine 1 which can transmit the advance and retreat of the plunger 1215a of the start opening solenoid 1215 and can reliably slide the start opening door member 1214 back and forth, and can achieve the above-described operation and effect, is realized. be able to.

  Further, the second piece 1216d of the link member 1216 has a length that extends to the slider portion 1214g below the start port solenoid 1215 in the start port door member 1214, and is shorter than the conventional one. The sliding range before and after 1214 can be narrowed, and the dimensions before and after can be made smaller than before. In addition, since the link member 1216 is rotated about the axis extending vertically, the vertical dimension is smaller than the conventional case where the link member 1216 is rotated about the axis extending horizontally. can do. Therefore, the mechanism (variable start port unit 1210) for sliding the start port door member 1214 back and forth can be made smaller than the conventional one, and the pachinko machine 1 that reliably achieves the above-described effects can be realized. it can.

  Further, since the game ball T received in the second starting port 1153 can be discharged downward from the lower case 1211 through the ball guiding portion 1211a and the passage hole 1211b, the lower case 1211 and the upper case 1212 The lower case 1211 and the upper case 1212 are provided with a passage member or the like for receiving the game ball T received in the second starting opening 1153 on the rear side of the lower case 1211 and the upper case 1212 as compared to the case where they are guided and released. There is no need to make it easy to secure a space behind the lower case 1211 and the upper case 1212. Therefore, it is easy to secure a space for arranging other members such as a decorative body, a movable decorative body, and a character on the rear side of the lower case 1211 and the upper case 1212, that is, on the rear side of the variable starting port unit 1210. Thus, it is possible to embody the pachinko machine 1 capable of achieving the above-described effects.

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, in the gaming area 1100, even when the starting opening door member 1214 of the variable starting opening unit 1210 is in the non-acceptable position retracted backward, the second starting opening 1153 is inside the gaming area 1100. Since the second starting port 1153 is not closed at all times, the player can be given an illusion that the game ball T can be received into the second starting port 1153, Of the second start port 1153. Therefore, since the second starting opening 1153 is always open, it is possible to make the player direct attention to the second starting opening 1153 regardless of the movement (slide) of the starting opening door member 1214, and thus the player As a result, the player can have a sense of expectation for the reception of the game ball T into the second start opening 1153, and can be made tired of getting tired, and the second start opening 1153 for the player regardless of the position of the start opening door member 1214. It is possible to cause the player to perform a driving operation of the game ball T aiming at the game, and to prevent the player from getting bored and to reduce the interest in the game.

  Further, since the starting opening door member 1214 is slid back and forth, even if the starting opening door member 1214 is positioned at any of the forwardly receivable position and the backward retreating position, Since it looks the same when viewed from the front, it is difficult for the player to determine the position of the start door member 1214. Therefore, since the position of the starting opening door member 1214 is hard to be understood, the player can be illusiveed that the starting opening door member 1214 is in the acceptable position projecting forward, and the player aims the starting opening door member 1214 It is possible to make the game ball T be hit and entertained.

  In addition, as described above, since it is possible to reduce the extra number of game balls T received, a special lottery result in which an advantageous game state is generated by the extra game balls T received in the second starting port 1153 is drawn in a lottery manner. It can be avoided that it is done, and it can control that the burden on the game hall side increases.

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, when the game ball T that has been driven into the game area 1100 by the player's operation flows down above the second start port 1153, the second start port 1153 flows to the front surface. Since the second starting port upper shelf 1161j is disposed below the second starting port upper shelf 1161j of the road forming member 1161, the second starting port upper shelf 1161j is prevented from receiving the game ball T directly into the second starting port 1153. The second start opening upper shelf 1161 j is discharged downward from the left end. At this time, the starting opening door member 1214 extends in the left and right direction (according to the passage of the game ball T at the gate member 1134) in accordance with the game state which changes as the game ball T is hit into the game area 100. The game ball T released downward from the left end portion of the second starting port upper shelf 1161j in a state of sliding forward and protruding into the gaming area 1100 is a second starting port in a plan view of the starting port door member 1214. When it flows down to the left outer portion of the upper shelf portion 1161j, the game ball T rolls on the start opening door member 1214 toward the second start opening 1153 and is received by the second start opening 1153. Then, when the game ball T is received at the second start port 1153, a privilege such as payout of the game ball T or a lottery of the special lottery result is given, so that the player can be entertained by the given privilege. At the same time, it is possible to enjoy the operation of hitting the game ball T aiming at the start opening door member 1214 so that the game ball T can be received into the second start opening 1153.

  The start port door member 1214 extending to the left and right is slid in the front-rear direction different from the receivable direction facing the left direction of the game ball T in the second start port 1153, so that the start port is located in the game area 1100. When the game ball T flows down on the starting opening door member 1214 when sliding the door member 1214 from the protruding state to the non-projecting state (immersed state), the gaming ball T is flat on the starting opening door member 1214 Since it takes a certain amount of time from the left outer side of the second starting port upper shelf portion 1161j to the second starting port 1153, the game ball T is guided to the second starting port 1153 by the starting port door member 1214. When the starting opening door member 1214 is retracted and retracted, the game ball T is dropped from the starting opening door member 1214 without being received by the second starting opening 1153. . More specifically, while the game ball T is rolling to the right toward the second start port 1153, the upper surface of the start port member 1214 on which the game ball T is placed by the retraction of the start port door member 1214 is It gradually becomes smaller, and before the game ball T reaches the second start port 1153, it will fall off from the start port member 1214. Therefore, extra receiving of the game ball T to the second starting opening 1153 can be reduced, so that the bonus (in particular, unnecessary) is caused by the reception of the game ball T to the extra second starting opening 1153. It is possible to reduce giving a lottery of a special lottery result in which an advantageous gaming state occurs, and to suppress an increase in the burden on the game hall side.

  If the game ball T flows down on the start port door member 1214 while the start port member 1214 slides forward so as to protrude into the game area 1100, the start port door member 1214 causes the game ball T to be It may be guided to the second starting port 1153 and accepted. However, since the start door member 1214 slides according to the gaming state, it is difficult to know the timing at which the start door member 1214 slides into the game area 1100, and the start door member 1214 slides into the game area 1100. Since the player performs the driving operation of the game ball T aiming at the start opening door member 1214 after confirming that the start opening is made, the start opening door member 1214 slides so as to protrude into the game area 1100. The possibility that the game ball T will flow down onto the start door member 1214 is reduced, and an increase in the burden on the game hall side is suppressed.

  Further, since the start opening door member 1214 is slid back and forth, even if the game ball T flows down on the start opening door member 1214, it acts on the start opening door member 1214 by the contact of the game balls T. A drive mechanism (starting-port solenoid 1215) that slides the starting-port door member 1214 only by the impact acting on the slide groove 1211d in the lower case 1211 of the variable starting-port unit 1210 that supports the start-port door member 1214 in a slidable manner. And the link member 1216) are hardly affected, and the start port door member 1214 and the like (variable start port unit 1210) can be made difficult to be damaged.

  Furthermore, since the start port door member 1214 is slid back and forth, the length (distance) at which the start port door member 1214 is slid is shorter than when the start port door member 1214 is slid left and right. can do. Therefore, since the time from the state where the starting opening door member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100 to the retraction and insertion can be shortened, the gaming ball T is guided to the second starting opening 1153 by the starting opening door member 1214 The start opening door member 1214 can be immersed before being played, and the second start opening 1153 can be made difficult to receive the game ball T. In addition, since the start port door member 214 is slid in the front-rear direction, a space for immersing the start port door member 1214 and a mechanism for sliding are disposed on the rear side of the game area 1100. The inside of the game area 1100 is not compressed by a mechanism for sliding the start door member 1214 (the start opening solenoid 1215, the link member 1216, etc.), and the inside of the game area 1100 can be used as widely as possible. Can.

  Further, since the upper surface of the second guide portion 1214b adjacent to the second start port 1153 in the start port member 1214 is formed flat without protrusions, the start port member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100. Even when the game ball T flows down on the starting opening door member 1214 when sliding it back so as to immerse from the set state, the game ball T is pulled to the rear end side of the game area 1100 by the projection and the starting opening door The game ball T can be dropped smoothly from the top of the starting opening door member 1214 without difficulty of falling from the member 1214 or without the gaming ball T jumping up to the second starting opening 1153 by the projection, as described above. It is possible to reliably achieve the above effects.

  Further, the game ball T can be received from the left direction with respect to the second start port 1153, and the game ball T guided from the left side by the start port door member 1214 extending to the left and right enters the second start port 1153 as it is. Therefore, it is possible to easily make the player recognize that when the gaming ball T is guided to the starting opening door member 1214, the second starting opening 1153 can be reliably received. Therefore, when the start door member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100 according to the gaming state, it can be assumed that the game ball T is allowed to flow into the second start port 1153 if the game ball T flows down to the start door member 1214. As a result, it is possible to positively perform the operation of hitting the game ball T aiming at the starting opening door member 1214, and it is possible to entertain the player and to suppress the decrease in interest.

  In addition, the starting opening door member 1214 is caused to slide in and out of the game area 1100 by advancing and retracting the plunger 1215 a which is moved by energization of the starting opening solenoid 1215, so that the starting opening door member 1214 is As compared with the case where the motor is slid by a motor, the sliding speed of the start port door member 1214 can be increased with a simple configuration. Accordingly, since the start port door member 1214 can be quickly slid, the start port door member 1214 is moved to the game area 1100 before the game ball T on the start port door member 1214 is guided to the second start port 1153. It is possible to retreat from the inside, and it is possible to reliably reduce the extra game ball T received into the second starting port 1153, and to suppress an increase in the load on the game hall side.

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, a lottery is made by passing the game ball T through the gate member 1134 as a game state that changes when the game ball T is driven into the game area 110 by a player's operation. When the start port door member 1214 of the variable start port unit 1210 protrudes into the game area 1100 according to the normal lottery result, the game ball T that has been driven into the game area 1100 is When it flows down to the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j, it rolls to the left by the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j, and when discharged from the left end side, it flows down to the second starting opening area left standing wall 1161m. , The first opening 1214a of the starting opening door member 1214 located below between the second starting opening region left upright wall portion 1161m and the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j, and the starting opening Distributed in the U-turn shape by being guided to the right on the side opposite to the left along the member 1214, and thus received in the second start hole 1153. Then, when the gaming ball T is received by the second starting opening 1153, the payout of the gaming ball T and the lottery of the special lottery result are performed as a benefit, so that the player can be entertained by the benefit and the gaming ball is It is possible to enjoy the hitting operation (right-handed hitting) of the gaming ball T aiming at the second start opening upper shelf portion 1161 j so that T is received to the second start opening 1153. At this time, the starting opening door member 1214 is bent obliquely to the left end side away from the second starting opening 1153 below between the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j and the second starting opening area left standing wall 1161 m. Since the first guide portion 1214a is provided, the player can see the game ball T is guided to the second starting opening 1153 side when the game ball T flows down to the first guide portion 1214a. It can be made to recognize, and it can be made to raise an expectation for acceptance of game ball T to the 2nd starting opening 1153. Further, in the start opening door member 1214, the first guide portion 1214a far from the second start opening 1153 and the second guide portion 1214b close to the second start opening 1153 have different inclination angles, and the first guide portion Since the acceleration of the game ball T is fast in 1214a and the acceleration of the game ball T is slow in the second guide portion 1214b, the rolling speed of the game ball T changes depending on the portion where the game ball T rolls. Therefore, in the conventional pachinko machine, since the rolling speed of the game ball T which has not changed on the starting opening door member changes, it is possible to surprise the player and give a strong impact, making it difficult for the player to get bored. As a result, it is possible to entertain the player with the movement of the game ball T and to suppress the decrease in the player's interest. Further, as described above, since the rolling speed of the game ball T changes and differs between the first guide portion 1214a and the second guide portion 1214b of the starting opening door member 1214, it rolls on the starting opening door member 1214. The player can strongly draw the attention of the player to the playing ball T, and can make it pay attention, and by making the game ball T rolling on the starting opening door member 1214 pay attention, the starting opening door member 1214 Thus, it is possible to increase the expectation for the reception of the game ball T to the second start port 1153 where the game ball T is guided.

  In addition, the first guiding portion 1214a is inclined at an angle of 40 to 50 degrees with respect to the horizontal, and when the gaming ball T abuts on the first guiding portion 1214a of the starting opening door member 1214 from above, it feels ugly Even if the game ball T is reflected by the first guide portion 1214a, it moves along the first guide portion 1214a, so it becomes possible to distribute the game ball T along the start opening door member 1214 extending to the left and right. The game ball T can be moved as intended on the starting opening door member 1214, and the above-described effects can be reliably achieved. In addition, since the first guide portion 1214a is inclined at an angle of 40 degrees to 50 degrees with respect to the horizontal, the game ball T is hit from above with respect to the first guide portion 1214a of the starting opening door member 1214. In the game state, it is possible to cause the player to recognize at a glance that the game ball T in contact with the first guide portion 1214 a is reflected to the right with the second start port 1153 when it is touched. Accordingly, when the starting opening door member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100, the player recognizes that the second starting opening 1153 can receive the gaming ball T when the gaming ball T is allowed to flow down to the first guide portion 1214a. It can be done. Therefore, when the starting opening door member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100 according to the gaming state, the player is aggressively hit the game ball T aiming at the first guiding portion 1214a of the starting opening door member 1214. It is possible to prevent the interest from deteriorating by making the player entertained.

  Furthermore, since the left and right lengths of the first guide portion 1214a in plan view are formed within a range of 0.2 times to 1 times the outer diameter of the game ball T, the game ball T can be made by the first guide portion 1214a. Can be reliably guided to the second starting opening 1153 side, and the rolling speed of the guided game ball T can be made easy to see by suppressing the rolling speed of the game ball T becoming faster than necessary. It is possible to make the player enjoy the movement of the game medium and to suppress the decrease in interest.

  In addition, since the left and right lengths in plan view of the starting port door member 1214 are formed within a range of 2 to 6 times the outer diameter of the game ball T, the first guide portion 1214a of the starting port door member 1214 is formed. Thus, the game ball T rolling on the start port door member 1214 toward the second start port 1153 can be shown appropriately to the player without excess or deficiency, and the game ball T having impact can be enjoyed. It is possible to prevent the player from getting bored with the movement of the game ball T and to reduce the interest of the player.

  When the game ball T is guided by the front flow path forming member 1161 provided in the game area 1100 when the start opening door member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100 according to the game state, the start opening door Since the game ball T flows down to the left end side of the member 1214 away from the second start port 1153, that is, the first guide portion 1214a side, the game ball T is moved to the first guide portion 1214a of the start port door member 1214. Flow down (contact). Accordingly, the game ball T can be rolled over substantially the entire length of the left and right sides of the start port door member 1214, and the movement of the game ball T by the start port door member 1214 provided with the first guide portion 1214a is given to the player. It can be shown reliably, and it can suppress the delight of the player by delighting the player.

  Furthermore, since the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j is disposed immediately above the starting opening door member 1214 so as to circulate the gaming ball T in a U-turn shape, the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j becomes the starting opening door member 1214 As compared with the case where the game ball T is distributed in a crank shape by disposing the game ball T at a position on the left outside of the first guide portion 1214a with respect to the top of the The space in the left-right direction occupied by the second starting opening upper shelf portion 1161 j and the like can be reduced. Therefore, since the degree of freedom in arranging the starting opening door member 1214 and the like can be increased, the starting opening door member 1214 and the like can be arranged in the game area 1100 in a place easy for the player to see. The pachinko machine 1 to play can be embodied reliably.

  In addition, when the starting opening door member 1214 is projected into the gaming area 1100 according to the gaming state, the second starting opening area standing wall portion 1161m extends vertically to the left outside of the first guiding portion 1214a. Before the game ball T discharged from the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j flows down on the starting opening door member 1214, the second starting opening area left upright wall portion 1161m is brought into contact with the left guiding wall 1214a. The game ball T can be reliably flowed down onto the starting opening door member 1214 (first guide portion 1214a), and the second starting opening upper shelf portion 1161j and the second can be prevented. When the game ball T flowing down between the start port area left standing wall portion 1161m bounces against the start port door member 1214 (first guide portion 1214a), the game is played by the second start port region left standing wall portion 1161m. T can be reliably prevented from flowing to the side opposite to the second start opening 1153 side, and the game ball T can be reliably guided to the second start opening 1153 by the start opening door member 1214 .

  According to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, when the gaming ball T driven into the game area 1100 by the operation of the player flows down to the upper side of the second starting opening 1153 opened forward, the second The second start opening upper shelf 1161j contacts the second start opening upper shelf 1161j directly above the start opening 1153 and rolls leftward from the position immediately above the second start opening 1153 by the second start opening upper shelf 1161j according to the inclination of the upper surface It is discharged from the left end side distant from the second starting opening 1153 in the starting opening upper shelf 1161 j and comes into contact with the second starting opening area left upright wall portion 1161 m. At this time, the game ball T driven into the game area 1100 passes through the gate member 1134 and a "normal hit" is drawn as a normal lottery result, whereby the starting opening door member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100. The game ball T released from the second starting port upper shelf 1161j and contacting the second starting port region left standing wall 1161m comes into contact with the starting port door member 1214 and is It is guided to the front side of the second start opening 1153 and is received in the second start opening 1153. At this time, since the second start opening region right upright wall portion 1161k extending vertically is provided on the right outer side of the second start opening 1153 on the same side as the side where the second start opening upper shelf 1161j is high. Even if the game ball T guided in the direction of the second start port 1153 by the start port door member 1214 tries to pass through the front side of the second start port 1153, the game ball T passes through the second start port region right standing wall 1161k. The game ball T guided by the starting opening door member 1214 is received into the second starting opening 1153. When the game ball T is received in the second start opening 1153, a bonus such as a payout of the game ball T or a lottery result of a special lottery is given, and the player can be entertained by the given bonus. In order for the game ball T to be received into the second start opening 1153, it is possible to enjoy the operation of hitting the game ball T aiming at the second start opening 1153. Then, before the game ball T is received in the second start opening 1153, the game ball T abuts on the second start opening upper shelf 1161 j, the second start opening area left upright wall 1161 m, and the start opening door member 1214. Thus, the player can be entertained by the movement of the game ball T whose movement direction is a U-turn and the distribution direction changes rapidly, and the player's interest in the game can be suppressed from being lowered.

  Further, when the starter door member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100, if the game ball T flows down onto the second starter upper shelf 1161j, the game ball T moves in a U-turn as described above. Therefore, when the distribution direction of the game balls T changes by 180 degrees, the distribution speed of the game balls T becomes relatively slow. Therefore, it becomes easy to see the movement of the game ball T circulating in a U-turn shape, so it is easy for the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball T, and the movement of the game ball T is enjoyed and the interest is reduced. Can be suppressed.

  Further, when the start door member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100, the game ball T circulates in a U-turn shape, and when the start door member 1214 does not protrude into the game area 1100, the game ball T Is circulated in an inverted L-shape, so that even if the game ball T is made to flow down to the same second start opening upper shelf portion 1161 j according to the projection of the start opening door member 1214, the movement of the game ball T is differentiated. be able to. Therefore, the movement (flow) of the gaming ball T changes according to the gaming state (in response to the passage of the gate member 1134 by the gaming ball T), so the gaming ball T of various movements is shown to the player It can be entertained, and it is possible to prevent the player from becoming bored and to decrease the interest of the player.

  Furthermore, between the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j and the starting opening door member 1214 arranged at the top and bottom, only one game ball T can be circulated, and the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j and the starting opening Since the vertical distance from the door member 1214 is reduced as much as possible, the game ball T that abuts against the second starting port left standing wall portion 1161m from the second starting port upper shelf 1161j and circulates on the starting port door member 1214. The motion of the player can be made to make a U-turn motion rapidly, so the player can be entertained by the motion of the game ball T which has not been found in conventional pachinko machines, and the player's interest in the game is entertaining It can suppress that it falls.

  In addition, since the start port member 1214 extends to the left and right longer than the second start port upper shelf 1161j, when the start port member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100 according to the gaming state, the second start port Since it is longer than the upper shelf portion 1161 j, the starting opening door member 1214 is easily noticeable, and the player can be strongly attracted to the protruding starting opening door member 1214. Therefore, when the starter door member 1214 protrudes, the player is made to pay attention to the starter door member 1214, whereby the second starter upper shelf 1161j near the starter door member 1214 and the second starter port area left standing wall 1161m. The game ball T rolling on the second start opening upper shelf portion 1161 j and the start opening door member 1214 can be reliably viewed, and moves in a U-turn shape. The movement of the game ball T can be enjoyed, and the game ball T is aimed at the second start opening upper shelf 1161 j so that the game ball T circulates on the start opening door member 1214 for the player. An operation can be performed, and it is possible to entertain the player and suppress a decrease in interest.

  Further, when the starter door member 1214 protrudes, if the game ball T is circulated on the starter door member 1214 via the second starter upper shelf 1161j and the second starter region left standing wall 1161m, Since it is guided to the starting opening 1153 and accepted in the second starting opening 1153, when the starting opening door member 1214 protrudes according to the game state, the game ball T for the starting opening door member 1214 for the player It is possible to actively perform a hitting operation of the game ball T aiming at the second starting opening upper shelf portion 1161 j to send the player, and it is possible to entertain the player and to suppress the decrease in interest.

  In addition, when the game ball T struck into the game area 1100 aiming at the second start opening 1153 flows down on the second start opening upper shelf 1161 j, it rolls in the left direction away from the second start opening 1153. The game ball T can be made to feel disappointing to the player by moving away from the second starting opening 1153. Then, when the game ball T is released from the second start opening upper shelf 1161 j, if the start opening door member 1214 protrudes, the game ball T separated from the second start opening 1153 is moved by the start opening door member 1214. It rolls in the right direction approaching the second start opening 1153. That is, since the game ball T makes a U-turn and comes back to the second start opening 1153, the player can be pleased and the expectation for the reception of the game ball T to the second start opening 1153 is enhanced. It can suppress that interest falls.

  In addition, since the second start opening region right standing wall portion 1161k extending up and down to the second start opening upper shelf 1161j is provided on the right outside of the second start opening 1153, the second start opening upper shelf extending to the left and right Even when trying to receive the game ball T from the right side where the upper surface of the 1161 j is high to the second starting opening 1153 arranged below the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j, from the right outside of the second starting opening 1153 The second starting opening region right standing wall portion 1161k extending to the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j can prevent the game ball T from being received into the second starting opening 1153. Therefore, in order to allow the second starting opening 1153 to receive the game ball T, it is necessary to allow the gaming ball T to flow down from the left side where the upper surface of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j is lowered. It is possible to urge the player to perform an operation of hitting the game ball T aiming at the top of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j so that the game ball T flows down to the side. When the start door member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100 according to the gaming state, the game ball T is formed by the second start opening upper shelf 1161j, the second start opening area left standing wall 1161m, and the start opening door member 1214. Since the user is guided in the direction of the second start opening 1153 by making a U-turn, it is possible to enjoy the movement of the game ball T circulating in a swirling manner, and the expectation for the acceptance of the game ball T into the second start opening 1153 Can be enhanced, and the player can be entertained and the decrease in interest can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, when the game ball T is hit into the game area 1100 by the operation of the player, the game state is changed by the hit game ball T, and the game state is changed. In response, the start opening door member 1214 which extends in the lateral direction longer than the outer diameter of the game ball T and guides the game ball T to the second start port 1153 slides forward and protrudes into the game area 1100. In the game area 1100, a second start opening right upright wall portion 1161k projecting forward on the right side of the second start opening 1153 is disposed, and a second start opening right is positioned above the second start opening 1153. A second start port upper shelf portion 1161j extending shorter than the left and right lengths of the start port door member 1214 is arranged so that the left side is lowered from the upper end of the standing wall portion 1161k, and the start port door member 1214 is in the game area 1100. When projecting inward, the left end of the starting opening door member 1214 extends outside the left end of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j. Then, when the game ball T flows down onto the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j, it rolls over the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j toward the left end and flows down from the left end. . At this time, if the starting opening door member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100, the gaming ball T will be received on the starting opening door member 1214 with a very high probability. Accordingly, when the start port door member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100, the second start port upper shelf 1161j and the start port door member 1214 are located above the second start port upper shelf 1161j and outside the left end. When the game ball T is made to flow down, the game ball T is received on the starting opening door member 1214. Then, the gaming ball T received on the starting opening door member 1214 is guided to the second starting opening 1153 by the first guiding portion 1214a, the second guiding portion 1214b, and the third guiding portion 1214c. When the start opening 1153 is accepted, a payout of the game ball T or a lottery of a special lottery result is performed as a privilege, and the player can be entertained by the privilege. At this time, the starting opening door member 1214 extends in the lateral direction so as to be able to receive the plurality of gaming balls T in the lateral direction (approximately four times the outer diameter of the gaming ball T), It becomes possible to make the player illusion that many gaming balls T can be received into the second starting opening 1153. More specifically, when the player gets used to playing with a conventional pachinko machine having an opening and closing member extending to the left and right, interest in the size of the opening and closing member extending to the left and right becomes stronger, corresponding to the opening and closing member As for the size of a certain entrance (for example, a big winning opening), the interest becomes relatively weak. That is, it is assumed that the longer the opening and closing member is in the left and right direction, the more game balls T can be received. Therefore, it recognizes that the starting opening door member 1214 which protrudes in the game area 1100 and extends to the left and right according to the gaming state is the opening and closing member in the conventional pachinko machine, and the starting opening door member 1214 is elongated in the left and right From this, it will be illusiveed that it can accept many gaming balls T. Then, the player can make the hitting operation of the game ball T aiming at the starting opening door member 1214 by the illusion of the player be actively performed, thereby making the player entertain and suppressing the decrease in interest it can. On the other hand, since the second starting opening 1153 where the gaming ball T is guided by the starting opening door member 1214 is actually formed in a size where only one gaming ball T can be received, on the starting opening door member 1214 Even if a plurality of game balls T flow down, they can not be accepted at one time and can only be accepted one by one. Therefore, the number of accepted game balls T per hour can be reduced compared to the prior art, and the benefit to be granted is By relatively reducing the amount, it is possible to suppress an increase in the burden on the game hall side in which the present pachinko machine 1 is installed.

  Further, when the start port member 1214 protrudes into the game area 1100, the game ball T can be received in the second start port 1153 even if the second start port upper shelf 1161j is aimed in addition to the start port door member 1214. Therefore, even if the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j is disposed above the starting opening door member 1214 (second starting opening 1153), substantially the entire length of the left and right lengths of the starting opening door member 1214 is It can be made to be the same as having received the game ball T across, and by putting many game balls T, a player can be entertained. At this time, a plurality of gaming balls T exist simultaneously on the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j because the lower end of the left side of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j is received on the starting opening door member 1214. Even if it is one by one, it will be delivered on the starting opening door member 1214 to be guided to the second starting opening 1153, so that many game balls T can be avoided from being received to the second starting opening 1153 at one time. It is possible to suppress an increase in the burden on the game hall side.

  In addition, since a second start port upper shelf 1161j and a second start port right standing wall 1161k projecting into the game area 1100 are provided on the upper and right sides of the second start port 1153, the game is started by the start port door member 1214. If the ball T is not guided to the second start opening 1153, it is difficult to cause the second start opening 1153 to receive the game ball T. Accordingly, since the game ball T cannot be received in the second start port 1153 unless the start port member 1214 protrudes, it is possible to give a premium feeling to the player by the protrusion of the start port member 1214. The protrusion of the starting opening door member 1214 can make the player think that there is something good to be done, and the player's expectation for the game is enhanced to suppress the decrease in interest Can do.

  Furthermore, since the upright wall portion 1214 e extending upward from the right end of the third guide portion 1214 c of the start opening door member 1214 is provided, the first guide portion inclined so that the right side of the start opening door member 1214 is lowered. The game ball T guided toward the front side of the second start port 1153 by the 1214a and the second guide portion 1214b abuts on the standing wall portion 1214e, so that it passes the front side of the second start port 1153 and further to the right. It can be prevented from moving to the side. At this time, even if the game ball T gets over the standing wall portion 1214e, the second starting port right standing wall portion 1161k protrudes into the game area 1100 on the right side of the second starting port 1153. The right standing wall portion 1161k can also prevent the game ball T from moving to the right. Therefore, the gaming ball T received by the starting opening door member 1214 can be reliably guided to and received by the second starting opening 1153.

  In addition, since the starting opening door member 1214 is slid forward to project into the game area 1100, many games are performed as compared with the case where the starting opening door member 1214 is rotated and protruded. It can reduce that the starting opening door member 1214 is easy to be damaged by the impact by receiving the ball T. More specifically, when the lower side of the starting opening door member is rotatably supported around an axis extending in the left and right direction and the upper side is rotated so as to move forward, the starting opening door member protrudes It is difficult to make the stopper for preventing further rotation longer than the length from the lower side to the upper side of the starting opening door member and to sufficiently counteract the impact of receiving many game balls T. There is a possibility of not being able to. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the starting opening door member 1214 is slid forward, and the rear side can be made longer than the portion of the starting opening door member 1214 that protrudes into the game area 1100. Therefore, it is possible to sufficiently counter the impact of receiving many game balls T.

  Further, since the start door member 1214 is slid forward and protrudes into the game area 1100, the start door member 1214 slides backward when the game ball T exists on the start door member 1214. Then, depending on the position of the gaming ball T on the starting opening door member 1214, the gaming ball T falls off from the starting opening door member 1214 before being guided to the second starting opening 1153, and the second starting opening 1153 It is possible to prevent the game ball T from being excessively received, and to suppress an increase in the burden on the game hall side.

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the game balls T driven into the game area 1100 by the operation of the player include a plurality of obstacle nails G disposed in the game area 1100, a windmill, and a center product. By coming into contact with 1130, the winning opening unit 1150, etc., it will be distributed while moving in various directions, and the player can be entertained by making the game ball T move in various ways. In this normal state, the gaming ball T is less likely to circulate immediately below the obstacle nail G or the like on which the gaming ball T abuts, so that the gaming ball T is likely to circulate in the gaming area 1100 A (first area) and an area which is difficult to circulate are formed. Therefore, the game ball T can not be received by the second starting opening 1153 disposed below the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j of the front flow path forming member 1161. Then, when the game ball T driven into the game area 1100 passes through the gate member 1134, the lower side of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161j disposed on the downstream side according to the detection of the passed game ball T. The start opening door member 1214 appears to advance in the area (first area) where the game balls T in the game area 1100 are easy to flow, and is outside the area where the game balls T are easy to flow. The area (second area) in which the game balls T are easily distributed is formed in the area where the game balls T on the lower side of the section 1161 j are not easily distributed. Therefore, the distribution path of the game ball T changes due to the appearance of the start opening door member 1214, and in the normal state, the game ball T can be distributed to the area where the game ball T is difficult to distribute. It is possible to entertain the player with the movement of the game balls T circulating in the unseen region (second region), and it is possible to prevent the player from getting bored and to decrease the player's interest.

  In addition, when the starter door member 1214 appears to move forward and the game ball T that has been driven into the game area 1100 is guided by the starter door member 1214, it is accepted into the second starter 1153 with a very high probability. When the game ball T is received at the second start port 1153, the game ball T is paid out as a bonus, or a lottery of a special lottery result in which an advantageous game state occurs, so that when the start port member 1214 appears, Operation of the game ball T aiming at the starting opening door member 1214 can be positively performed for the player, and the player is enjoyed the operation of the game ball T to suppress the decrease in interest can do.

  Furthermore, the second starting opening 1153 where payout of the game ball T or lottery of the special lottery result is performed is arranged in a region (second region) where the game ball T is difficult to circulate when the starting opening door member 1214 is in a normal state. Therefore, even if the game ball T is hit for aiming at the second start opening 1153, the game ball T will not be accepted. Then, when the game ball T can be distributed to a region (second region) in which the game ball T is difficult to circulate, the start opening door member 1214 advances according to the passage of the game ball T in the gate member 1134, the second start hole It becomes possible to cause the game ball T to be accepted by 1153. Therefore, even if the second start opening 1153 is opened in the game area 1100, the game ball T can not be received in the normal state, and can be received when the start opening door member 1214 does not appear (advance). Since it is impossible, it is possible to give a premium feeling to the player by advancing the start opening door member 1214, and it is thought that there may be something better for the player by advancing the start opening door member 1214. It is possible to increase the player's expectation for the game and to suppress the decrease in interest.

  In addition, it is necessary to cause the game ball T to pass through the gate member 1134 in order to advance (appear) the starting opening door member 1214 to form a region (second region) in which the game ball T is easy to circulate. The player can perform a hitting operation (right hitting) of the gaming ball T aiming at the gate member 1134, and the player enjoys the hitting operation of the playing ball T and the interest is reduced. Can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, since the starting opening door member 1214 is moved into and out of the game area 1100 by moving in the longitudinal direction, there is no need to secure a space for inserting the starting opening door member 1214 in the gaming area 1100. The game ball T can be made as wide as possible in the game area 1100, and the movement of the game ball T becomes large by circulating the game ball T in a wide range, and the player can play the game ball T You can enjoy the movement of the to prevent the decline in interest.

  In addition, since the flat start-up opening door member 1214 (the first guide portion 1214a, the second guide portion 1214b, the third guide portion 1214c, etc.) is moved in the longitudinal direction, when viewed from the player side, It can be made difficult to know whether the starting opening door member 1214 is advancing and appearing or is retreating and being immersed. Therefore, the appearance state of the starting opening door member 1214 can be clearly recognized depending on whether or not the game ball T inserted into the game area 1100 circulates the position of the starting opening door member 1214 and abuts on the starting opening door member 1214 As a result, it is possible to make the player pay attention to the movement of the game ball T driven into the game area 1100 for recognizing the appearance state, and the player enjoys the movement of the game ball T and the interest is reduced. Can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, when the game ball T flows down outside the left end of the second start port upper shelf portion 1161j in a state where the start port door member 1214 is advanced and appears, the first guide portion 1214a of the flat start port door member 1214 is formed. Of the second starting opening upper shelf 1161 j, so that the game ball T is difficult to flow in the normal state in which the starting opening door member 1214 is inserted. The gaming ball T can be distributed to the lower side of the portion 1161 j with certainty, and the above-described effects can be reliably achieved.

  In addition, the starting opening door member 1214 is moved in the front-rear direction and made to appear in the game area 1100, and the gaming ball T is in circulation (rolling) on the upper surface of the starting opening door member 1214. When the 1214 moves backward, or while the starting port door member 1214 is moving backward, the second starting port is changed while the direction in which it flows from the left end of the second starting port upper shelf 1161j to the second starting port region left standing wall 1161m is changed. When the game ball T has flowed down on the door member 144, it takes time for the game ball T to reach the second start hole 1153, since the start opening door member 1214 is elongated to the left and right. Since the retraction of the starting opening door member 1214 is performed in a very short time by the driving of the starting opening solenoid 1215, the gaming ball T reaches the right end (third guide portion 1214c) of the starting opening door member 1214 To, game ball T is that would fall from the upper starting opening the door member 1214. Therefore, when the starting opening door member 1214 is started to be retracted, the game ball T can be prevented from being sufficiently induced, so that the game ball T can be received in the second starting opening 1153 extra. It can control, it can control that load of the game hall which installs pachinko machine 1 increases. In addition, the game ball T can be made to feel disappointing by dropping the game ball T from the middle of the start-up opening door member 1214, so that the expectation for the next opportunity can be heightened and the player's interest is reduced can do.

  The present invention has been described with reference to preferred embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited to these embodiments, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention as described below. And design changes are possible.

  That is, in the above-mentioned embodiment, although what was applied to the pachinko machine 1 as a game machine was shown, it is not limited to this, It applies to the pachislot machine, and the gaming machine formed by uniting a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine. Even in this case, the same effects as described above can be obtained.

1 pachinko machine 4 game board 1100 game area 1112 game panel 1120 front panel unit 1134 gate member 1150 winning opening unit 1153 second starting opening
1160 Base plate 1210 Variable start port unit 1211 Lower case (case member)
1211a Sphere guiding part (guidance part)
1211b Passing hole 1211d Slide groove 1211e Support pin 1212 Upper case (case member)
1212a Passage upper part 1212b Front end opening forming part 1212d Solenoid covering part 1214 Start port door member (door member)
1214a 1st guide part (guide part)
1214b Second guide part (guide part)
1214c 3rd guide part (guide part, inclined part)
1214d front wall 1214e standing wall 1214f hanging part 1214g slider 1214h connecting pin 1215 starting port solenoid (solenoid)
1215a plunger 1216 link member 1216a main body 1216b first piece 1216c engagement portion 1216d second piece 1216e connection hole (connection portion)
T game ball

JP, 2008-307314, A JP 2011-234807 A

Claims (1)

A game area in which a game medium is driven by a player's operation;
A receiving port which is made capable of receiving gaming media driven into the gaming area and which grants a privilege by receiving the gaming media;
A fixed shelf that is disposed on the upstream side in the game area from the receiving port, extends to the left and right, and has an upper surface that is inclined so that one of the left and right ends is lower.
The fixed shelf extends vertically with an interval through which the game medium can pass between the fixed shelf and the fixed shelf, on the outer side in the left and right direction, with respect to the laterally lower ends of the upper surface. A standing wall portion on which the game medium rolling on the upper surface of the can be contacted,
According to the gaming state that is changed when a game medium is driven into the game area, the game area protrudes into the game area at a position below the fixed shelf, extends left and right, and is fixed to the standing wall and the fixed area. A movable shelf capable of guiding game media distributed between the shelf and the shelf in a direction away from the upright wall and in the direction of the inlet;
Equipped with
When the movable shelf protrudes into the game area, only the game medium rolled on the upper surface of the movable shelf to be appeared can be received by the receiving port, and the upper surface of the movable shelf that has appeared is rolled It has a flow path to the outlet that will be discharged out of the gaming machine as a flow path that flows when it moves and is guided in the direction of the reception opening but is not received by the reception opening. A featured gaming machine.